Escolar Documentos
Profissional Documentos
Cultura Documentos
Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
FICHA TÉCNICA DO MATERIAL
grancursosonline.com.br
CÓDIGO:
2401024827M
TIPO DE MATERIAL:
E-book
TÍTULO:
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio –
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
ÚLTIMA ATUALIZAÇÃO:
01/2024
Este material está sujeito a atualizações. O Gran não se responsabiliza por custos
de impressão, que deve ser realizada sob responsabilidade exclusiva do aluno.
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
SUMÁRIO
QUESTÕES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Administração Pública. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Atualidades. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Direito Administrativo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Direito Constitucional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Direitos Humanos. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Ética. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Informática. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Língua Inglesa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Língua Portuguesa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 675
Matemática. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 940
Raciocínio Lógico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1020
GABARITO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1084
gran.com.br 3 de 3
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
QUESTÕES
ADMINISTRAÇÃO PÚBLICA
001. (CESGRANRIO/2023/PETROBRAS TRANSPORTE S.A. – TRANSPETRO/PROFISSIONAL
DE NÍVEL SUPERIOR/ÁREA: PEDAGOGIA/QUESTÃO 27) Quando uma organização se propõe
a implementar um Plano de Desenvolvimento Individual (PDI), se defronta com o desafio
de identificar qual a modalidade de ensino mais adequada ao desenvolvimento de cada
colaborador, em particular.
Por exemplo, caso tenha como foco aspectos individuais e profissionais, as modalidades
de ensino recomendadas são, respectivamente,
a) coaching e mentoring.
b) job rotation e mentoring.
c) feedback e coaching.
d) on the job e coaching.
e) mentoring e assessment.
gran.com.br 4 de 22
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
gran.com.br 5 de 22
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
gran.com.br 6 de 22
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
gran.com.br 7 de 22
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
gran.com.br 8 de 22
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
gran.com.br 9 de 22
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
gran.com.br 10 de 22
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
gran.com.br 11 de 22
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
b) força corporativa de manter uma atitude ética e transparente cria um valor acrescentado
que nada influi na atração de investimentos.
c) governança corporativa se desenvolve num momento em que as empresas não precisam
comprometer-se com o padrão de transparência nos negócios.
d) atuais práticas de governança corporativa veem com indiferença a divulgação de suas
informações, embora tais informações sejam uma forma de atrair novos investimentos.
e) empresas se preocupam com a qualidade e o volume das informações divulgadas para
o mercado somente por conta das exigências legais brasileiras.
gran.com.br 12 de 22
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
gran.com.br 13 de 22
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
gran.com.br 14 de 22
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
gran.com.br 15 de 22
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
gran.com.br 16 de 22
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
gran.com.br 17 de 22
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
gran.com.br 18 de 22
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
gran.com.br 19 de 22
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
gran.com.br 20 de 22
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
O texto acima reflete o conceito de duas das principais vertentes da administração estratégica:
eficiência e eficácia, cujas principais características podem ser traduzidas pelos(as):
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
gran.com.br 21 de 22
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
b)
c)
d)
e)
gran.com.br 22 de 22
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
ATUALIDADES
046. (CESGRANRIO/2018/BANCO DA AMAZÔNIA S.A./TÉCNICO CIENTÍFICO/ÁREA: TECNOLOGIA
DA INFORMAÇÃO/QUESTÃO 11) Responsável pelo controle da inflação, o Banco Central atua
na garantia do cumprimento das metas de inflação estabelecidas.
A respeito dessa atuação, no ano de 2017, a inflação medida pelo IPCA ficou em
a) 7,60
b) 5,91
c) 2,95
d) 5,84
e) 10,67
Na categoria literária das Ciências Humanas, foi premiado o livro “Pequeno Manual
Antirracista”, da autoria de
a) Nélida Piñon.
b) Djamila Ribeiro.
c) Marina Colassanti.
d) Conceição Evaristo.
e) Heloísa Buarque de Hollanda.
gran.com.br 23 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
gran.com.br 24 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
Em novembro de 2021, o novo membro eleito para ocupar uma cadeira na ABL foi o cantor
e compositor
a) Ivan Lins
b) Gilberto Gil
c) Chico Buarque
d) Caetano Veloso
e) Milton Nascimento
Os quatro migrantes escapam de seu país de origem devido ao seguinte fator conjuntural:
a) um movimento separatista que ataca os muçulmanos.
b) um acordo de paz que foi rompido com a União Europeia.
c) uma intervenção militar estrangeira que decretou estado de sítio.
d) uma revolução religiosa que expulsou os islâmicos do país.
e) uma guerra civil que se prolonga no país há dez anos.
gran.com.br 25 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
gran.com.br 26 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
gran.com.br 27 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
gran.com.br 28 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
gran.com.br 29 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
A maior parte das inversões no setor de energia citadas no texto está concentrada na região
a) Sul
b) Norte
c) Sudeste
d) Nordeste
e) Centro-Oeste
gran.com.br 30 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
Os dados atualizados revelam que a mobilidade social e a inclusão digital no Brasil estão
diretamente vinculadas ao acesso à
a) Habitação
b) Educação
c) Filantropia
d) Alimentação
e) Religiosidade
gran.com.br 31 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
gran.com.br 32 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
A FLIP é uma celebração cultural festiva que tem como tema central a(o)
a) Televisão
b) Música
c) Literatura
d) Teatro
e) Cinema
gran.com.br 33 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
Em Roraima, a maior parte dos estrangeiros atingidos por esse surto de sarampo são
refugiados provenientes do seguinte país:
gran.com.br 34 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
a) Peru
b) Cuba
c) Bolívia
d) Equador
e) Venezuela
gran.com.br 35 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
gran.com.br 36 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
gran.com.br 37 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
O Brasil apresenta uma história de forte tradição centralizadora e de alianças dos grupos
estaduais e municipais com o poder central.
Considerando-se esse fato, o que é necessário ocorrer para que o federalismo brasileiro
possa ser, entre os entes federativos, menos competitivo e mais cooperativo?
a) Centralização, na esfera federal, das capacidades de implementação das políticas públicas,
dadas as enormes desigualdades financeiras, técnicas e de gestão existentes.
b) Criação de mecanismos que promovam maior capacidade de intermediação entre as
relações intergovernamentais, facilitando o diálogo entre as três esferas de poder.
c) Limitação na capacidade dos entes subnacionais de legislar sobre políticas próprias.
d) Redução da autonomia administrativa dos estados e municípios, aumentando a capacidade
de atuação da esfera federal na criação e aprovação de políticas públicas.
e) Supressão da independência do Poder Legislativo nos três níveis de governo, mantendo
a autonomia do Poder Judiciário.
gran.com.br 38 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
Além dos desastres naturais, o consumo descontrolado também contribui para a redução
da disponibilidade de água. Qual fator econômico é responsável, no Brasil e no mundo, pela
maior fatia de consumo desse recurso?
a) Indústrias.
gran.com.br 39 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
b) Termelétricas.
c) Abastecimento urbano.
d) Abastecimento animal.
e) Irrigação na agricultura.
gran.com.br 40 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
gran.com.br 41 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
c) têm uma correlação negativa, na maior parte dos países, apontando que, quanto maior
o desenvolvimento humano, menor será a pegada ecológica.
d) têm uma correlação nula na maior parte dos países, indicando que o maior desenvolvimento
está relacionado a um impacto ambiental nulo.
e) não devem ser analisados em conjunto, pois eles se referem a dimensões da sustentabilidade
que não se relacionam.
gran.com.br 42 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
No Brasil, a energia nuclear é uma fonte complementar que conta com a seguinte vantagem
estratégica:
a) O Brasil é o único país latino-americano a produzir esse tipo de energia.
b) O país possui jazidas minerais que a ele garantem a autossuficiência.
c) O país possui mais de cinco usinas termonucleares em seu território.
d) O custo de instalação de uma usina nuclear é baixo, se comparado ao das demais.
e) O custo do transporte do combustível nuclear é o maior entre todos os outros.
gran.com.br 43 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
gran.com.br 44 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
Esse problema ambiental provoca um dano direto à vida cotidiana dos cidadãos, que é a(o)
a) ampliação da violência intraurbana.
b) diminuição dos incentivos fiscais municipais.
c) implantação do setor informal da economia.
d) incremento de doenças cardiovasculares.
e) decréscimo do número de leitos hospitalares.
gran.com.br 45 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
Um comprador que adquiriu, no 45º Leilão de Biodiesel da ANP, 10% da quantidade total
de litros arrematados nesse leilão, pagando o preço médio por litro, gastou, em reais,
a) menos de 100 milhões.
b) entre 100 milhões e 400 milhões.
c) entre 400 milhões e 700 milhões.
d) entre 700 milhões e um bilhão.
e) mais de um bilhão.
gran.com.br 46 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
O surgimento dos oleodutos resultou de uma mobilização contra a seguinte atuação dos
carroceiros de petróleo:
a) barateamento do preço do barril de óleo
b) acondicionamento precário do óleo em barris
c) formação de monopólio no setor de transporte
d) controle do fluxo de mercadorias pelas ferrovias
e) fluidez do tráfego nas estradas em face das ferrovias
gran.com.br 47 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
gran.com.br 48 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
gran.com.br 49 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
gran.com.br 50 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
Dessa forma, na atual fase da evolução demográfica brasileira, o impacto positivo sobre as
receitas da Previdência Social depende da capacidade de a economia brasileira apresentar
a) aumento do trabalho informal.
b) arrecadação de recursos pelo financiamento bancário.
c) recadrastamento de contribuintes com carteira assinada.
d) desenvolvimento de alternativas na medicina preventiva.
e) geração de empregos de qualidade em número suficiente.
gran.com.br 51 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
Essa campanha política teve como objetivo principal garantir eleições diretas para o cargo de
a) deputado federal.
b) deputado estadual.
c) prefeito municipal.
d) senador da República.
e) presidente da República.
gran.com.br 52 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
Os fluxos migratórios dos estados do Sul, além de São Paulo e de Minas Gerais, para as
regiões Centro-Oeste e Norte aconteceram, especialmente, em que época e por qual motivo?
a) Na década de 1950, devido à expansão da cultura da soja.
b) A partir da década de 1950, devido ao aumento do garimpo.
c) Entre o final da década de 1950 e a década de 1960, devido à construção de Brasília.
d) No início da década de 1970, devido ao incremento da atividade industrial.
e) A partir da década de 1970, devido à expansão das áreas de fronteira agrícola na Amazônia.
gran.com.br 53 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
gran.com.br 54 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
Ainda que tenha ocorrido crescimento no agronegócio, o setor vem enfrentando problemas com
a) crescimento do setor de serviços e crise energética.
b) carências na infraestrutura e instabilidade no câmbio.
c) migração para as cidades médias e leis ambientais rígidas.
d) aumento dos jovens na população e baixa capacidade tecnológica.
e) fragilidade no setor de comunicação e baixa qualificação intelectual dos agricultores.
gran.com.br 55 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
gran.com.br 56 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
Para a situação apresentada no texto acima, alguns países têm, na principal causa, uma
associação com:
I. fatores de ordem étnica ou religiosa;
II. conflito entre o narcotráfico e o exército ou tropas paramilitares;
III. extrema pobreza agravada por desastres naturais.
Os seguintes países exemplificam, respectivamente, as condições retratadas em I, II e III:
a) Iraque, China e Síria.
b) Nigéria, México e Líbia.
c) Sudão, Colômbia e Haiti.
d) Afeganistão, Haiti e Nigéria.
e) México, Síria e Bangladesh.
gran.com.br 57 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
Texto II
Ainda não é dessa vez que os fãs do autor de “Grande Sertão: Veredas” terão acesso à
biografia desse artista lançada em 2008 por Alaor B. dos Santos e imediatamente cassada
pela família do escritor. Agora é o próprio Alaor quem faz ressalvas: de acordo com ele, o
livro só volta às prateleiras depois de passar por modificações do texto, processo que ainda
não tem previsão de conclusão.
FILGUEIRAS, M. Biografia em Suspenso. Jornal O Globo, Segundo Caderno, 30 jun. 2015, p.3. Adaptado.
gran.com.br 58 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
Neste contexto, para o presidente dos EUA, a nova Guerra Fria será diferente da antiga.
Uma das razões dessa diferença é que, contrariamente à ex-URSS, a Rússia não está dirigindo,
de forma sistêmica, nenhum bloco de nações; portanto, ela se apresenta sem
a) inspirar uma ideologia global.
b) ter capacidade bélica para reação.
c) promover propagandas nacionalistas.
d) permitir práticas religiosas do cristianismo.
e) sofrer ameaças de sanções de ordem econômica.
gran.com.br 59 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
Pela leitura do texto, depreende-se que a exploração do pré-sal constitui uma fonte de
renda que
a) culminará num recuo da produção de combustíveis fósseis, embora a atividade industrial
indique a necessidade de aumento.
b) permitirá uma associação positiva entre sustentabilidade e aproveitamento de recursos,
embora essa opção de exploração pareça o indicativo do contrário.
gran.com.br 60 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
c) forçará uma retirada da ênfase nas fontes mais limpas, embora os investimentos
tecnológicos no setor energético já apontem uma redução.
d) estimulará uma crescente participação da energia solar, embora os custos para essa
geração de energia demonstrem inviabilidade produtiva.
e) determinará uma mudança radical na matriz energética, embora os movimentos sociais
apresentem o anseio de eliminação do uso do petróleo.
gran.com.br 61 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
A obra de arte mencionada no conjunto de informações acima e sua autora são representativas
da primeira fase do Modernismo e correspondem à vertente chamada de
a) Cubismo.
b) Dadaísmo.
c) Futurismo.
d) Surrealismo.
e) Antropofagia.
gran.com.br 62 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
No contexto das relações internacionais, o embate entre países na OMC é uma realidade.
Uma das razões que explica, de forma expressiva, o caso apresentado na matéria jornalística
está no fato de, em 2011, ter ocorrido
a) elevação do IPI pelo governo brasileiro para carros importados.
b) nacionalização das montadoras estrangeiras instaladas no país.
c) facilidade econômica maior para a importação de carros estrangeiros.
d) preocupação dos europeus com a criação de novos impostos indiretos.
e) situação de desvantagens tributárias nos investimentos de empresas para a produção
nacional.
VILAS BOAS, Pelicano. Cuba e EUA. Dez. 2014. Disponível em: <http://www.humorpolitico.com.br/cuba/
novidades-em-cuba/>. Acesso em: 8 jul. 2015.
gran.com.br 63 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
Na charge acima, datada de dezembro de 2014, estão representados Fidel Castro e seu
irmão e sucessor político, Raúl Castro.
A lata de refrigerante que o atual presidente cubano parece esconder de um Fidel já idoso
e fisicamente combalido é o elemento da imagem que explicita a referência ao
a) interesse pessoal de Raúl Castro nas possibilidades de obter participação acionária em
uma das maiores empresas capitalistas do mundo.
b) adoecimento precoce do líder máximo da Revolução Cubana, levantando suspeitas de
que seus inimigos o tenham envenenado com o apoio de Raúl Castro.
c) anúncio conjunto do restabelecimento de relações diplomáticas entre Cuba e os Estados
Unidos da América.
d) decreto presidencial de Barack Obama, que extinguiu o embargo norte-americano a Cuba.
e) processo gradual de abandono do socialismo como sistema político em Cuba, seguindo
o modelo chinês de transição para a democracia.
A gestão municipal da cidade de São Paulo, iniciada em janeiro de 2013, incluiu em seu
Programa de Metas onze itens relacionados à mobilidade urbana. O objetivo desse conjunto
de metas é melhorar a mobilidade urbana universal, dando prioridade aos meios públicos
de transportes e estimulando o uso da bicicleta. As medidas deverão gerar efeitos positivos
na qualidade de vida dos paulistanos [...]
Implantação de ciclovias, faixas e corredores de ônibus: Nova visão para a mobilidade em São Paulo
[on-line]. Programa Cidades Sustentáveis. Disponível em: <http://www.cidadessustentaveis.org.br/boas-
-praticas/implantacao-de-ciclovias-faixas-e-corredores-de- onibus-nova--visao-para-mobilidade-em>.
Acesso em: 9 jul. 2015. Adaptado.
Políticas públicas de mobilidade urbana que estimulam o uso da bicicleta têm sido levadas a
cabo pela Prefeitura da maior cidade brasileira – apesar das inúmeras críticas, resistências
e ações judiciais de que são alvo.
Esse tipo de política pública contribui, entre outras coisas, para promover a
a) redução dos custos de obras rodoviárias.
b) redução da velocidade média dos ônibus.
c) proibição da circulação de automóveis.
d) diminuição da poluição atmosférica.
e) ampliação dos tempos de deslocamento.
gran.com.br 64 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
Também conhecido como Isis, sigla em inglês para Estado Islâmico do Iraque e da Síria,
o Estado Islâmico (EI) é um grupo muçulmano extremista fundado em outubro de 2004 a
partir do braço da Al Qaeda no Iraque. […] Em janeiro de 2014, o Estado Islâmico declarou
que o território sob seu controle passaria a ser um califado, a forma islâmica de governo.
AGÊNCIA BRASIL. Estado Islâmico: entenda a origem do grupo. Portal EBC
[on-line], 21 jan. 2015. Disponível em: <http://www.ebc.com/br/noticias/internacional/2015/01/estado-
-islamico-entenda-origem-do-grupo#>>. Acesso em: 8 jul. 2015. Adaptado.
gran.com.br 65 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
havia reduzido 52,3% das emissões de dióxido de carbono (CO2), um dos principais gases
do efeito estufa, mostra o levantamento do IBGE.
TOMAZELLI, Idiana; SALLOWICZ, Mariana. Brasil reduz emissão de CO2 em 52,3% e está perto de meta,
diz IBGE. O Estado de S. Paulo, São Paulo, 19 jun. 2015. Disponível em: <http://sustentabilidade.esta-
dao.com.br/noticias/geral,brasil-reduz-emissao-de-dioxido-de-carbono- em-52-3-e-se-aproxima-de-
-meta,1709302>. Acesso em: 8 jul. 2015.
A redução das emissões de gás carbônico (CO2), no período indicado, foi consequência da
diminuição da(o)
a) frota de veículos automotores.
b) desmatamento florestal.
c) produção de energia.
d) atividade industrial.
e) uso de biocombustíveis.
gran.com.br 66 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
gran.com.br 67 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
gran.com.br 68 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
Nesse sentido, a questão ambiental, impondo às nações e aos cidadãos uma aliança planetária
na ação internacional, é vista, de forma mais abrangente, como tendo um papel fundamental
no(a)
a) processo civilizatório local.
b) acesso à informação das nações ricas.
c) avanço tecnológico dos países emergentes.
d) construção da política contemporânea.
e) dinâmica econômica dos mercados regionais.
Sob o ponto de vista de que o mundo aceita formas distintas de conduzir esse negócio sem
maniqueísmos redutores, conforme a ótica predominante de reserva total para o Estado ou
para o setor privado, o que mudou essencialmente foi o sentimento, agora aparentemente
majoritário, de que o petróleo e o gás são, de fato, importantes
a) recursos naturais renováveis.
b) fatores de poder e de renda.
c) insumos de disponibilidade e distribuição igualitária no planeta.
d) instrumentos impulsionadores da justiça social.
e) riquezas sob controle absoluto dos Estados nacionais.
gran.com.br 69 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
CUCOLO, E.; UZÊDA, A. Na contramão das outras regiões do país, Nordeste tem crescimento de 4%. Folha
de S.Paulo. S.P. 27 jul. 2014. Caderno B4 Mercado. Adaptado.
gran.com.br 70 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
A situação apresentada acima insere-se em contexto no qual a região Nordeste passa por
uma transição entre um período com
a) aceleração de deslocamentos populacionais significativos em direção ao Sudeste para
outro com forte expressão da migração de retorno.
b) corte de empregos no setor de construção civil para outro com aquecimento na oferta
de empregos na área rural.
c) baixa participação da população no setor terciário para outro com elevada participação
da população no setor de serviços.
d) grande oferta de emprego com baixos salários para outro de menor oferta de emprego
no setor industrial, mas com rendimentos maiores.
e) altas taxas de mortalidade para outro com redução tanto das taxas de mortalidade
quanto de natalidade.
gran.com.br 71 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
Com base no texto acima, conclui-se que os autores consideram que a volta do crescimento
depende da
a) atitude dos governantes para atuar com ética, eliminando práticas de corrupção na
relação com o setor privado.
b) opção do setor privado para aplicar investimentos na indústria automobilística, facilitando
o emprego de capitais nacionais.
c) ação do governo para ampliar as exportações de produtos de alta tecnologia, investindo
na qualificação técnica e intelectual dos trabalhadores.
d) determinação dos empresários para investir na produção de bens de consumo não
duráveis, estimulando a capacidade de consumo da população.
e) condição do Estado para recuperar a função de coordenador das decisões privadas,
elevando, por exemplo, o investimento público em infraestrutura.
gran.com.br 72 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
Ainda que alguns estudiosos aleguem aspectos positivos para a remoção de populações
pobres para os conjuntos habitacionais, localizados em locais mais distantes do centro,
muitos consideram que, além de dificultar as oportunidades de emprego, essa prática
promove
a) redução das desigualdades sociais a partir da melhoria nas condições de moradia.
b) destruição das redes de solidariedade social em áreas de frágil presença do Estado.
c) liberação das áreas originalmente ocupadas para a ampliação de infraestrutura urbana.
d) proteção para a população por meio de medidas eficazes contra os deslizamentos de terra.
e) promoção da dignidade para os deslocados com o atendimento das necessidades básicas.
Um dos objetivos do Irã com a mudança de postura sobre seu programa nuclear e a forma
de tratamento privilegiada nas negociações entre o Irã e o Ocidente são:
a) atender o desejo da população descontente – ênfase no embate religioso.
b) provar que o programa não tem finalidade bélica – ênfase na dimensão histórica.
c) provocar a perda de prestígio dos aiatolás – ênfase no confronto militar.
d) afrouxar as sanções que asfixiam a economia iraniana – ênfase na perspectiva diplomática.
e) fornecer as informações preciosas sobre as usinas de enriquecimento do urânio – ênfase
na análise cultural.
gran.com.br 73 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
gran.com.br 74 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
A partir do texto, vislumbra-se uma proposta que envolva a relação entre meio ambiente
e cidadania. Para levá-la a efeito, é necessário que haja uma unidade de atuação e força
política para a sociedade civil em que ocorra(m), em primeira instância,
a) articulação simultânea das ações em mais de uma escala geográfica.
b) estratégia de crescimento econômico dos Estados nacionais.
c) controle da natalidade das populações mais pobres do mundo.
d) atendimento das necessidades de consumo das populações regionais.
e) ações políticas eficazes contra a destruição ambiental na escala local.
Dentro da lógica capitalista de produção, segundo o autor, a natureza passa a ser percebida como
a) mero recurso a ser transformado em riqueza.
b) parte de uma realidade que, apesar dos avanços técnicos e científicos, integra homem
e natureza de forma harmônica.
c) fonte de recursos que liberta o homem em relação ao meio, reduzindo a crise ambiental
que ameaça o planeta.
gran.com.br 75 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
Em face da OMC, vários governos têm defendido suas medidas protecionistas devido ao
seguinte fator de âmbito internacional:
a) abandono do discurso neoliberal.
b) emergência de ditaduras nacionalistas.
c) formação de blocos econômicos regionais.
d) desdobramentos da crise econômica de 2008.
e) apoio generalizado a medidas de austeridade fiscal.
Numa experiência feita pela Universidade da Geórgia, nos EUA, um micróbio recebeu
cinco genes de outra bactéria subaquática [...]. E dessa mistura saiu uma criatura capaz
de algo muito útil: alimentar-se de CO2. [...] “Agora podemos retirar o gás diretamente
da atmosfera, sem ter de esperar as plantas crescerem”, diz o bioquímico Michael Adams,
autor do estudo. Seria possível criar usinas de absorção de CO2, que cultivariam o micróbio
em grande escala [...].
SUPERINTERESSANTE. Cientistas criam bactéria que come o CO2 do ar. 318. ed. São Paulo: Abril, ano 26, n.
5, maio 2013, p. 14. Adaptado.
gran.com.br 76 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
[O] número de cidadãos com telefone celular saltou de 55,7 milhões, em 2005, para
115,4 milhões, em 2011, de acordo com dados [...] da Pesquisa Nacional por Amostra de
Domicílios (PNAD) 2011, divulgados hoje pelo IBGE.
HESSEL, Rosana. Proporção de brasileiros com acesso à internet mais que dobra, diz PNAD. Correio Brazi-
liense, Brasília, Distrito Federal, 16 maio 2013. Economia. Adaptado.
Entre 2005 e 2011, o aumento do número absoluto de brasileiros que possuíam o tipo de
telefone mencionado foi causado pela
a) queda constante dos preços dos serviços de telefonia fixa.
b) elevação do poder de compra dos consumidores de baixa renda.
c) introdução da telefonia móvel como recurso pedagógico nas escolas públicas.
d) restrição legal à entrada de empresas estrangeiras de telefonia móvel no País.
e) redução generalizada das tarifas da telefonia celular nas chamadas internacionais.
Em 2013, o país da Europa Ocidental que legalizou o casamento entre pessoas do mesmo
sexo, em meio a diversas manifestações públicas contrárias à medida, foi a:
a) Bélgica.
b) Espanha.
c) França.
d) Noruega.
e) Islândia.
gran.com.br 77 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
Uma pesquisa do Datafolha mostrou que 93% dos paulistanos defendem a redução
da maioridade [penal] para 16 anos. De outro lado, alguns dos melhores juristas do país
condenam a mudança. É verdade que a população reage emocionalmente depois de crimes
chocantes, como o do jovem que matou um estudante três dias antes de completar 18
anos, mas essa percentagem nunca ficou abaixo de 80%.
GASPARI, Elio. Uma proposta para a maioridade penal. Folha de S. Paulo, São Paulo, 05 maio 2013. Poder.
Adaptado.
gran.com.br 78 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
Uma grave crise econômica instaurou-se recemente nos EUA. Assim é que, em 2008, a crise
das hipotecas subprime, como veio a ser chamada, provocou:
a) pequena diminuição no valor das casas.
b) aumento de preço dos imóveis nos grandes centros.
c) descongelamento dos créditos nos mercados globais.
d) desmantelamento de grandes bancos de investimentos, como o Lehman Brothers.
e) privatização de instituições de empréstimos em outras partes do mundo, como o Northern Rock.
gran.com.br 79 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
gran.com.br 80 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
Considerando-se não ser adequado isolar um único aspecto, mas um conjunto de ações
eficazes, é urgente que, em primeira instância, a educação
a) seja uma prioridade do Estado.
b) apresente oferta de cursos para preparação do corpo docente.
c) aponte para a adoção do horário integral nas escolas federais.
d) receba investimentos do setor público estadual para o ensino a distância.
e) represente a função básica das empresas privadas do setor produtivo.
gran.com.br 81 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
Levando-se em conta a principal função do novo equipamento, expressa no trecho acima, tal
empreendimento é muito importante porque o Brasil carece de satélites poara transferência
de informações de forma segura.
Nesse contexto, encontram-se, especialmente, as de caráter
a) espacial.
b) ambiental.
c) estratégico.
d) sociológico.
e) econômico.
gran.com.br 82 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
gran.com.br 83 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
gran.com.br 84 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
A Conferência das Nações Unidas Rio+20 tem especificamente como tema central a
a) revisão do conceito de desemprego estrutural.
b) cooperação regional de economias emergentes.
c) metodologia europeia de unificação de moedas.
d) proposta inovadora de desarmamento planetário.
e) noção atualizada de desenvolvimento sustentável.
gran.com.br 85 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
gran.com.br 86 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
gran.com.br 87 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
c) espacial.
d) ecológica.
e) ambiental.
gran.com.br 88 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
d) soja.
e) sorgo.
gran.com.br 89 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
Uma semelhança da China atual com a situação econômica do Japão dos anos 1990 refere-
se ao seguinte aspecto:
a) elevação intensa dos preços dos imóveis.
b) monopólio estatal da maior parte das terras.
c) pressão independentista dos governos locais.
d) exportação crescente de matérias-primas.
e) reduzido superavit da balança comercial.
gran.com.br 90 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
gran.com.br 91 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
gran.com.br 92 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
gran.com.br 93 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
gran.com.br 94 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
A expressão Primavera Árabe, empregada no texto, refere-se aos levantes políticos de 2011
ocorridos majoritariamente no:
a) norte da África.
b) sudeste da África.
c) sudeste da Ásia.
d) nordeste da Ásia.
e) centro-sul da Europa.
gran.com.br 95 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
gran.com.br 96 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
gran.com.br 97 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
d) Minas Gerais.
e) Espírito Santo.
gran.com.br 98 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
gran.com.br 99 de 119
Caderno de Questões Cesgranrio
Mais de 1.500 questões gabaritadas!
Se, de 2004 a 2010, a quantidade de pontos de conexão sem fio, no mundo, tivesse aumentado
linearmente, conforme sugere o gráfico, quantos pontos de conexão sem fio haveria em
2007?
a) 120.500
b) 162.000
c) 185.500
d) 200.500
e) 210.000
O país asiático descrito acima, que atua como principal responsável por esse crescimento
das exportações brasileiras, é:
a) Índia.
b) China.
c) Coreia do Sul.
d) Coreia do Norte.
e) Rússia.
d) os grupos sociais dos municípios confrontantes com o Bloco Marítimo, onde ocorrerá a
atividade objeto do licenciamento, em todas as etapas do processo.
e) os grupos sociais direta e indiretamente afetados pela atividade objeto do licenciamento,
em todas as etapas do processo.
Para além do aquecimento global, o Secretário chama a atenção para os atuais problemas
ambientais relativos à
a) cultura de massa.
b) diversidade biológica.
c) economia de mercado.
d) ideologia ecológica.
e) produção flexível.
A “pegada ecológica” humana pode ser minimizada globalmente se forem aplicados, com
efeito, os princípios relacionados ao conceito de
a) orçamento participativo.
b) desenvolvimento sustentável.
c) produção flexível.
d) comércio justo.
e) economia popular.
O protesto popular, registrado na fotografia acima, traduz uma luta histórica da Catalunha,
na Espanha, por
a) autonomia política.
b) recursos materiais.
c) liberdade de imprensa.
d) eliminação de impostos.
e) repatriação de exilados.
d) Angola.
e) Somália.
O aumento do consumo de energia elétrica teve como um fator principal, no período, a(o)
a) expansão da eletrificação rural por regiões.
b) retomada da atividade industrial.
c) suspensão de políticas de racionamento.
d) reconfiguração dos fusos horários do País.
e) desmembramento do Sistema Nacional de Energia.
O país latino-americano que recebeu o aval dos três membros do MERCOSUL é o(a)
a) Chile.
b) Equador.
c) Bolívia.
d) Colômbia.
e) Venezuela.
DIREITO ADMINISTRATIVO
240. (CESGRANRIO/2022/ELETROBRAS TERMONUCLEAR S.A. – ELETRONUCLEAR/ARQUIVISTA/
QUESTÃO 29) Um cidadão requer acesso a documentos e informações guardados por
determinado órgão público e recebe, como resposta, que uma parte está protegida pelo
sigilo, e a outra foi objeto de extravio.
Nos termos da Lei n. 12.527/2011, informado do extravio da informação solicitada, poderá
esse cidadão, para apurar o desaparecimento da respectiva documentação, requerer à
autoridade competente a imediata abertura de
a) investigação.
b) verificação.
c) sindicância.
d) restauração.
e) responsabilização.
a) inovação tecnológica.
b) redução de custos.
c) exploração do teletrabalho.
d) melhora da burocracia.
e) atualização de procedimentos.
a) veracidade.
b) necessidade.
c) validade.
d) publicidade.
e) proporcionalidade.
d) serviço militar.
e) atividade política.
c) sorteio.
d) edital.
e) estimado.
d) interinidade.
e) integridade.
III – A licitação não será sigilosa, sendo públicos e acessíveis ao público os atos de seu
procedimento, inclusive quanto ao conteúdo das propostas, até a respectiva abertura.
É correto o que se afirma APENAS em:
a) I.
b) II.
c) III.
d) I e II.
e) II e III.
b) Concurso.
c) Convite.
d) Pregão.
e) Proposta.
b) adicional de chefia.
c) honorários especiais.
d) adicional de férias.
e) gratificação por encargo de curso.
Uma modalidade de licitação adequada a esse caso, e respectivo prazo mínimo de publicidade
são os seguintes:
a) tomada de preço; 15 dias.
b) tomada de preço; 30 dias.
c) tomada de preço; 45 dias.
d) concorrência; 15 dias.
e) concorrência; 30 dias.
c) ser uma disputa entre os licitantes feita por meio de propostas e lances em sessão
pública na qual se adota como critério de julgamento a melhor proposta independente do
preço e do valor de contrato.
d) ter a sua habilitação na fase posterior ao julgamento das propostas, diferente do que
ocorre com modalidades de licitação reguladas pela Lei n. 8.666/1993.
e) ser utilizada opcionalmente pela Administração Pública Federal na aquisição de bens e
serviços comuns, e quando estados, Distrito Federal e municípios licitam para contratar
bens com recursos repassados voluntariamente pela União.
c) cadastrados.
d) indicados.
e) disponíveis.
a informação e indicar, se for do seu conhecimento, o órgão que a detém. Segundo a Lei,
esse procedimento se dará em um prazo não superior a
a) 20 dias.
b) 15 dias.
c) 10 dias.
d) 5 dias.
e) 2 dias.
DIREITO CONSTITUCIONAL
426. (CESGRANRIO/2023/PETROBRAS TRANSPORTE S.A. – TRANSPETRO/PROFISSIONAL
DE NÍVEL SUPERIOR/ÁREA: ADVOCACIA/QUESTÃO 48) EV atua na área empresarial e tem
dúvidas quanto aos seus registros fiscais diante da perda de documentos causada por
enchentes que invadiram seu imóvel. Diante disso, formula requerimento à Receita Federal
para ter acesso ao sistema que organiza a sua conta relacionada aos tributos recolhidos
pela União Federal.
Nos termos da jurisprudência assente do Supremo Tribunal Federal, em caso de negativa
de acesso, caberia a impetração de:
a) mandado de segurança.
b) mandado de injunção.
c) ação civil pública.
d) ação popular.
e) habeas data.
a) renda equitativa.
b) tributação geral.
c) generalidade social.
d) assistência pública.
e) seguridade social.
d) compensação financeira.
e) imunidade de impostos.
b) empregada que sofre a perda do bebê aos 7 meses de gestação não tem direito à
estabilidade.
c) empregada contratada sob contrato de experiência tem direito à estabilidade se ficar
grávida dentro desse contrato a prazo determinado.
d) propositura de ação trabalhista, após o término do período de estabilidade, impede a
reintegração e, consequentemente, o direito aos salários do período estabilitário.
e) desconhecimento do estado gravídico pelo empregador, no momento da dispensa, afasta
o direito à estabilidade.
c) legal, uma vez que se compatibiliza com as normas jurídicas previstas no Código Tributário
Nacional.
d) constitucional, porém ilegal uma vez que contraria normas jurídicas previstas no Código
Tributário Nacional.
e) constitucional, porém ilegal uma vez que contraria lei ou ato pretérito.
b) referibilidade.
c) cumulatividade.
d) seletividade.
e) publicidade.
b) II, apenas.
c) I e II, apenas.
d) II e III, apenas.
e) I, II e III.
b) lei X é constitucional, e a lei Y será constitucional apenas se não houver lei federal
dispondo sobre a matéria.
c) lei X será constitucional, se houver lei complementar da União delegando a competência
ao Estado, e a lei Y é inconstitucional.
d) lei X será constitucional, apenas se não houver lei federal dispondo sobre a matéria, e a
lei Y é inconstitucional.
e) lei X será constitucional, apenas se não houver lei federal dispondo sobre a matéria, e a
lei Y é constitucional.
c) leis delegadas.
d) decretos.
e) resoluções.
IV – um meliante, ao ser detido pela segurança de uma instituição, deverá ser informado
de seus direitos, inclusive o de permanecer calado, se assim o desejar;
V – a prática de tortura contra presos, com o fim de obtenção de informações ou confissão,
será considerada crime inafiançável, por ela respondendo não só os executantes, mas
também os mandantes e os que, tendo conhecimento e podendo evitá-la, se omitiram.
Estão corretas APENAS as afirmações
a) II, IV e V.
b) II, III e V.
c) II, III e IV.
d) I, IV e V.
e) I e III.
DIREITOS HUMANOS
617. (CESGRANRIO/2016/UNIVERSIDADE FEDERAL DO RIO DE JANEIRO – UNIRIO/PSICOLOGIA
CLÍNICA/QUESTÃO 63) A Declaração Universal sobre Bioética e Direitos Humanos reconhece
que “a identidade de um indivíduo inclui dimensões biológicas,psicológicas, sociais, culturais
e espirituais”, e que decisões sobre “as questões éticas na medicina, nas ciências da vida
e nas tecnologiasassociadas podem impactar indivíduos, suas famílias e grupos”. Dessa
forma, estabelece como um de seus princípios a dignidade humana e os direitos humanos.
Com relação a esses princípios, a Declaração tem como um de seus objetivos
a) assegurar que os progressos da ciência e da tecnologia contribuam para a justiça e a
equidade na saúde e na qualidade de vida dosindivíduos.
b) propor que todos os Estados e Governos se comprometam a resolver questões básicas
de saneamento básico de sua população.
c) propor que haja uma cooperação internacional em torno das necessidades específicas
dos países ricos e industrializados nodesenvolvimento da engenharia genética.
d) garantir que todos os seres vivos sejam responsáveis pela gestão da qualidade da própria
saúde.
e) capitalizar as pesquisas científicas para que tragam sempre benefícios à dignidade
humana e social.
ÉTICA
619. (CESGRANRIO/2023/BANCO DO BRASIL S.A./ESCRITURÁRIO/ÁREA: AGENTE COMERCIAL/
QUESTÃO 59) Um vendedor do departamento de seguros de um banco foi chamado para
atender um cliente que desejava informações a respeito de renovação de apólice de seguro
de vida. Antes de encontrá-lo, o vendedor foi orientado pelo supervisor a acessar uma base
de dados com informações pessoais dos clientes que o banco mantinha ilicitamente. Ao
explorar essa base de dados, o vendedor descobriu que o cliente era acometido de uma
enfermidade crônica que comprometia em muito a sua saúde. De posse dessa informação,
o vendedor alterou sua estratégia de negociação e impôs condições para renovação que
eram bem mais desfavoráveis ao cliente.
O problema ético observado nesse caso é caracterizado como
a) propina.
b) aliciamento.
c) espionagem.
d) desafio tácito.
e) conflito de interesses.
c) embriaguez habitual.
d) conivência com erro.
e) ausência de utilização de avanços técnicos.
visitas constantes a clientes, a portadora do token passa a ser sua fiel secretária. Ocorre
que houve a detecção de diminuição das operações na agência dirigida por Sr. X, o que gerou
a visita surpresa de representantes da auditoria interna, os quais constataram inúmeras
irregularidades, além das descritas anteriormente.
Nessa situação, sob a perspectiva ética,
a) a família deve ser privilegiada em detrimento das atividades profissionais.
b) o comprometimento com a família é considerado falta, pois o trabalho deve ser privilegiado.
c) o compartilhamento de senhas pessoais é considerado uma grave falta.
d) o empréstimo de instrumentos de assinatura digital a servidores de confiança é admissível.
e) os atos praticados representam a moderna administração com delegação de funções e
exercício da confiança nos subordinados.
seus lucros. Tendo como exemplo o caso descrito, nos termos do Código de Ética do Banco
da Amazônia, a conduta do gerente do Banco Y
a) deve ser aplaudida por proporcionar maior lucro ao Banco.
b) está relacionada ao ambiente de negócio competitivo do mercado financeiro.
c) é inerente ao mercado por propiciar melhorias nos negócios dos clientes.
d) é inerente à atividade bancária que procura seduzir os empresários iniciantes fidelizando-os.
e) é considerada conduta inaceitável por repassar a terceiros tecnologias de propriedade
do Banco.
II – Muitas condutas podem não confi gurar violação de norma legal, mas, sim, desvio de
conduta ética não passível de punição jurídica específica.
III – Mudanças estruturais do papel do Estado fazem com que o setor público dependa
cada vez mais de profi ssionais oriundos do setor privado, o que exacerba a possibilidade
de condutas antiéticas.
É correto o que se afirma em
a) I, apenas.
b) II, apenas.
c) I e II, apenas.
d) II e III, apenas.
e) I, II e III.
d) plano a ser adotado no futuro após ampla discussão sobre o tema em assembleias de
funcionários.
e) considerado iniciativa individual, sem qualquer vínculo com a empresa, mas admitida
como bom empreendimento.
a) I e III, apenas.
b) II e IV, apenas.
c) I, II e IV, apenas.
d) I, III e IV, apenas.
e) I, II, III e IV.
INFORMÁTICA
666. (CESGRANRIO/2023/BANCO DO BRASIL S.A./ESCRITURÁRIO/ÁREA: AGENTE COMERCIAL/
QUESTÃO 51) Ao se utilizar um navegador web para acesso a um website XYZ na internet,
a partir de uma estação de trabalho E1, pode acontecer de esse website não responder
adequadamente, por exemplo, não apresentando o seu conteúdo. Considere que, no instante
seguinte à tentativa de acesso ao website XYZ, se verifica ser possível acessar um outro
website ABC, e que os websites XYZ e ABC não estão localizados na rede de computadores
da organização onde está a estação de trabalho.
Nesse caso, um dos possíveis problemas para o website XYZ não estar respondendo
corretamente é o seguinte:
a) o website ABC está atraindo todas as consultas para si.
b) a conexão do website XYZ com a internet está interrompida.
c) a estação de trabalho E1 não está conectada à rede.
d) a conexão da rede de computadores da organização com a internet está interrompida.
e) os websites ABC e XYZ não estão configurados corretamente.
Foi detectado um problema: o computador A não consegue enviar pacotes de rede para
computador C. Os gerentes, então, analisaram a tabela de roteamento do Roteador 1 e
perceberam que faltava uma rota estática.
Para criar essa rota estática, no Roteador 1, que permita que o computador A envie pacotes
para o computador C, o comando a ser usado exige que o gerente conheça a rede de destino
(DESTINATION_NETWORK), a máscara de sub-rede da rede destino (SUBNET_MASK) e o
endereço IP do próximo roteador no caminho (NEXT_HOP_IP_ADDRESS).
Os valores corretos a serem usados no comando são, respectivamente,
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
b) esquerdo do mouse no ícone da rede sem fio da barra de tarefas e, em seguida, clicar
com o botão direito do mouse na opção Abrir configurações de Rede e Internet, e depois,
selecionar a opção Modo avião.
c) direito do mouse no ícone da rede sem fio da barra de tarefas e, depois, clicar com o
botão direito do mouse no botão Modo avião.
d) esquerdo do mouse no ícone da rede sem fio da barra de tarefas e, depois, clicar com o
botão esquerdo do mouse no botão Modo avião.
e) esquerdo do mouse no ícone da rede sem fio da barra de tarefas e, depois, clicar com o
botão direito do mouse no botão Modo avião.
a) cvs
b) svn
c) kafka
d) wiki
e) redis
b) relatório-parte1.docx e relatório-parte2.docx
c) relatório:parte1.docx e relatório:parte2.docx
d) relatório%parte1.docx e relatório%parte2.docx
e) relatório$parte1.docx e relatório$parte2.docx
a) Windows Security.
b) Windows Hello.
c) Advanced Login.
d) Enhanced Login.
e) Enhanced Authentication.
b) Revisão e pressionar o botão Novo para criar um espelhamento dos dados da planilha.
c) Exibir e pressionar o botão Novo para criar um novo modo de exibição de planilha.
d) Inserir e pressionar o botão Novo para criar um novo modo de exibição de planilha.
e) Inserir e pressionar o botão Novo para criar uma nova imagem dos dados da planilha.
c) Ctrl+N
d) Ctrl+Shift+N
e) Ctrl+Shift+T
b) Ctrl e N.
c) Ctrl e P.
d) Ctrl e S.
e) Ctrl e F.
Depois de abrir o documento novamente no Word do Microsoft Office 365, o usuário poderá
saber quem fez alterações recentes no seu documento se clicar em
a) Acompanhar edição.
b) Acompanhar alterações.
c) Acompanhar revisões.
d) Ficar em dia.
e) Novidades.
b) dispor do número do telefone celular dos outros usuários, de modo a cadastrá-los para
ter acesso à pasta.
c) notificar os outros usuários que eles precisam estar usando o Google Drive no momento
em que o usuário A compartilhar a pasta.
d) enviar aos outros usuários o endereço (link) da pasta.
e) aguardar três dias após a criação da pasta para que ela possa ser compartilhada.
Que fórmula pode ser usada na célula B5 para calcular o valor desejado?
a) =HLOOKUP(A5;B1:E2;2;TRUE)*A5
b) =HLOOKUP(B1:E2;A5; 2;TRUE)*A5
c) =HLOOKUP(A5;B1:E2;2;FALSE)*A5
d) =VLOOKUP(A5;B1:E2;2;TRUE)*A5
e) =VLOOKUP(B1:E2;A5; 2;TRUE)*A5
Que fórmula pode ser usada, na posição C2, para calcular o preço total da compra daquele
produto?
a) =VLOOKUP($E$2:$F$5;A2;2;FALSE)*B2
b) =VLOOKUP(A2;$E$2:$F$5;2;FALSE)*B2
c) =HLOOKUP(A2;$E$2:$F$5;2;FALSE)*B2
d) =HLOOKUP($E$2:$F$5;A2;2;TRUE)*B2
e) =HLOOKUP(A2;$E$2:$F$5;2;TRUE)*B2
O autor da planilha criou um método para que um usuário possa rapidamente saber o número
de vitórias que uma dessas seleções obteve na 1a fase. Para tal, basta que o usuário digite
na célula E13 o nome da seleção desejada, como mostra a Figura 2.
Qual das fórmulas a seguir pode ser digitada na célula E14 para que o método descrito
acima funcione?
a) =PROCV(E13;B1:J9;4;FALSO)
b) =PROCV(E13;A1:E9;5;FALSO)
c) =PROCV(E13;A1:J9;5;FALSO)
d) =PROCV(E13;A1:E9;5;VERDADEIRO)
e) =PROCV(E13;A1:J9;5;VERDADEIRO)
Suponha que uma fórmula foi inserida na célula C4 e, depois, copiada para a célula J11,
que, logo após a cópia, passou a exibir o número inteiro 58.
Qual das fórmulas a seguir pode ter sido inserida na célula C4?
a) =C$4+C$4
b) =$C4+$C4
c) =C4+C4
d) =$C$4+$C$4
e) =$C4+C$4
Após a abertura desse arquivo com o MS Excel 2010, as colunas de A a G foram selecionadas,
o diálogo Classificar foi acionado, e a classificação foi personalizada, como mostra a Figura 2.
Concluída a classificação, as larguras das colunas foram ajustadas de modo a exibir todos
os dados. Qual planilha é compatível com o resultado das operações descritas acima?
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
a) nada acontecerá até que o usuário atualize a tabela clicando com o botão direito do
mouse e selecionando a opção “Atualizar”.
b) o mês de fevereiro será colapsado, e o total geral passará a ser 1254.
c) o mês de fevereiro será colapsado, os seus dados ocultados, e, apenas para esse mês, o
valor 705 ficará exposto.
d) o mês de fevereiro será removido, e o total geral passará a ser 1254.
e) o total geral passará a ser 1254, que é 1959 – 705, mas o mês de fevereiro continuará
como antes.
Fonte: Agência Nacional de Petróleo, Gás Natural e Biocombustíveis, atualizada em 02 de fevereiro de 2018.
Que fórmula calcula o mês de maior produção no ano de 2015, e pode ser usada na célula
B18 da planilha para apresentar o resultado correto?
a) =CORRESP($A3:$A14;ÍNDICE(MÁXIMO(B3:B14);B3:B14;0))
b) =CORRESP($A3:$A14;MÁXIMO(ÍNDICE(B3:B14);B3:B14;0))
c) =ÍNDICE($A3:$A14;CORRESP(MÁXIMO(B3:B14);B3:B14;0))
d) =ÍNDICE($A3:$A14;MÁXIMO(CORRESP(B3:B14);B3:B14;0))
e) =MÁXIMO($A3:$A14;CORRESP(ÍNDICE(B3:B14);B3:B14;0))
O trecho acima, digitado no MS Word 2016 em português, pode ter sua formatação modificada
para ressaltar as palavras afoxés, frevo, maracatu e corso. Para que sejam escritas em letras
maiúsculas, o autor do texto, depois de selecionar a palavra que será modificada, pode
a) clicar no botão e escolher a opção “Colocar Cada Palavra em Maiúscula”.
b) clicar no botão e escolher a opção “Maiúscula”.
c) clicar no botão (Ctrl + Shift + >) e escolher a opção “Colocar Cada Palavra em Maiúscula”.
d) clicar no botão (Ctrl + Shift + <) e escolher a opção “Maiúscula”.
e) clicar no botão Letra Capitular.
b)
c)
d)
e)
b) Evitar que uma página seja eleita como “vítima”, ou seja, tenha de deixar a memória.
c) Indicar quando uma página foi alterada durante a execução de um processo.
d) Indicar se a página é candidata à ocorrência de trashing.
e) Indicar se a página foi referenciada dentro de um intervalo de tempo.
c) chrome://predictors/
d) chrome://settings/
e) chrome://version/
Considerando a Figura 1, que fórmula pode ser inserida na célula K17 para determinar o
valor da incidência dentre os estados do sul que corresponde ao menor número de casos
ocorridos nessa região em 2016?
a) =PROCV(I15:I16;I15:K16;3;FALSO)
b) =PROCV(MÍNIMO(I15:I16);I15:K16;3;FALSO)
c) =PROCV(I15:I16;K15:K16;3;FALSO)
d) =SE(I15=”mínimo”;3;FALSO)
e)=SE(E(MÍNIMO(I15:I16)<5000;MÍNIMO(K15:K16)<100);”Paraná”;”Rio Grande do Sul”)
Considerando a Figura 1, que fórmula pode ser utilizada para determinar, na célula K17,
dentre os estados da região norte, o valor de maior incidência dentre aqueles com ocorrência
de mais de 5.000 casos em 2016?
a) =MÁXIMOSES($K$3:$K$16;$F$3:$F$16;”norte”;$I$3:$I$16;”>5000”)
b) =MÁXIMO($K$3:$K$7;$F$3:$F$7;”norte”;$I$3:$I$7;”>5000”)
c) =E($K$3:$K$16;$F$3:$F$16;”norte”;$I$3:$I$16;”>5000”)
d) =PROCV($K$3;$F$3:$K$16;”norte”;$I$3:$I$16)
e) =SE($K$3:$K$16>5000;”norte”;$I$4:$I$16)
Considerando a Figura 1, que fórmula pode ser inserida na célula K17 para determinar o
número total de casos ocorridos nos estados da região nordeste em 2015?
a) =SOMA (“nordeste”; F8:F11;H8:H11)
b) =SOMASE(“nordeste”; F8:F11;H8:H11)
c) =SOMASE(F8:F11;”nordeste”;H8:H11)
d) =SOMASES(“nordeste”;F8:F11;H8:H11)
e) =PROCV(F8:H11;”nordeste”;H8:H11)
b)
c)
d)
e)
d) SmartArt.
e) Painel de Animação.
Em relação à Figura 1, que fórmula pode ser usada na célula D9 para buscar o preço unitário
do produto listado na célula B9, na Tabela de custos e preços, resultando no preço daquele
produto, de modo que a fórmula possa ser copiada simplesmente para as células D10:D13
Considerando-se a Figura 1, que fórmula pode ser usada na célula E16 para calcular, de
forma correta, o preço total de todas as vendas?
a) =SOMA(C9:C13;D9:D13)
b) =SOMA(C9:D13)
c) =SOMA(C9:D13)*SOMA(D9:D13)
d) =SOMAPRODUTO(C9:C13;D9:D13)
e) =SOMARPRODUTO(C9:C13;D9:D13)
Em relação à Figura 1, que fórmula pode ser usada na célula E18 para mostrar a data de
hoje no formato apresentado?
a) =DATA()
b) =HOJE()
c) =AGORA()
d) =DATA.HOJE()
e) =DATA.VALOR()
b)
c)
d)
e)
Seu objetivo final é que as células da coluna D, correspondentes às contas correntes, sejam
preenchidas com o texto SIM, caso os dois saldos da mesma conta corrente (último mês e
mês corrente) sejam simultaneamente superiores a R$ 1500,00, ou, se isso não for verdade,
se pelo menos um deles for superior a R$ 1800,00. Caso nenhuma dessas hipóteses ocorra,
a célula correspondente deve ser preenchida com o texto NÃO. Para isso, deve iniciar seu
processo final de criação da planilha, preenchendo a célula D3 com determinada fórmula
para depois copiá-la para as células de D4 a D12. A fórmula que faz acontecer o que o
funcionário deseja é:
a) =SE(E(B3>1500; C3>1500); (OU(B3>1800; C3>1800)))
b) =SE(E(B3>1500; C3>1500);”SIM”; (OU(B3>1800; C3>1800)))
c) =SE(E(B3>1500;C3>1500);”SIM”; SE(B3>1800;C3>1800))
d)=SE(E(B3>1500;C3>1500);”SIM”;SE(OU(B3>1800;C3>1800);”SIM”;”NÃO”))
e)=SE(E(B3>1800;C3>1500);”SIM”;SE(OU(B3>1800;C3>1500);”SIM”;”NÃO”))
Uma referência estruturada no Excel 2016 permite que sejam feitas referências a nomes
de tabelas e colunas em fórmulas, em vez de referências explícitas a células. Considerando-
se que a tabela com nome Producao na planilha da Figura 1 se refere às células A2:E14,
qual a referência estruturada a ser colocada na célula E2 para se calcular o crescimento da
produção de petróleo entre os meses de janeiro de 2015 e janeiro de 2017?
a) =@2017-@2015
b) =[@2017]-[@2015]
c) =[2017]-[2015]
d) =Producao![2017]-Producao![2015]
e) =Producao!2017-Producao!2015
Se Dalila (dalila@email.com) responder a esse e-mail para todas as pessoas que puder
identificar no cabeçalho da mensagem que recebeu, para quem será enviada a resposta
de Dalila?
a) Somente para Bruno.
b) Somente para Bruno e Carlos.
c) Somente para Bruno, Ana e Edson.
d) Somente para Carlos, Ana e Edson.
e) Para Bruno, Carlos, Ana e Edson.
Com base na Figura 1, que fórmula pode ser usada na célula E17 para calcular, de forma
correta, a quantidade de produtos vendidos de um determinado tipo de produto colocado
na célula D17?
a) =SOMASE(B9:B13;C9:C13;D17)
b) =SOMASE(B9:B13;D17;C9:C13)
c) =SOMASE(C9:C13;B9:B13;D17)
d) =SOMASE(C9:C13;D17;B9:B13)
e) =SOMASE(D17;C9:C13;B9:B13)
Que fórmula pode ser usada na planilha da Figura 1, em qualquer célula fora da tabela, para
procurar a produção de Agosto de 2017?
a) =PROCV(“2017”;A2:E14;9;0)
b) =PROCV(“2017”;A2:E14;8;1)
c) =PROCV(“2017”;A2:E14;8;0)
d) =PROCH(“2017”;A2:E14;9;0)
e) =PROCH(“2017”;A2:E14;8;0)
LÍNGUA INGLESA
862. (CESGRANRIO/2023/BANCO DO BRASIL S.A./ESCRITURÁRIO/ÁREA: AGENTE DE
TECNOLOGIA/QUESTÃO 11)
From Bartering to Bitcoin
By Rich Beattie
1. What we call “money” has always been a moving target. It changes appearance and
value. Here are five key developments in the history of money that have impacted how
we earn, save and spend today.
2. Cash Cows – Before humans had money, they had stuff. In ancient times, when you
had stuff other people wanted, you bartered it for stuff you wanted. Around 9000
BC, the most popular commodities included things like cattle, sheep and camels. This
was fine when people bartered close to home, but bulky creatures are cumbersome
and difficult to transport. As people started to venture farther afield to trade, a more
portable option became essential.
3. In 1200 BC people started using cowries — the shells of marine mollusks taken from
oceans. They were recognized as precious, and their use spread across Asia, Africa,
Oceania and Europe. Having been in use for centuries — even into the 20th century in
some places — cowries win the prize as the world’s longest-running currency.
4. Three Coins in the Fountain – The issue with bartering became assigning value: Just
how much was a cowrie or a cow worth? So, agreeing on the value of money became
essential. It was the Lydians, around 600 BC, who get credit for a critical step in this
process: fashioning the first known coins, which were made of a gold and silver alloy.
5. The metal used to make a coin — along with its weight — was important, as it
denoted the money’s value. Moreover, as coins gained popularity, so did the idea of
adorning them with locally inspired designs. Coins were money, but they now doubled
as a historic record. Eventually, they took on even more uses: People flipped them to
make decisions and tossed them into wells while making wishes. They may be used less
in 2020, but coins have been an integral part of our culture for centuries.
6. The Paper Chase – Coins were obviously lighter and easier to transport than cows,
but carrying bags of heavy metal still wasn’ t very practical. China’s Tang Dynasty, in the
seventh century, came up with a smart solution, namely, paper money. It was super-light
and could feature even richer designs than coins, and it promised a certain amount of
purchasing power.
7. Gold Rush – One of the problems, though, was that counterfeiters had great success
with paper bills. The bigger problem came when governments faced economic crises; it
was far too easy to print more paper money, which led to skyrocketing inflation. Paper
needed a backup — something universally valued yet not easily replicated. Something
like gold.
8. The “gold standard” let governments create a fixed price for this precious metal that
was tied directly to the value of their currency. In the United States, the idea took root
in the late 17th century, and it spread to Europe in the 19th century. But confidence
in the gold standard crumbled during World War I, and it soon became apparent that
in order to thrive, currencies needed the freedom to fluctuate dynamically against
each other. The gold standard was dropped in the United States in 1933, and a global
economy started to take shape.
9. The E-Buck Stops Here? – Cows, cowries, coins, paper, gold: Money has always had a
physical presence. But today, it is quickly evolving into numbers that float through the
ether. This modern era of money began in 1946 with the first bank-issued charge card.
Credit cards followed some 12 years later, still related to dollars. However, technology,
with cryptocurrencies like Bitcoin, is changing the world’s definition of “money”.
10. Now, social media companies and entire countries are considering digital currencies
of their own. Meanwhile, artificial intelligence is growing eversmarter, and perhaps one
day soon your budget and expenses will be managing themselves. The debate rages
about exactly where we are headed, but with history as our guide, the one thing we
can absolutely count on is the inevitability of change.
Available at: https://www.synchronybank.com/blog/brief-history-of-money/. Retrieved on: Sept 10, 2022.
Adapted.
8. The “gold standard” let governments create a fixed price for this precious metal that
was tied directly to the value of their currency. In the United States, the idea took root
in the late 17th century, and it spread to Europe in the 19th century. But confidence
in the gold standard crumbled during World War I, and it soon became apparent that
in order to thrive, currencies needed the freedom to fluctuate dynamically against
each other. The gold standard was dropped in the United States in 1933, and a global
economy started to take shape.
9. The E-Buck Stops Here? – Cows, cowries, coins, paper, gold: Money has always had a
physical presence. But today, it is quickly evolving into numbers that float through the
ether. This modern era of money began in 1946 with the first bank-issued charge card.
Credit cards followed some 12 years later, still related to dollars. However, technology,
with cryptocurrencies like Bitcoin, is changing the world’s definition of “money”.
10. Now, social media companies and entire countries are considering digital currencies
of their own. Meanwhile, artificial intelligence is growing eversmarter, and perhaps one
day soon your budget and expenses will be managing themselves. The debate rages
about exactly where we are headed, but with history as our guide, the one thing we
can absolutely count on is the inevitability of change.
Available at: https://www.synchronybank.com/blog/brief-history-of-money/. Retrieved on: Sept 10, 2022.
Adapted.
In the sixth paragraph of the text, the author mentions that paper money first circulated in
a) Italy.
b) China.
c) England.
d) Australia.
e) Germany.
8. The “gold standard” let governments create a fixed price for this precious metal that
was tied directly to the value of their currency. In the United States, the idea took root
in the late 17th century, and it spread to Europe in the 19th century. But confidence
in the gold standard crumbled during World War I, and it soon became apparent that
in order to thrive, currencies needed the freedom to fluctuate dynamically against
each other. The gold standard was dropped in the United States in 1933, and a global
economy started to take shape.
9. The E-Buck Stops Here? – Cows, cowries, coins, paper, gold: Money has always had a
physical presence. But today, it is quickly evolving into numbers that float through the
ether. This modern era of money began in 1946 with the first bank-issued charge card.
Credit cards followed some 12 years later, still related to dollars. However, technology,
with cryptocurrencies like Bitcoin, is changing the world’s definition of “money”.
10. Now, social media companies and entire countries are considering digital currencies
of their own. Meanwhile, artificial intelligence is growing eversmarter, and perhaps one
day soon your budget and expenses will be managing themselves. The debate rages
about exactly where we are headed, but with history as our guide, the one thing we
can absolutely count on is the inevitability of change.
Available at: https://www.synchronybank.com/blog/brief-history-of-money/. Retrieved on: Sept 10, 2022.
Adapted.
In the fragment in the seventh paragraph of the text “One of the problems, though, was
that counterfeiters had great success with paper bills”, the word in bold is associated with
the idea of
a) time.
b) addition.
c) condition.
d) emphasis.
e) opposition.
8. The “gold standard” let governments create a fixed price for this precious metal that
was tied directly to the value of their currency. In the United States, the idea took root
in the late 17th century, and it spread to Europe in the 19th century. But confidence
in the gold standard crumbled during World War I, and it soon became apparent that
in order to thrive, currencies needed the freedom to fluctuate dynamically against
each other. The gold standard was dropped in the United States in 1933, and a global
economy started to take shape.
9. The E-Buck Stops Here? – Cows, cowries, coins, paper, gold: Money has always had a
physical presence. But today, it is quickly evolving into numbers that float through the
ether. This modern era of money began in 1946 with the first bank-issued charge card.
Credit cards followed some 12 years later, still related to dollars. However, technology,
with cryptocurrencies like Bitcoin, is changing the world’s definition of “money”.
10. Now, social media companies and entire countries are considering digital currencies
of their own. Meanwhile, artificial intelligence is growing eversmarter, and perhaps one
day soon your budget and expenses will be managing themselves. The debate rages
about exactly where we are headed, but with history as our guide, the one thing we
can absolutely count on is the inevitability of change.
Available at: https://www.synchronybank.com/blog/brief-history-of-money/. Retrieved on: Sept 10, 2022.
Adapted.
In the tenth paragraph, the author of the text predicts that there are chances artificial
intelligence will be able to
a) manage bank accounts.
b) prevent money changes.
c) eliminate exchange rates.
d) control financial resources.
e) avoid inflation and corruption.
8. The changing customer profile inclines towards bringing both physical and digital
worlds closer, and this is influencing the finance and banking sector favorably. Banks
give attention to this need for digitalization to retain their customers in the long run.
9. The pandemic of Covid-19 helped the banking industry to depend heavily on digital
technology and tech-enabled systems to stay alive. The result of the pandemic, however,
resulted in new beginnings in the form of huge digital transformation and newer
business models for the banks.
10. The favorable impact of technology is obvious across banking institutions. Even
though the banking arena has advanced in achieving digital involvement, many more
unexploited opportunities exist for banks. The banks must maintain the sanctity of their
customers’ data and serve them with better solutions without having to sacrifice their
security. The few challenges the banking sector still has are data breaches or escapes,
lack of e-banking knowledge amongst their customers, and the permanent technological
landscape that requires constant training and updating. Plausible solutions to the
above are available with a positive partnership between all stakeholders involved, such
as government, industry professionals and, of course, different banking institutions.
Available at: https://www.idfcfirstbank.com/finfirst-blogs/beyond-banking/what-is-the-impact-of-it-
-on-the-banking-sector. Retrieved on: Dec. 9, 2022. Adapted.
3. Banks’ lending processes have also improved considerably as they can analyze
customers’ spending patterns, study different customer data points, and determine
borrowers’ credit conditions. So, there is much less paperwork.
4. Customer-centric banking has become indispensable with the introduction of
different kinds of software that utilize Natural Language Processing (NLP) to read,
process and understand text and speech. Banks have successfully installed digital tools
to answer customer questions, which has helped them reduce the time and effort of
human capital and provide quick and consistent service. Using those resources, banks
are expected to save $7.3 billion in operational costs.
5. The changing profile of banking depends a lot on the Internet-age generation. Their
expectations from their banks to provide an omni-digital experience have enabled
the shift, allowing them to fulfil their banking needs sitting from a remote location.
Appropriately, banks quickly jumped onto the digitalization movement and refreshed
their services in line with their requirements.
6. Mobile banking, for example, is very popular among millennials. An Insider Intelligence’s
Mobile Banking Competitive Edge study indicated that a surprising 97% of them use
mobile banking! Transferring funds, checking their transactions online, downloading
their account statements or even applying for a loan is possible through a click of
fingers on their mobile phones. This has also eliminated the need for physical branches,
enabling banks to operate in a lean manner and cut unnecessary costs.
7. The usage of credit cards, debit cards, mobile banking apps, mobile wallets, third-
party payment apps, etc., have all increased considerably, indicating an essential shift
in the customers’ preferences. Banks have modernized their processes and broken the
barriers between the different entities involved, such as branches, ATMs, and online
banking, to create a continuous flow for their customers.
8. The changing customer profile inclines towards bringing both physical and digital
worlds closer, and this is influencing the finance and banking sector favorably. Banks
give attention to this need for digitalization to retain their customers in the long run.
9. The pandemic of Covid-19 helped the banking industry to depend heavily on digital
technology and tech-enabled systems to stay alive. The result of the pandemic, however,
resulted in new beginnings in the form of huge digital transformation and newer
business models for the banks.
10. The favorable impact of technology is obvious across banking institutions. Even
though the banking arena has advanced in achieving digital involvement, many more
unexploited opportunities exist for banks. The banks must maintain the sanctity of their
customers’ data and serve them with better solutions without having to sacrifice their
security. The few challenges the banking sector still has are data breaches or escapes,
lack of e-banking knowledge amongst their customers, and the permanent technological
landscape that requires constant training and updating. Plausible solutions to the
above are available with a positive partnership between all stakeholders involved, such
as government, industry professionals and, of course, different banking institutions.
Available at: https://www.idfcfirstbank.com/finfirst-blogs/beyond-banking/what-is-the-impact-of-it-
-on-the-banking-sector. Retrieved on: Dec. 9, 2022. Adapted.
In the fragment in the second paragraph of the text, “With powerful AI tools, banks can
make informed decisions faster by using predictive analysis, which is the central point of
AI and ML”, the word in bold refers to
a) powerful tools.
b) modern banks.
c) predictive analysis.
d) informed decisions.
e) artificial intelligence.
5. The changing profile of banking depends a lot on the Internet-age generation. Their
expectations from their banks to provide an omni-digital experience have enabled
the shift, allowing them to fulfil their banking needs sitting from a remote location.
Appropriately, banks quickly jumped onto the digitalization movement and refreshed
their services in line with their requirements.
6. Mobile banking, for example, is very popular among millennials. An Insider Intelligence’s
Mobile Banking Competitive Edge study indicated that a surprising 97% of them use
mobile banking! Transferring funds, checking their transactions online, downloading
their account statements or even applying for a loan is possible through a click of
fingers on their mobile phones. This has also eliminated the need for physical branches,
enabling banks to operate in a lean manner and cut unnecessary costs.
7. The usage of credit cards, debit cards, mobile banking apps, mobile wallets, third-
party payment apps, etc., have all increased considerably, indicating an essential shift
in the customers’ preferences. Banks have modernized their processes and broken the
barriers between the different entities involved, such as branches, ATMs, and online
banking, to create a continuous flow for their customers.
8. The changing customer profile inclines towards bringing both physical and digital
worlds closer, and this is influencing the finance and banking sector favorably. Banks
give attention to this need for digitalization to retain their customers in the long run.
9. The pandemic of Covid-19 helped the banking industry to depend heavily on digital
technology and tech-enabled systems to stay alive. The result of the pandemic, however,
resulted in new beginnings in the form of huge digital transformation and newer
business models for the banks.
10. The favorable impact of technology is obvious across banking institutions. Even
though the banking arena has advanced in achieving digital involvement, many more
unexploited opportunities exist for banks. The banks must maintain the sanctity of their
customers’ data and serve them with better solutions without having to sacrifice their
security. The few challenges the banking sector still has are data breaches or escapes,
lack of e-banking knowledge amongst their customers, and the permanent technological
landscape that requires constant training and updating. Plausible solutions to the
above are available with a positive partnership between all stakeholders involved, such
as government, industry professionals and, of course, different banking institutions.
Available at: https://www.idfcfirstbank.com/finfirst-blogs/beyond-banking/what-is-the-impact-of-it-
-on-the-banking-sector. Retrieved on: Dec. 9, 2022. Adapted.
fingers on their mobile phones. This has also eliminated the need for physical branches,
enabling banks to operate in a lean manner and cut unnecessary costs.
7. The usage of credit cards, debit cards, mobile banking apps, mobile wallets, third-
party payment apps, etc., have all increased considerably, indicating an essential shift
in the customers’ preferences. Banks have modernized their processes and broken the
barriers between the different entities involved, such as branches, ATMs, and online
banking, to create a continuous flow for their customers.
8. The changing customer profile inclines towards bringing both physical and digital
worlds closer, and this is influencing the finance and banking sector favorably. Banks
give attention to this need for digitalization to retain their customers in the long run.
9. The pandemic of Covid-19 helped the banking industry to depend heavily on digital
technology and tech-enabled systems to stay alive. The result of the pandemic, however,
resulted in new beginnings in the form of huge digital transformation and newer
business models for the banks.
10. The favorable impact of technology is obvious across banking institutions. Even
though the banking arena has advanced in achieving digital involvement, many more
unexploited opportunities exist for banks. The banks must maintain the sanctity of their
customers’ data and serve them with better solutions without having to sacrifice their
security. The few challenges the banking sector still has are data breaches or escapes,
lack of e-banking knowledge amongst their customers, and the permanent technological
landscape that requires constant training and updating. Plausible solutions to the
above are available with a positive partnership between all stakeholders involved, such
as government, industry professionals and, of course, different banking institutions.
Available at: https://www.idfcfirstbank.com/finfirst-blogs/beyond-banking/what-is-the-impact-of-it-
-on-the-banking-sector. Retrieved on: Dec. 9, 2022. Adapted.
In the fragment in the fifth paragraph of the text, “The changing profile of banking depends
a lot on the Internet-age generation”, the expression in bold refers to people who
a) do not have digital equipment.
b) dislike digital communication.
c) can not use the world wide web.
d) constantly use Internet services.
e) do not use virtual communication.
8. The changing customer profile inclines towards bringing both physical and digital
worlds closer, and this is influencing the finance and banking sector favorably. Banks
give attention to this need for digitalization to retain their customers in the long run.
9. The pandemic of Covid-19 helped the banking industry to depend heavily on digital
technology and tech-enabled systems to stay alive. The result of the pandemic, however,
resulted in new beginnings in the form of huge digital transformation and newer
business models for the banks.
10. The favorable impact of technology is obvious across banking institutions. Even
though the banking arena has advanced in achieving digital involvement, many more
unexploited opportunities exist for banks. The banks must maintain the sanctity of their
customers’ data and serve them with better solutions without having to sacrifice their
security. The few challenges the banking sector still has are data breaches or escapes,
lack of e-banking knowledge amongst their customers, and the permanent technological
landscape that requires constant training and updating. Plausible solutions to the
above are available with a positive partnership between all stakeholders involved, such
as government, industry professionals and, of course, different banking institutions.
Available at: https://www.idfcfirstbank.com/finfirst-blogs/beyond-banking/what-is-the-impact-of-it-
-on-the-banking-sector. Retrieved on: Dec. 9, 2022. Adapted.
In the fragment in the seventh paragraph of the text, “have all increased considerably,
indicating an essential shift in the customers’ preferences” the word in bold can be replaced,
without any change in meaning, by:
a) change.
b) escape.
c) inclusion.
d) complaint.
e) uncertainty.
In the segment of 5th paragraph “the worst outcome would be to let inflation take root”,
the words would be signal
a) a certain future.
b) a definite past.
c) a hypothetical possibility.
d) an indefinite present.
e) an inevitable destiny.
In the section of last paragraph “it remains uncertain how that will work, and in the meantime
inflation remains elevated”, the expression in the meantime is synonymous with
a) in the past.
b) sometimes.
c) in the future.
d) always.
e) for now.
The fragment of last paragraph “Inflation creates economic burdens for households and
businesses” means that inflation
a) alleviates families and jobs.
b) oppresses families and companies.
c) stimulates institutions and commerce.
d) supports institutions and jobs.
e) promotes savings and investments.
coming in and going out and how much they’re saving using the Greenlight app. Learning
how to budget now will help them when they enter the real world, Sheehan says.
5. A key reason that it is important for you, as a parent, to teach your kids financial
lessons is because you can share your money values through those lessons. If you
value giving to others, you can introduce that value to your children by helping make
it a habit for them from an early age. You could do as Chase Peckham – from the San
Diego Financial Literacy Center – did with his kids, when they were little, and create
spending, saving and giving jars. Then help your children plan their giving by discussing
what groups or causes they want to support.
6. Just as important as the lessons you teach your kids about money are the ways you
discuss and handle money when you’re around them. For example, if you complain about
having to spend too much on certain things and then take your kids out for compulsive
shopping, you’re sending mixed messages. If you want your children to develop good
spending and saving habits, they need to see you making smart spending and saving
choices. In short, practice what you preach. And preach with consistency. Educating
your children about personal finance is a process that can take time. But if you put in
the effort and continuously communicate a clear message about money, you will instill
good habits that will serve your children well.
Available at: https://www.forbes.com/advisor/personal-finance/how-to-teach-your-kids-good-money-
-habits/Retrieved on: Jan. 2, 2023. Adapted.
coming in and going out and how much they’re saving using the Greenlight app. Learning
how to budget now will help them when they enter the real world, Sheehan says.
5. A key reason that it is important for you, as a parent, to teach your kids financial
lessons is because you can share your money values through those lessons. If you
value giving to others, you can introduce that value to your children by helping make
it a habit for them from an early age. You could do as Chase Peckham – from the San
Diego Financial Literacy Center – did with his kids, when they were little, and create
spending, saving and giving jars. Then help your children plan their giving by discussing
what groups or causes they want to support.
6. Just as important as the lessons you teach your kids about money are the ways you
discuss and handle money when you’re around them. For example, if you complain about
having to spend too much on certain things and then take your kids out for compulsive
shopping, you’re sending mixed messages. If you want your children to develop good
spending and saving habits, they need to see you making smart spending and saving
choices. In short, practice what you preach. And preach with consistency. Educating
your children about personal finance is a process that can take time. But if you put in
the effort and continuously communicate a clear message about money, you will instill
good habits that will serve your children well.
Available at: https://www.forbes.com/advisor/personal-finance/how-to-teach-your-kids-good-money-
-habits/Retrieved on: Jan. 2, 2023. Adapted.
In the sentence of paragraph 1, “Money is central to managing life, day-in and day-out.”
the expression “day-in and day-out” means
a) in the past.
b) in the future.
c) previously.
d) every day.
e) subsequently.
coming in and going out and how much they’re saving using the Greenlight app. Learning
how to budget now will help them when they enter the real world, Sheehan says.
5. A key reason that it is important for you, as a parent, to teach your kids financial
lessons is because you can share your money values through those lessons. If you
value giving to others, you can introduce that value to your children by helping make
it a habit for them from an early age. You could do as Chase Peckham – from the San
Diego Financial Literacy Center – did with his kids, when they were little, and create
spending, saving and giving jars. Then help your children plan their giving by discussing
what groups or causes they want to support.
6. Just as important as the lessons you teach your kids about money are the ways you
discuss and handle money when you’re around them. For example, if you complain about
having to spend too much on certain things and then take your kids out for compulsive
shopping, you’re sending mixed messages. If you want your children to develop good
spending and saving habits, they need to see you making smart spending and saving
choices. In short, practice what you preach. And preach with consistency. Educating
your children about personal finance is a process that can take time. But if you put in
the effort and continuously communicate a clear message about money, you will instill
good habits that will serve your children well.
Available at: https://www.forbes.com/advisor/personal-finance/how-to-teach-your-kids-good-money-
-habits/Retrieved on: Jan. 2, 2023. Adapted.
coming in and going out and how much they’re saving using the Greenlight app. Learning
how to budget now will help them when they enter the real world, Sheehan says.
5. A key reason that it is important for you, as a parent, to teach your kids financial
lessons is because you can share your money values through those lessons. If you
value giving to others, you can introduce that value to your children by helping make
it a habit for them from an early age. You could do as Chase Peckham – from the San
Diego Financial Literacy Center – did with his kids, when they were little, and create
spending, saving and giving jars. Then help your children plan their giving by discussing
what groups or causes they want to support.
6. Just as important as the lessons you teach your kids about money are the ways you
discuss and handle money when you’re around them. For example, if you complain about
having to spend too much on certain things and then take your kids out for compulsive
shopping, you’re sending mixed messages. If you want your children to develop good
spending and saving habits, they need to see you making smart spending and saving
choices. In short, practice what you preach. And preach with consistency. Educating
your children about personal finance is a process that can take time. But if you put in
the effort and continuously communicate a clear message about money, you will instill
good habits that will serve your children well.
Available at: https://www.forbes.com/advisor/personal-finance/how-to-teach-your-kids-good-money-
-habits/Retrieved on: Jan. 2, 2023. Adapted.
In the passage of paragraph 3, “An allowance can accomplish that. However, you should
consider requiring your kids to do certain tasks to earn their allowance”, the term “however”
establishes the idea of
a) addition.
b) conclusion.
c) contrast.
d) purpose.
e) reason.
EV charging points, connecting each point to the internet for operational management
purposes, for billing and access app functionality and for the users’ comfort, they may
access the system wherever they are.
7. Satellite technology will increasingly be a part of the vehicles themselves, particularly
when automated driving becomes more mainstream. It will be essential for every vehicle
to have continuous connectivity to support real-time software patches, map updates
and inter-vehicle communications. Already, satellites provide regular software updates
to vehicles and enhanced safety through an in-car emergency call service.
8. At our company, we have been deeply embedded in the space engineering for more
than 40 years – and we continue to be involved with the state-of-the-art technologies
and use cases. We have a strong track record of translating these advances into practical
benefits for our customers that make sense on both a business and a sustainability level.
Available at: https://www.cgi.com/uk/en-gb/blog/space/how-space-technology-is-bringing-green-wins-
-to-transport. Retrieved on April 25, 2023. Adapted.
In the eighth paragraph of the text, the author states that, for the last 40 years, the
company where he works has been
a) embedded in antipollution laws.
b) dedicated to space travel medicine.
c) involved with cutting-edge space industry.
d) concerned with the Earth’s polar ice caps.
e) engaged in antinuclear weapon campaigns.
Suppliers are increasingly tailoring their services to emerging customer needs and the
potential applications are incredible – as a look at the transportation sector shows.
3. Satellite technology is a critical part of revolutionizing connectivity on trains. The
Satellites for Digitalization of Railways (SODOR) project will provide low latency, highly
reliable connectivity that, combined with monitoring sensors, will mean near real- time
data guides operational decisions. This insight will help trains run more efficiently with
fewer delays for passengers. Launching this year, SODOR will help operators reduce
emissions by using the network more efficiently, allowing preventative maintenance
and extending the lifetime of some existing trains. It will also make rail travel more
attractive and help shift more passengers from road to rail (that typically emits even
less CO2 per passenger than electric cars do).
4. Satellite data and communications will also play a fundamental role in shaping a
sustainable future for road vehicles. Right now, the transport sector contributes around
14% of the UK’s greenhouse gas emissions, of which 91% is from road vehicles – and
this needs to change.
5. A future where Electric Vehicles (EV) dominate will need a smart infrastructure
to monitor and control the electricity network, managing highly variable supply and
demand, as well as a large network of EV charging points. EO data will be critical in
future forecasting models for wind and solar production, to help manage a consistent
flow of green energy.
6. Satellite communications will also be pivotal. As more wind and solar installations join
the electricity network – often in remote locations – satcoms will step in to deliver highly
reliable connectivity where 4G struggles to reach. It will underpin a growing network of
EV charging points, connecting each point to the internet for operational management
purposes, for billing and access app functionality and for the users’ comfort, they may
access the system wherever they are.
7. Satellite technology will increasingly be a part of the vehicles themselves, particularly
when automated driving becomes more mainstream. It will be essential for every vehicle
to have continuous connectivity to support real-time software patches, map updates
and inter-vehicle communications. Already, satellites provide regular software updates
to vehicles and enhanced safety through an in-car emergency call service.
8. At our company, we have been deeply embedded in the space engineering for more
than 40 years – and we continue to be involved with the state-of-the-art technologies
and use cases. We have a strong track record of translating these advances into practical
benefits for our customers that make sense on both a business and a sustainability level.
Available at: https://www.cgi.com/uk/en-gb/blog/space/how-space-technology-is-bringing-green-wins-
-to-transport. Retrieved on April 25, 2023. Adapted.
In the fragment in the fourth paragraph of the text “a sustainable future for road vehicles.
Right now, the transport sector contributes around 14% of the UK’s greenhouse gas
emissions, of which 91% is from road vehicles”, the word which refers to
a) road vehicles.
b) transport sector.
c) United Kingdom.
d) sustainable future.
e) greenhouse gas emissions.
14% of the UK’s greenhouse gas emissions, of which 91% is from road vehicles – and
this needs to change.
5. A future where Electric Vehicles (EV) dominate will need a smart infrastructure
to monitor and control the electricity network, managing highly variable supply and
demand, as well as a large network of EV charging points. EO data will be critical in
future forecasting models for wind and solar production, to help manage a consistent
flow of green energy.
6. Satellite communications will also be pivotal. As more wind and solar installations join
the electricity network – often in remote locations – satcoms will step in to deliver highly
reliable connectivity where 4G struggles to reach. It will underpin a growing network of
EV charging points, connecting each point to the internet for operational management
purposes, for billing and access app functionality and for the users’ comfort, they may
access the system wherever they are.
7. Satellite technology will increasingly be a part of the vehicles themselves, particularly
when automated driving becomes more mainstream. It will be essential for every vehicle
to have continuous connectivity to support real-time software patches, map updates
and inter-vehicle communications. Already, satellites provide regular software updates
to vehicles and enhanced safety through an in-car emergency call service.
8. At our company, we have been deeply embedded in the space engineering for more
than 40 years – and we continue to be involved with the state-of-the-art technologies
and use cases. We have a strong track record of translating these advances into practical
benefits for our customers that make sense on both a business and a sustainability level.
Available at: https://www.cgi.com/uk/en-gb/blog/space/how-space-technology-is-bringing-green-wins-
-to-transport. Retrieved on April 25, 2023. Adapted.
In the fragment in the sixth paragraph of the text “Satellite communications will also be
pivotal”, the word pivotal can be replaced, with no change in meaning, by
a) tricky.
b) erratic.
c) essential.
d) haphazard.
e) problematic.
EV charging points, connecting each point to the internet for operational management
purposes, for billing and access app functionality and for the users’ comfort, they may
access the system wherever they are.
7. Satellite technology will increasingly be a part of the vehicles themselves, particularly
when automated driving becomes more mainstream. It will be essential for every vehicle
to have continuous connectivity to support real-time software patches, map updates
and inter-vehicle communications. Already, satellites provide regular software updates
to vehicles and enhanced safety through an in-car emergency call service.
8. At our company, we have been deeply embedded in the space engineering for more
than 40 years – and we continue to be involved with the state-of-the-art technologies
and use cases. We have a strong track record of translating these advances into practical
benefits for our customers that make sense on both a business and a sustainability level.
Available at: https://www.cgi.com/uk/en-gb/blog/space/how-space-technology-is-bringing-green-wins-
-to-transport. Retrieved on April 25, 2023. Adapted.
From the fragment in the second paragraph of the text “Right now, the satellite supplier
market is booming, driving down the cost of access to satellites”, one can infer that the
more access to the satellite supplier market is feasible,
a) the lower its price will be.
b) the higher its price will be.
c) the better its quality will be.
d) the poorer its quality will be.
e) the more reliable its quality will be.
Suppliers are increasingly tailoring their services to emerging customer needs and the
potential applications are incredible – as a look at the transportation sector shows.
3. Satellite technology is a critical part of revolutionizing connectivity on trains. The
Satellites for Digitalization of Railways (SODOR) project will provide low latency, highly
reliable connectivity that, combined with monitoring sensors, will mean near real- time
data guides operational decisions. This insight will help trains run more efficiently with
fewer delays for passengers. Launching this year, SODOR will help operators reduce
emissions by using the network more efficiently, allowing preventative maintenance
and extending the lifetime of some existing trains. It will also make rail travel more
attractive and help shift more passengers from road to rail (that typically emits even
less CO2 per passenger than electric cars do).
4. Satellite data and communications will also play a fundamental role in shaping a
sustainable future for road vehicles. Right now, the transport sector contributes around
14% of the UK’s greenhouse gas emissions, of which 91% is from road vehicles – and
this needs to change.
5. A future where Electric Vehicles (EV) dominate will need a smart infrastructure
to monitor and control the electricity network, managing highly variable supply and
demand, as well as a large network of EV charging points. EO data will be critical in
future forecasting models for wind and solar production, to help manage a consistent
flow of green energy.
6. Satellite communications will also be pivotal. As more wind and solar installations join
the electricity network – often in remote locations – satcoms will step in to deliver highly
reliable connectivity where 4G struggles to reach. It will underpin a growing network of
EV charging points, connecting each point to the internet for operational management
purposes, for billing and access app functionality and for the users’ comfort, they may
access the system wherever they are.
7. Satellite technology will increasingly be a part of the vehicles themselves, particularly
when automated driving becomes more mainstream. It will be essential for every vehicle
to have continuous connectivity to support real-time software patches, map updates
and inter-vehicle communications. Already, satellites provide regular software updates
to vehicles and enhanced safety through an in-car emergency call service.
8. At our company, we have been deeply embedded in the space engineering for more
than 40 years – and we continue to be involved with the state-of-the-art technologies
and use cases. We have a strong track record of translating these advances into practical
benefits for our customers that make sense on both a business and a sustainability level.
Available at: https://www.cgi.com/uk/en-gb/blog/space/how-space-technology-is-bringing-green-wins-
-to-transport. Retrieved on April 25, 2023. Adapted.
5. A future where Electric Vehicles (EV) dominate will need a smart infrastructure
to monitor and control the electricity network, managing highly variable supply and
demand, as well as a large network of EV charging points. EO data will be critical in
future forecasting models for wind and solar production, to help manage a consistent
flow of green energy.
6. Satellite communications will also be pivotal. As more wind and solar installations join
the electricity network – often in remote locations – satcoms will step in to deliver highly
reliable connectivity where 4G struggles to reach. It will underpin a growing network of
EV charging points, connecting each point to the internet for operational management
purposes, for billing and access app functionality and for the users’ comfort, they may
access the system wherever they are.
7. Satellite technology will increasingly be a part of the vehicles themselves, particularly
when automated driving becomes more mainstream. It will be essential for every vehicle
to have continuous connectivity to support real-time software patches, map updates
and inter-vehicle communications. Already, satellites provide regular software updates
to vehicles and enhanced safety through an in-car emergency call service.
8. At our company, we have been deeply embedded in the space engineering for more
than 40 years – and we continue to be involved with the state-of-the-art technologies
and use cases. We have a strong track record of translating these advances into practical
benefits for our customers that make sense on both a business and a sustainability level.
Available at: https://www.cgi.com/uk/en-gb/blog/space/how-space-technology-is-bringing-green-wins-
-to-transport. Retrieved on April 25, 2023. Adapted.
From the fragment in the second paragraph of the text “connectivity that can reach into
situations where terrestrial technologies struggle to deliver”, it can be concluded that
terrestrial technologies can present data problems related to their
a) price.
b) safety.
c) choice.
d) marketing.
e) transmission.
EV charging points, connecting each point to the internet for operational management
purposes, for billing and access app functionality and for the users’ comfort, they may
access the system wherever they are.
7. Satellite technology will increasingly be a part of the vehicles themselves, particularly
when automated driving becomes more mainstream. It will be essential for every vehicle
to have continuous connectivity to support real-time software patches, map updates
and inter-vehicle communications. Already, satellites provide regular software updates
to vehicles and enhanced safety through an in-car emergency call service.
8. At our company, we have been deeply embedded in the space engineering for more
than 40 years – and we continue to be involved with the state-of-the-art technologies
and use cases. We have a strong track record of translating these advances into practical
benefits for our customers that make sense on both a business and a sustainability level.
Available at: https://www.cgi.com/uk/en-gb/blog/space/how-space-technology-is-bringing-green-wins-
-to-transport. Retrieved on April 25, 2023. Adapted.
In the fragment in the first paragraph of the text “However, others are already delivering
practical results”, the word However can be associated with the idea of
a) time.
b) condition.
c) emphasis.
d) opposition.
e) accumulation.
From the seventh paragraph of the text, one can infer that automated driving will have
the benefits of
a) human drivers.
b) space technology.
c) terrestrial connectivity.
d) traffic controlled by people.
e) 20th century designed cars.
5. A future where Electric Vehicles (EV) dominate will need a smart infrastructure
to monitor and control the electricity network, managing highly variable supply and
demand, as well as a large network of EV charging points. EO data will be critical in
future forecasting models for wind and solar production, to help manage a consistent
flow of green energy.
6. Satellite communications will also be pivotal. As more wind and solar installations join
the electricity network – often in remote locations – satcoms will step in to deliver highly
reliable connectivity where 4G struggles to reach. It will underpin a growing network of
EV charging points, connecting each point to the internet for operational management
purposes, for billing and access app functionality and for the users’ comfort, they may
access the system wherever they are.
7. Satellite technology will increasingly be a part of the vehicles themselves, particularly
when automated driving becomes more mainstream. It will be essential for every vehicle
to have continuous connectivity to support real-time software patches, map updates
and inter-vehicle communications. Already, satellites provide regular software updates
to vehicles and enhanced safety through an in-car emergency call service.
8. At our company, we have been deeply embedded in the space engineering for more
than 40 years – and we continue to be involved with the state-of-the-art technologies
and use cases. We have a strong track record of translating these advances into practical
benefits for our customers that make sense on both a business and a sustainability level.
Available at: https://www.cgi.com/uk/en-gb/blog/space/how-space-technology-is-bringing-green-wins-
-to-transport. Retrieved on April 25, 2023. Adapted.
From the fifth paragraph of the text, one can infer that models for wind and solar production
can provide sources of
a) unreliable power.
b) intermittent energy.
c) constant power flow.
d) scarce energy sources.
e) dangerous power sources.
EV charging points, connecting each point to the internet for operational management
purposes, for billing and access app functionality and for the users’ comfort, they may
access the system wherever they are.
7. Satellite technology will increasingly be a part of the vehicles themselves, particularly
when automated driving becomes more mainstream. It will be essential for every vehicle
to have continuous connectivity to support real-time software patches, map updates
and inter-vehicle communications. Already, satellites provide regular software updates
to vehicles and enhanced safety through an in-car emergency call service.
8. At our company, we have been deeply embedded in the space engineering for more
than 40 years – and we continue to be involved with the state-of-the-art technologies
and use cases. We have a strong track record of translating these advances into practical
benefits for our customers that make sense on both a business and a sustainability level.
Available at: https://www.cgi.com/uk/en-gb/blog/space/how-space-technology-is-bringing-green-wins-
-to-transport. Retrieved on April 25, 2023. Adapted.
The fragment in the third paragraph of the text “The Satellites for Digitalization of Railways
(SODOR) project will provide low latency” means that
a) low volume of data will be conveyed within hours.
b) low volume of data will be interrupted for a few minutes.
c) low volume of data will be communicated within minutes.
d) high volume of data will be transmitted with minimal delay.
e) high volume of data will be transferred after a few minutes.
In the fragment in the fifth paragraph “Moreover, blockchain-based smart contracts could
automate”, the word Moreover can be associated with the idea of:
a) time.
b) addition.
c) condition.
d) emphasis.
e) opposition.
increased efficiency, and improved safety by reducing the need for manual labor onboard
ships. In addition, automated systems are less susceptible to human error than their
manual counterparts. While there are many regulatory hurdles to overcome before
autonomous vessels can be deployed commercially, they are expected to eventually
become a common sight in the world’s oceans.
5. 4. Blockchain – Blockchain technology is also beginning to make its way into the
maritime shipping industry. Blockchain offers several potential benefits for maritime
companies, including improved tracking of shipments and real-time visibility of their
location – this would minimize delays caused by lost or misplaced cargo, reduce paperwork,
and increase transparency throughout the supply chain. Moreover, blockchain-based
smart contracts could automate many administrative tasks related to shipping, such
as documentation and billing.
6. 5. Big data and predictive analytics – Another major trend transforming maritime
shipping is the increasing use of big data and predictive analytics. The shipping industry
generates vast amounts of data that can be extremely valuable if analyzed correctly.
Big data analytics can improve everything from route planning to fuel consumption. By
harnessing the power of data, shipping companies can optimize their operations, reduce
costs, and enhance safety and security. Predictive analytics is particularly valuable
for identifying potential problems before they occur, such as equipment failures or
weather hazards.
7. 6. Cybersecurity – Cybersecurity is a growing concern for maritime companies due to
the increased reliance on digital systems and networks. As the shipping industry becomes
increasingly digitized, companies must implement robust cybersecurity measures to
protect their vessels and cargo from attack. Ships are now equipped with everything
from satellite communications to remote monitoring capabilities, all of which create
potential cyber vulnerabilities.
8. Conclusion – The maritime shipping news is undergoing a period of significant change,
with new technologies and trends emerging that have the potential to revolutionize
the way that we ship goods around the world.
Available at: https://maritimefairtrade.org/6-forthcoming-innovation-trends-in-the-shipping-industry/
Retrieved on April 22, 2023. Adapted.
In the eighth paragraph of the text, the author states that new technology will
a) contribute to world wars.
b) privilege a few companies.
c) keep operations as they are.
d) aggravate the oceans’ pollution.
e) revolutionize shipping operations.
6. 5. Big data and predictive analytics – Another major trend transforming maritime
shipping is the increasing use of big data and predictive analytics. The shipping industry
generates vast amounts of data that can be extremely valuable if analyzed correctly.
Big data analytics can improve everything from route planning to fuel consumption. By
harnessing the power of data, shipping companies can optimize their operations, reduce
costs, and enhance safety and security. Predictive analytics is particularly valuable
for identifying potential problems before they occur, such as equipment failures or
weather hazards.
7. 6. Cybersecurity – Cybersecurity is a growing concern for maritime companies due to
the increased reliance on digital systems and networks. As the shipping industry becomes
increasingly digitized, companies must implement robust cybersecurity measures to
protect their vessels and cargo from attack. Ships are now equipped with everything
from satellite communications to remote monitoring capabilities, all of which create
potential cyber vulnerabilities.
8. Conclusion – The maritime shipping news is undergoing a period of significant change,
with new technologies and trends emerging that have the potential to revolutionize
the way that we ship goods around the world.
Available at: https://maritimefairtrade.org/6-forthcoming-innovation-trends-in-the-shipping-industry/
Retrieved on April 22, 2023. Adapted.
6. 5. Big data and predictive analytics – Another major trend transforming maritime
shipping is the increasing use of big data and predictive analytics. The shipping industry
generates vast amounts of data that can be extremely valuable if analyzed correctly.
Big data analytics can improve everything from route planning to fuel consumption. By
harnessing the power of data, shipping companies can optimize their operations, reduce
costs, and enhance safety and security. Predictive analytics is particularly valuable
for identifying potential problems before they occur, such as equipment failures or
weather hazards.
7. 6. Cybersecurity – Cybersecurity is a growing concern for maritime companies due to
the increased reliance on digital systems and networks. As the shipping industry becomes
increasingly digitized, companies must implement robust cybersecurity measures to
protect their vessels and cargo from attack. Ships are now equipped with everything
from satellite communications to remote monitoring capabilities, all of which create
potential cyber vulnerabilities.
8. Conclusion – The maritime shipping news is undergoing a period of significant change,
with new technologies and trends emerging that have the potential to revolutionize
the way that we ship goods around the world.
Available at: https://maritimefairtrade.org/6-forthcoming-innovation-trends-in-the-shipping-industry/
Retrieved on April 22, 2023. Adapted.
The words adequately related to vessels and navigation are presented at:
a) keel – popa; parte traseira.
b) bow – casco; parte que se assenta sobre a água.
c) knot – nó; unidade de velocidade.
d) stern – quilha; parte submersa da água.
e) hull – proa; parte dianteira.
protect their vessels and cargo from attack. Ships are now equipped with everything
from satellite communications to remote monitoring capabilities, all of which create
potential cyber vulnerabilities.
8. Conclusion – The maritime shipping news is undergoing a period of significant change,
with new technologies and trends emerging that have the potential to revolutionize
the way that we ship goods around the world.
Available at: https://maritimefairtrade.org/6-forthcoming-innovation-trends-in-the-shipping-industry/
Retrieved on April 22, 2023. Adapted.
The vessel that is NOT adequate to the mentioned cargo transport is:
a) cattle and horses – gas tankers.
b) wheeled cargo – ro-ro vessels.
c) perishable cargo – reefer ships.
d) phenol cargoes – chemical tankers.
e) unpacked goods – bulk carriers.
5. 4. Blockchain – Blockchain technology is also beginning to make its way into the
maritime shipping industry. Blockchain offers several potential benefits for maritime
companies, including improved tracking of shipments and real-time visibility of their
location – this would minimize delays caused by lost or misplaced cargo, reduce paperwork,
and increase transparency throughout the supply chain. Moreover, blockchain-based
smart contracts could automate many administrative tasks related to shipping, such
as documentation and billing.
6. 5. Big data and predictive analytics – Another major trend transforming maritime
shipping is the increasing use of big data and predictive analytics. The shipping industry
generates vast amounts of data that can be extremely valuable if analyzed correctly.
Big data analytics can improve everything from route planning to fuel consumption. By
harnessing the power of data, shipping companies can optimize their operations, reduce
costs, and enhance safety and security. Predictive analytics is particularly valuable
for identifying potential problems before they occur, such as equipment failures or
weather hazards.
7. 6. Cybersecurity – Cybersecurity is a growing concern for maritime companies due to
the increased reliance on digital systems and networks. As the shipping industry becomes
increasingly digitized, companies must implement robust cybersecurity measures to
protect their vessels and cargo from attack. Ships are now equipped with everything
from satellite communications to remote monitoring capabilities, all of which create
potential cyber vulnerabilities.
8. Conclusion – The maritime shipping news is undergoing a period of significant change,
with new technologies and trends emerging that have the potential to revolutionize
the way that we ship goods around the world.
Available at: https://maritimefairtrade.org/6-forthcoming-innovation-trends-in-the-shipping-industry/
Retrieved on April 22, 2023. Adapted.
In the fragment in the fourth paragraph of the text “While there are many regulatory hurdles
to overcome before autonomous vessels can be deployed commercially, they are expected
to eventually become a common sight in the world’s oceans”, the word they refers to
a) common sight.
b) world’s oceans.
c) regulatory hurdles.
d) many regulations.
e) autonomous vessels.
6. 5. Big data and predictive analytics – Another major trend transforming maritime
shipping is the increasing use of big data and predictive analytics. The shipping industry
generates vast amounts of data that can be extremely valuable if analyzed correctly.
Big data analytics can improve everything from route planning to fuel consumption. By
harnessing the power of data, shipping companies can optimize their operations, reduce
costs, and enhance safety and security. Predictive analytics is particularly valuable
for identifying potential problems before they occur, such as equipment failures or
weather hazards.
7. 6. Cybersecurity – Cybersecurity is a growing concern for maritime companies due to
the increased reliance on digital systems and networks. As the shipping industry becomes
increasingly digitized, companies must implement robust cybersecurity measures to
protect their vessels and cargo from attack. Ships are now equipped with everything
from satellite communications to remote monitoring capabilities, all of which create
potential cyber vulnerabilities.
8. Conclusion – The maritime shipping news is undergoing a period of significant change,
with new technologies and trends emerging that have the potential to revolutionize
the way that we ship goods around the world.
Available at: https://maritimefairtrade.org/6-forthcoming-innovation-trends-in-the-shipping-industry/
Retrieved on April 22, 2023. Adapted.
In the text fragment in the sixth paragraph of the text “Predictive analytics is particularly
valuable for identifying potential problems before they occur, such as equipment failures
or weather hazards” the words in bold can be replaced, without change in meaning, by
a) errors – curses.
b) flaws – dangers.
c) feats – menaces.
d) faults – blessings.
e) deeds – chances.
2. 1. Green Technology – One of the most critical trends in maritime shipping is the move
toward green technology. With increasing public awareness of the need to protect the
environment, it is becoming increasingly crucial for maritime companies to adopt green
practices. Maritime companies invest in cleaner-burning fuels such as LNG (liquefied
natural gas). LNG produces significantly lower emissions than traditional marine fuels
such as heavy fuel oil (HFO) and diesel. Some maritime companies are also experimenting
with battery-powered ships to reduce emissions further. While battery-powered ships
are not yet commercially viable on long voyages, they show great promise for use on
shorter routes.
3. 2. Electric Ships – Global maritime transport emits around 900 million tons of carbon
dioxide annually, accounting for 2-3% of the world’s total emissions. As the push for
decarbonization gathers momentum, it is only a matter of time before electric ships
become the norm.
4. 3. Autonomous Ships – Another exciting trend in maritime shipping is the development
of autonomous ships. Autonomous ships have the potential to revolutionize the industry.
They offer many advantages over traditional vessels, including reduced operating costs,
increased efficiency, and improved safety by reducing the need for manual labor onboard
ships. In addition, automated systems are less susceptible to human error than their
manual counterparts. While there are many regulatory hurdles to overcome before
autonomous vessels can be deployed commercially, they are expected to eventually
become a common sight in the world’s oceans.
5. 4. Blockchain – Blockchain technology is also beginning to make its way into the
maritime shipping industry. Blockchain offers several potential benefits for maritime
companies, including improved tracking of shipments and real-time visibility of their
location – this would minimize delays caused by lost or misplaced cargo, reduce paperwork,
and increase transparency throughout the supply chain. Moreover, blockchain-based
smart contracts could automate many administrative tasks related to shipping, such
as documentation and billing.
6. 5. Big data and predictive analytics – Another major trend transforming maritime
shipping is the increasing use of big data and predictive analytics. The shipping industry
generates vast amounts of data that can be extremely valuable if analyzed correctly.
Big data analytics can improve everything from route planning to fuel consumption. By
harnessing the power of data, shipping companies can optimize their operations, reduce
costs, and enhance safety and security. Predictive analytics is particularly valuable
for identifying potential problems before they occur, such as equipment failures or
weather hazards.
In the fifth paragraph of the text, the author states that “blockchain” is a technology that can
a) chain shipping vessels.
b) change weather conditions.
c) follow up cargo shipping stages.
d) throw cargo items to the sea.
e) hide cargo units during shipping.
3. 2. Electric Ships – Global maritime transport emits around 900 million tons of carbon
dioxide annually, accounting for 2-3% of the world’s total emissions. As the push for
decarbonization gathers momentum, it is only a matter of time before electric ships
become the norm.
4. 3. Autonomous Ships – Another exciting trend in maritime shipping is the development
of autonomous ships. Autonomous ships have the potential to revolutionize the industry.
They offer many advantages over traditional vessels, including reduced operating costs,
increased efficiency, and improved safety by reducing the need for manual labor onboard
ships. In addition, automated systems are less susceptible to human error than their
manual counterparts. While there are many regulatory hurdles to overcome before
autonomous vessels can be deployed commercially, they are expected to eventually
become a common sight in the world’s oceans.
5. 4. Blockchain – Blockchain technology is also beginning to make its way into the
maritime shipping industry. Blockchain offers several potential benefits for maritime
companies, including improved tracking of shipments and real-time visibility of their
location – this would minimize delays caused by lost or misplaced cargo, reduce paperwork,
and increase transparency throughout the supply chain. Moreover, blockchain-based
smart contracts could automate many administrative tasks related to shipping, such
as documentation and billing.
6. 5. Big data and predictive analytics – Another major trend transforming maritime
shipping is the increasing use of big data and predictive analytics. The shipping industry
generates vast amounts of data that can be extremely valuable if analyzed correctly.
Big data analytics can improve everything from route planning to fuel consumption. By
harnessing the power of data, shipping companies can optimize their operations, reduce
costs, and enhance safety and security. Predictive analytics is particularly valuable
for identifying potential problems before they occur, such as equipment failures or
weather hazards.
7. 6. Cybersecurity – Cybersecurity is a growing concern for maritime companies due to
the increased reliance on digital systems and networks. As the shipping industry becomes
increasingly digitized, companies must implement robust cybersecurity measures to
protect their vessels and cargo from attack. Ships are now equipped with everything
from satellite communications to remote monitoring capabilities, all of which create
potential cyber vulnerabilities.
8. Conclusion – The maritime shipping news is undergoing a period of significant change,
with new technologies and trends emerging that have the potential to revolutionize
the way that we ship goods around the world.
Available at: https://maritimefairtrade.org/6-forthcoming-innovation-trends-in-the-shipping-industry/
Retrieved on April 22, 2023. Adapted.
From the second paragraph of the text, one can conclude that green technology can be
achieved with
a) HFO.
b) LNG.
c) diesel.
d) greenhouse gas.
e) CO2 emission increase.
setting a benchmark around flaring and it’s possible for the country to achieve zero-
flare objective, because “from day one the right solutions and the right technologies
were properly planned and properly positioned in order to enable the extraction
and the production with almost zero carbon footprint”, as the Emissions Director at
Schlumberger vocalized about a year ago.
6. Innovations and technologies are key to the energy transition, from floating wind farms
to solar photovoltaic farm developments, waste-to-fuel projects and green hydrogen,
shaping Guyana’s energy transition and future. All this requires not only massive financial
support but an innovation-oriented and technology-friendly environment, with a strong
emphasis on education, training and research. Nevertheless, the decision in Guyana on
what technologies to adopt and how much to innovate will have a big impact on results
over the long term and the government should base it on a clear vision and roadmap.
Available at: https://www.newsamericasnow.com/guyana-oil-technology-and-innovation-the-gate-way-
-to-development-caribbean-news/. Retrieved on: April 26, 2023. Adapted.
The segment of paragraph 2 “technology is the driving force behind progressive changes”
means that technology
a) produces progressive changes.
b) reduces progressive changes.
c) prevents progressive changes.
d) slows down progressive changes.
e) complicates progressive changes.
3. Guyana can play an essential role in balancing the global energy supply and demand
markets and address the energy crisis by becoming a top crude oil producer globally. The
goal is to become competitive in the global oil and gas market and this can be achieved
by attracting and establishing partnerships with companies that can bring increased
efficiency and productivity to the local oil and gas operations, from exploration and
production to storage and transportation. For Guyana, this means that improvements in
regulations, a transparent, secure and competitive environment for foreign investment,
and incentives from the government can serve as catalysts for technology and innovation.
4. Collaborating with universities and creating a business innovation hub mentality for
young entrepreneurs with government support, like loan guarantees, grants, and tax
credits, will also spur the industry.
5. Innovative technology will play a critical role in climate change. The oil and gas sector
must reduce its emissions by at least 3.4 gigatons of CO2 equivalent a year by 2050
– a 90% reduction in current emissions. Guyana today can become a world leader in
setting a benchmark around flaring and it’s possible for the country to achieve zero-
flare objective, because “from day one the right solutions and the right technologies
were properly planned and properly positioned in order to enable the extraction
and the production with almost zero carbon footprint”, as the Emissions Director at
Schlumberger vocalized about a year ago.
6. Innovations and technologies are key to the energy transition, from floating wind farms
to solar photovoltaic farm developments, waste-to-fuel projects and green hydrogen,
shaping Guyana’s energy transition and future. All this requires not only massive financial
support but an innovation-oriented and technology-friendly environment, with a strong
emphasis on education, training and research. Nevertheless, the decision in Guyana on
what technologies to adopt and how much to innovate will have a big impact on results
over the long term and the government should base it on a clear vision and roadmap.
Available at: https://www.newsamericasnow.com/guyana-oil-technology-and-innovation-the-gate-way-
-to-development-caribbean-news/. Retrieved on: April 26, 2023. Adapted.
In the segment of paragraph 3 “becoming a top crude oil producer globally”, the term top
could be replaced, with no change in meaning, by
a) enthusiastic.
b) motivated.
c) honest.
d) robust.
e) leading.
In the fragment of paragraph 3 “Guyana can (…) address the energy crisis”, the term address
means
a) deal with.
b) ignore.
c) bypass.
d) understand.
e) recommend.
In the fragment of paragraph 5 “Innovative technology will play a critical role in climate
change”, the verb form will indicates
a) obligation.
b) prediction.
c) suggestion.
d) convention.
e) decision.
In the segment of paragraph 6 “Innovations and technologies are key to the energy transition”,
the term key means
a) moderately interesting.
b) somewhat useful.
c) almost convenient.
d) basically similar.
e) crucially importante.
4. Collaborating with universities and creating a business innovation hub mentality for
young entrepreneurs with government support, like loan guarantees, grants, and tax
credits, will also spur the industry.
5. Innovative technology will play a critical role in climate change. The oil and gas sector
must reduce its emissions by at least 3.4 gigatons of CO2 equivalent a year by 2050
– a 90% reduction in current emissions. Guyana today can become a world leader in
setting a benchmark around flaring and it’s possible for the country to achieve zero-
flare objective, because “from day one the right solutions and the right technologies
were properly planned and properly positioned in order to enable the extraction
and the production with almost zero carbon footprint”, as the Emissions Director at
Schlumberger vocalized about a year ago.
6. Innovations and technologies are key to the energy transition, from floating wind farms
to solar photovoltaic farm developments, waste-to-fuel projects and green hydrogen,
shaping Guyana’s energy transition and future. All this requires not only massive financial
support but an innovation-oriented and technology-friendly environment, with a strong
emphasis on education, training and research. Nevertheless, the decision in Guyana on
what technologies to adopt and how much to innovate will have a big impact on results
over the long term and the government should base it on a clear vision and roadmap.
Available at: https://www.newsamericasnow.com/guyana-oil-technology-and-innovation-the-gate-way-
-to-development-caribbean-news/. Retrieved on: April 26, 2023. Adapted.
In the section of paragraph 6 “the government should base it on a clear vision and roadmap”,
the modal verb should indicates
a) a desirable action.
b) a thoughtless action.
c) an unpredictable action.
d) an arbitrary action.
e) a dynamic action.
In the passage of paragraph 6 “the decision in Guyana on what technologies to adopt and
how much to innovate will have a big impact on results over the long term”, the expression
“over the long term” could be replaced, with no change in meaning, by
a) continuing at a specific time in the past.
b) punctually before the present time.
c) extending for a substantial time in the future.
d) immediately before the present time.
e) briefly at some point in the future.
In the sentence of paragraph 2 “Nevertheless, how can Guyana play a vital role in reordering
energy security?”, the term nevertheless establishes the idea of
a) reason.
b) purpose.
c) similarity.
d) contrast.
e) comparison.
4. Collaborating with universities and creating a business innovation hub mentality for
young entrepreneurs with government support, like loan guarantees, grants, and tax
credits, will also spur the industry.
5. Innovative technology will play a critical role in climate change. The oil and gas sector
must reduce its emissions by at least 3.4 gigatons of CO2 equivalent a year by 2050
– a 90% reduction in current emissions. Guyana today can become a world leader in
setting a benchmark around flaring and it’s possible for the country to achieve zero-
flare objective, because “from day one the right solutions and the right technologies
were properly planned and properly positioned in order to enable the extraction
and the production with almost zero carbon footprint”, as the Emissions Director at
Schlumberger vocalized about a year ago.
6. Innovations and technologies are key to the energy transition, from floating wind farms
to solar photovoltaic farm developments, waste-to-fuel projects and green hydrogen,
shaping Guyana’s energy transition and future. All this requires not only massive financial
support but an innovation-oriented and technology-friendly environment, with a strong
emphasis on education, training and research. Nevertheless, the decision in Guyana on
what technologies to adopt and how much to innovate will have a big impact on results
over the long term and the government should base it on a clear vision and roadmap.
Available at: https://www.newsamericasnow.com/guyana-oil-technology-and-innovation-the-gate-way-
-to-development-caribbean-news/. Retrieved on: April 26, 2023. Adapted.
In the segment of paragraph 2 “By embedding innovation earlier in the process, Guyana can
skip several steps and avoid what most economies went through”, the term embedding
could be replaced, with no change in meaning, by
a) avoiding.
b) simulating.
c) inserting.
d) delaying.
e) requesting.
5. A key reason that it is important for you, as a parent, to teach your kids financial
lessons is because you can share your money values through those lessons. If you
value giving to others, you can introduce that value to your children by helping make
it a habit for them from an early age. You could do as Chase Peckham – from the San
Diego Financial Literacy Center – did with his kids, when they were little, and create
spending, saving and giving jars. Then help your children plan their giving by discussing
what groups or causes they want to support.
6. Just as important as the lessons you teach your kids about money are the ways you
discuss and handle money when you’re around them. For example, if you complain about
having to spend too much on certain things and then take your kids out for compulsive
shopping, you’re sending mixed messages. If you want your children to develop good
spending and saving habits, they need to see you making smart spending and saving
choices. In short, practice what you preach. And preach with consistency. Educating
your children about personal finance is a process that can take time. But if you put in
the effort and continuously communicate a clear message about money, you will instill
good habits that will serve your children well.
Available at: https://www.forbes.com/advisor/personal-finance/how-to-teach-your-kids-good-money-
-habits/Retrieved on: Jan. 2, 2023. Adapted.
In the sentence of paragraph 2, “Your kids’ early interactions with money will likely involve
spending”, the word “likely” can be replaced, with no change in meaning, by
a) seemingly.
b) eventually.
c) really.
d) finally.
e) probably.
8. The “gold standard” let governments create a fixed price for this precious metal that
was tied directly to the value of their currency. In the United States, the idea took root
in the late 17th century, and it spread to Europe in the 19th century. But confidence
in the gold standard crumbled during World War I, and it soon became apparent that
in order to thrive, currencies needed the freedom to fluctuate dynamically against
each other. The gold standard was dropped in the United States in 1933, and a global
economy started to take shape.
9. The E-Buck Stops Here? – Cows, cowries, coins, paper, gold: Money has always had a
physical presence. But today, it is quickly evolving into numbers that float through the
ether. This modern era of money began in 1946 with the first bank-issued charge card.
Credit cards followed some 12 years later, still related to dollars. However, technology,
with cryptocurrencies like Bitcoin, is changing the world’s definition of “money”.
10. Now, social media companies and entire countries are considering digital currencies
of their own. Meanwhile, artificial intelligence is growing eversmarter, and perhaps one
day soon your budget and expenses will be managing themselves. The debate rages
about exactly where we are headed, but with history as our guide, the one thing we
can absolutely count on is the inevitability of change.
Available at: https://www.synchronybank.com/blog/brief-history-of-money/. Retrieved on: Sept 10, 2022.
Adapted.
In the fragment in the fourth paragraph of the text, “It was the Lydians, around 600 BC,
who get credit for a critical step in this process: fashioning the first known coins, which
were made of a gold and silver alloy” the words in bold refer respectively to:
a) BC – coins.
b) 600 BC – first.
c) 600 BC – coins.
d) Lydians – coins.
e) Lydians – known.
3. “I want to assure you that my colleagues and I are resolute that we will bring inflation
back down to 2%... We are committed to taking the further steps necessary.”
4. Monetary policy that stabilizes inflation “can produce long-term, noninflationary
economic expansions... that economic history suggests is an ideal framework or
environment for inclusive growth,” Jefferson said. “So, it is important that we get
back to that kind of economy. And that is what I think the intent of the Fed is.”
5. Fed Chair Jerome Powell has admitted that the central bank’s intent to slow economic
growth will cause economic “pain” and likely increased unemployment, but that the
worst outcome would be to let inflation take root.
6. In his remarks, Jefferson said there are reasons to think rigid conditions in the labor
market are already easing. Indeed new data on Tuesday showed a severe decrease in job
openings in August that began to bring the number of workers sought by companies
more in line with the numbers of unemployed.
7. That could help reduce salary growth, Jefferson said, and there were indications as
well that “supply bottlenecks have, finally, begun to resolve,” and could also help slow
down price increases.
8. But it remains uncertain how that will work, and in the meantime “inflation remains
elevated, and this is the problem that concerns me most,” Jefferson said. “Inflation
creates economic burdens for households and businesses, and everyone feels its effects.”
Available at: https://www.reuters.com/markets/us/feds-jefferson-first-remarks-calls-inflation-most-
-concerning-problem-2022-10-04/. Retrieved on: Oct 4, 2022. Adapted.
In the fragment of 5th paragraph “the worst outcome would be to let inflation take root”,
the expression take root could be replaced, with no change in meaning, by
a) be extinguished.
b) become inactive.
c) come to an agreement.
d) be disconsidered.
e) become established.
for example, amounting to 30 kilowatt-hours per month, this would place an additional
54.5 million kilowatthours of demand on the electrical network monthly.
Available at: www.sciencedaily.com/releases/2022/02/ 220204093124.htm. Retrieved on:
Feb. 9, 2022. Adapted.
State University. Without enough capacity to satisfy demand, energy companies may
have to adopt systematic blackouts during heat waves to avoid network failure, like
California’s energy organizations did in August 2020 during an extended period of
record heat sometimes topping 117 degrees Fahrenheit. “We’ve seen this in California
already – state power companies had to institute blackouts because they couldn’t
provide the needed electricity,” Obringer said. The state attributed 599 deaths to the
heat, but the true number may have been closer to 3,900.
6. The new study predicted the largest increases in kilowatt-hours of electricity demand
in the already hot south and southwest. If all Arizona houses were to increase air
conditioning use by the estimated 6% needed at 1.5 degrees Celsius of global warming,
for example, amounting to 30 kilowatt-hours per month, this would place an additional
54.5 million kilowatthours of demand on the electrical network monthly.
Available at: www.sciencedaily.com/releases/2022/02/ 220204093124.htm. Retrieved on:
Feb. 9, 2022. Adapted.
The term domestic, in the expression “domestic air conditioning use”, in the title of the
text, is synonymous with
a) residential.
b) comercial.
c) municipal.
d) individual.
e) national.
indices with air conditioning use by statistically representative domiciles across the
contiguous United States, collected by the U.S. Energy Information Administration
(EIA) in 2005-2019.
4. “It’s a pretty clear warning to all of us that we can’t keep doing what we are doing or
our energy system will fail completely in the next few decades, simply because of the
summertime air conditioning,” said Susanne Benz, a geographer and climate scientist
at Dalhousie University in Halifax, Nova Scotia.
5. The heaviest air conditioning use with the greatest risk for overcharging the
transmission lines comes during heat waves, which also present the highest risk to
health. Electricity generation tends to be below peak during heat waves as well, reducing
capacity to even lower levels, said Renee Obringer, an environmental engineer at Penn
State University. Without enough capacity to satisfy demand, energy companies may
have to adopt systematic blackouts during heat waves to avoid network failure, like
California’s energy organizations did in August 2020 during an extended period of
record heat sometimes topping 117 degrees Fahrenheit. “We’ve seen this in California
already – state power companies had to institute blackouts because they couldn’t
provide the needed electricity,” Obringer said. The state attributed 599 deaths to the
heat, but the true number may have been closer to 3,900.
6. The new study predicted the largest increases in kilowatt-hours of electricity demand
in the already hot south and southwest. If all Arizona houses were to increase air
conditioning use by the estimated 6% needed at 1.5 degrees Celsius of global warming,
for example, amounting to 30 kilowatt-hours per month, this would place an additional
54.5 million kilowatthours of demand on the electrical network monthly.
Available at: www.sciencedaily.com/releases/2022/02/ 220204093124.htm. Retrieved on:
Feb. 9, 2022. Adapted.
In paragraph 1, the fragment “Climate change will provoke an increase in summer air
conditioning use in the United States that will probably cause prolonged blackouts” implies
that prolonged blackouts
a) are happening.
b) had happened.
c) have happened.
d) may happen.
e) will have happened.
for example, amounting to 30 kilowatt-hours per month, this would place an additional
54.5 million kilowatthours of demand on the electrical network monthly.
Available at: www.sciencedaily.com/releases/2022/02/ 220204093124.htm. Retrieved on:
Feb. 9, 2022. Adapted.
In the 2nd paragraph, it is noticed that, according to the IPCC report in 2021, the global
temperature will probably rise 1.5 degrees Celsius by the early 2030s due to
a) air conditioning use.
b) human emissions.
c) electricity consumption.
d) electric capacity overcharge.
e) blackouts.
health. Electricity generation tends to be below peak during heat waves as well, reducing
capacity to even lower levels, said Renee Obringer, an environmental engineer at Penn
State University. Without enough capacity to satisfy demand, energy companies may
have to adopt systematic blackouts during heat waves to avoid network failure, like
California’s energy organizations did in August 2020 during an extended period of
record heat sometimes topping 117 degrees Fahrenheit. “We’ve seen this in California
already – state power companies had to institute blackouts because they couldn’t
provide the needed electricity,” Obringer said. The state attributed 599 deaths to the
heat, but the true number may have been closer to 3,900.
6. The new study predicted the largest increases in kilowatt-hours of electricity demand
in the already hot south and southwest. If all Arizona houses were to increase air
conditioning use by the estimated 6% needed at 1.5 degrees Celsius of global warming,
for example, amounting to 30 kilowatt-hours per month, this would place an additional
54.5 million kilowatthours of demand on the electrical network monthly.
Available at: www.sciencedaily.com/releases/2022/02/ 220204093124.htm. Retrieved on:
Feb. 9, 2022. Adapted.
In the segment of paragraph 4 “we can’t keep doing what we are doing or our energy system
will fail completely in the next few decades”, the term fail completely is synonymous with
a) expand.
b) divide.
c) improve.
d) work.
e) colapse.
The fragment in paragraph 5 “Electricity generation tends to be below peak” means that
a) there is usually no electricity left by that time of year.
b) electricity generation is not at its maximum capacity.
c) the quality of electricity generation is not acceptable.
d) excess electricity is being generated.
e) the electricity companies easily satisfy the increased demand.
for example, amounting to 30 kilowatt-hours per month, this would place an additional
54.5 million kilowatthours of demand on the electrical network monthly.
Available at: www.sciencedaily.com/releases/2022/02/ 220204093124.htm. Retrieved on:
Feb. 9, 2022. Adapted.
In the sentence of paragraph 5, “The heaviest air conditioning use with the greatest risk
for overcharging the transmission lines comes during heat waves, which also present the
highest risk to health”, the word which makes reference to
a) risk to health.
b) air conditioning use.
c) heat waves.
d) the transmission lines.
e) risk for overcharging.
health. Electricity generation tends to be below peak during heat waves as well, reducing
capacity to even lower levels, said Renee Obringer, an environmental engineer at Penn
State University. Without enough capacity to satisfy demand, energy companies may
have to adopt systematic blackouts during heat waves to avoid network failure, like
California’s energy organizations did in August 2020 during an extended period of
record heat sometimes topping 117 degrees Fahrenheit. “We’ve seen this in California
already – state power companies had to institute blackouts because they couldn’t
provide the needed electricity,” Obringer said. The state attributed 599 deaths to the
heat, but the true number may have been closer to 3,900.
6. The new study predicted the largest increases in kilowatt-hours of electricity demand
in the already hot south and southwest. If all Arizona houses were to increase air
conditioning use by the estimated 6% needed at 1.5 degrees Celsius of global warming,
for example, amounting to 30 kilowatt-hours per month, this would place an additional
54.5 million kilowatthours of demand on the electrical network monthly.
Available at: www.sciencedaily.com/releases/2022/02/ 220204093124.htm. Retrieved on:
Feb. 9, 2022. Adapted.
The fragment in paragraph 5 “an extended period of record heat sometimes topping 117
degrees Fahrenheit” describes a climate condition characterized by
a) low and mild temperatures.
b) quickly oscillating temperatures.
c) exceptionally high temperatures.
d) alternating hot and dry weather.
e) moderate temperatures and bad weather.
In the fragment of paragraph 6 “If all Arizona houses were to increase air conditioning use”,
if signals a(n)
a) condition.
b) opposition.
c) negation.
d) conclusion.
e) explanation.
for example, amounting to 30 kilowatt-hours per month, this would place an additional
54.5 million kilowatthours of demand on the electrical network monthly.
Available at: www.sciencedaily.com/releases/2022/02/ 220204093124.htm. Retrieved on:
Feb. 9, 2022. Adapted.
In the fragment of paragraph 5 “the heaviest air conditioning use”, the term heaviest could
be replaced, with no change in meaning, by
a) most intense.
b) most unexpected.
c) most difficult.
d) most adequate.
e) most moderate.
at night or on calm days. In 2020 they generated as much electricity in the U.S. as
renewables did, a fifth of the total.
6. But debates rage over whether nuclear should be a big part of the climate solution in
the U.S. The majority of American nuclear plants today are approaching the end of their
design life, and only one has been built in the last 20 years. Nuclear proponents are now
banking on next-generation designs, like small, modular versions of conventional light-
water reactors, or advanced reactors designed to be safer, cheaper, and more flexible.
7. “We’ve innovated so little in the past half-century, there’s a lot of ground to gain,”
says Ashley Finan, the director of the National Reactor Innovation Center at the Idaho
National Laboratory. Yet an expansion of nuclear power faces some serious hurdles,
and the perennial concerns about safety and long-lived radioactive waste may not be
the biggest: Critics also say nuclear reactors are simply too expensive and take too long
to build to be of much help with the climate crisis.
8. While environmental opposition may have been the primary force hindering nuclear
development in the 1980s and 90s, now the biggest challenge may be costs. Few nuclear
plants have been built in the U.S. recently because they are very expensive to build here,
which makes the price of their energy high.
9. Jacopo Buongiorno, a professor of nuclear science and engineering at MIT, led a group
of scientists who recently completed a two-year study examining the future of nuclear
energy in the U.S. and western Europe. They found that “without cost reductions,
nuclear energy will not play a significant role” in decarbonizing the power sector.
10. “In the West, the nuclear industry has substantially lost its ability to build large plants,”
Buongiorno says, pointing to Southern Company’s effort to add two new reactors to
Plant Vogtle in Waynesboro, Georgia. They have been under construction since 2013,
are now billions of dollars over budget – the cost has more than doubled – and years
behind schedule. In France, ranked second after the U.S. in nuclear generation, a new
reactor in Flamanville is a decade late and more than three times over budget.
11. “We have clearly lost the know-how to build traditional gigawatt-scale nuclear power
plants,” Buongiorno says. Because no new plants were built in the U.S. for decades, he
and his colleagues found, the teams working on a project like Vogtle haven’t had the
learning experiences needed to do the job efficiently. That leads to construction delays
that drive up costs.
12. Elsewhere, reactors are still being built at lower cost, “largely in places where they
build projects on budget, and on schedule,” Finan explains. China and South Korea are
the leaders. (To be fair, several of China’s recent large-scale reactors have also had cost
overruns and delays.)
13. “The cost of nuclear power in Asia has been a quarter, or less, of new builds in the
West,” Finan says. Much lower labor costs are one reason, according to both Finan and
the MIT report, but better project management is another.
Available at: https://www.nationalgeographic.com/environment/article/nuclear-plants-are-clo-
sing-in-the-us-should-we-build-more. Retrieved on: Feb. 3, 2022. Adapted.
In the last paragraph, the author states that “Much lower labor costs are one reason,
according to both Finan and the MIT report, but better project management is another.”
because he believes that
a) both Finan and the MIT report are absolutely wrong in their conclusions.
b) it is difficult to determine the reasons why nuclear power costs less in Asia.
c) nuclear power is cheaper in Asia just because of better project management.
d) neither project management nor labor costs explain the low cost of nuclear energy in Asia.
e) lower labor costs are just part of the reason why nuclear power is less expensive in Asia.
5. Nuclear power has a lot going for it. Its carbon footprint is equivalent to wind, less
than solar, and orders of magnitude less than coal. Nuclear power plants take up far
less space on the landscape than solar or wind farms, and they produce power even
at night or on calm days. In 2020 they generated as much electricity in the U.S. as
renewables did, a fifth of the total.
6. But debates rage over whether nuclear should be a big part of the climate solution in
the U.S. The majority of American nuclear plants today are approaching the end of their
design life, and only one has been built in the last 20 years. Nuclear proponents are now
banking on next-generation designs, like small, modular versions of conventional light-
water reactors, or advanced reactors designed to be safer, cheaper, and more flexible.
7. “We’ve innovated so little in the past half-century, there’s a lot of ground to gain,”
says Ashley Finan, the director of the National Reactor Innovation Center at the Idaho
National Laboratory. Yet an expansion of nuclear power faces some serious hurdles,
and the perennial concerns about safety and long-lived radioactive waste may not be
the biggest: Critics also say nuclear reactors are simply too expensive and take too long
to build to be of much help with the climate crisis.
8. While environmental opposition may have been the primary force hindering nuclear
development in the 1980s and 90s, now the biggest challenge may be costs. Few nuclear
plants have been built in the U.S. recently because they are very expensive to build here,
which makes the price of their energy high.
9. Jacopo Buongiorno, a professor of nuclear science and engineering at MIT, led a group
of scientists who recently completed a two-year study examining the future of nuclear
energy in the U.S. and western Europe. They found that “without cost reductions,
nuclear energy will not play a significant role” in decarbonizing the power sector.
10. “In the West, the nuclear industry has substantially lost its ability to build large plants,”
Buongiorno says, pointing to Southern Company’s effort to add two new reactors to
Plant Vogtle in Waynesboro, Georgia. They have been under construction since 2013,
are now billions of dollars over budget – the cost has more than doubled – and years
behind schedule. In France, ranked second after the U.S. in nuclear generation, a new
reactor in Flamanville is a decade late and more than three times over budget.
11. “We have clearly lost the know-how to build traditional gigawatt-scale nuclear power
plants,” Buongiorno says. Because no new plants were built in the U.S. for decades, he
and his colleagues found, the teams working on a project like Vogtle haven’t had the
learning experiences needed to do the job efficiently. That leads to construction delays
that drive up costs.
12. Elsewhere, reactors are still being built at lower cost, “largely in places where they
build projects on budget, and on schedule,” Finan explains. China and South Korea are
the leaders. (To be fair, several of China’s recent large-scale reactors have also had cost
overruns and delays.)
13. “The cost of nuclear power in Asia has been a quarter, or less, of new builds in the
West,” Finan says. Much lower labor costs are one reason, according to both Finan and
the MIT report, but better project management is another.
Available at: https://www.nationalgeographic.com/environment/article/nuclear-plants-are-clo-
sing-in-the-us-should-we-build-more. Retrieved on: Feb. 3, 2022. Adapted.
In the fragment of paragraph 7 “and the perennial concerns about safety and long-lived
radioactive waste may not be the biggest”, may not be expresses a(n)
a) possibility.
b) obligation.
c) necessity.
d) certainty.
e) ability.
5. Nuclear power has a lot going for it. Its carbon footprint is equivalent to wind, less
than solar, and orders of magnitude less than coal. Nuclear power plants take up far
less space on the landscape than solar or wind farms, and they produce power even
at night or on calm days. In 2020 they generated as much electricity in the U.S. as
renewables did, a fifth of the total.
6. But debates rage over whether nuclear should be a big part of the climate solution in
the U.S. The majority of American nuclear plants today are approaching the end of their
design life, and only one has been built in the last 20 years. Nuclear proponents are now
banking on next-generation designs, like small, modular versions of conventional light-
water reactors, or advanced reactors designed to be safer, cheaper, and more flexible.
7. “We’ve innovated so little in the past half-century, there’s a lot of ground to gain,”
says Ashley Finan, the director of the National Reactor Innovation Center at the Idaho
National Laboratory. Yet an expansion of nuclear power faces some serious hurdles,
and the perennial concerns about safety and long-lived radioactive waste may not be
the biggest: Critics also say nuclear reactors are simply too expensive and take too long
to build to be of much help with the climate crisis.
8. While environmental opposition may have been the primary force hindering nuclear
development in the 1980s and 90s, now the biggest challenge may be costs. Few nuclear
plants have been built in the U.S. recently because they are very expensive to build here,
which makes the price of their energy high.
9. Jacopo Buongiorno, a professor of nuclear science and engineering at MIT, led a group
of scientists who recently completed a two-year study examining the future of nuclear
energy in the U.S. and western Europe. They found that “without cost reductions,
nuclear energy will not play a significant role” in decarbonizing the power sector.
10. “In the West, the nuclear industry has substantially lost its ability to build large plants,”
Buongiorno says, pointing to Southern Company’s effort to add two new reactors to
Plant Vogtle in Waynesboro, Georgia. They have been under construction since 2013,
are now billions of dollars over budget – the cost has more than doubled – and years
behind schedule. In France, ranked second after the U.S. in nuclear generation, a new
reactor in Flamanville is a decade late and more than three times over budget.
11. “We have clearly lost the know-how to build traditional gigawatt-scale nuclear power
plants,” Buongiorno says. Because no new plants were built in the U.S. for decades, he
and his colleagues found, the teams working on a project like Vogtle haven’t had the
learning experiences needed to do the job efficiently. That leads to construction delays
that drive up costs.
12. Elsewhere, reactors are still being built at lower cost, “largely in places where they
build projects on budget, and on schedule,” Finan explains. China and South Korea are
the leaders. (To be fair, several of China’s recent large-scale reactors have also had cost
overruns and delays.)
13. “The cost of nuclear power in Asia has been a quarter, or less, of new builds in the
West,” Finan says. Much lower labor costs are one reason, according to both Finan and
the MIT report, but better project management is another.
Available at: https://www.nationalgeographic.com/environment/article/nuclear-plants-are-clo-
sing-in-the-us-should-we-build-more. Retrieved on: Feb. 3, 2022. Adapted.
According to Jacopo Buongiorno, one of the reasons why it is more expensive to build large
nuclear plants in the West is that
a) their cost has more than doubled in European countries.
b) their construction faces constant delays that increase costs.
c) most of the teams working on the projects are effectively trained.
d) a group of MIT scientists has lost the expertise to build these plants.
e) new nuclear plants are difficult to build because of complex Asian technologies.
5. Nuclear power has a lot going for it. Its carbon footprint is equivalent to wind, less
than solar, and orders of magnitude less than coal. Nuclear power plants take up far
less space on the landscape than solar or wind farms, and they produce power even
at night or on calm days. In 2020 they generated as much electricity in the U.S. as
renewables did, a fifth of the total.
6. But debates rage over whether nuclear should be a big part of the climate solution in
the U.S. The majority of American nuclear plants today are approaching the end of their
design life, and only one has been built in the last 20 years. Nuclear proponents are now
banking on next-generation designs, like small, modular versions of conventional light-
water reactors, or advanced reactors designed to be safer, cheaper, and more flexible.
7. “We’ve innovated so little in the past half-century, there’s a lot of ground to gain,”
says Ashley Finan, the director of the National Reactor Innovation Center at the Idaho
National Laboratory. Yet an expansion of nuclear power faces some serious hurdles,
and the perennial concerns about safety and long-lived radioactive waste may not be
the biggest: Critics also say nuclear reactors are simply too expensive and take too long
to build to be of much help with the climate crisis.
8. While environmental opposition may have been the primary force hindering nuclear
development in the 1980s and 90s, now the biggest challenge may be costs. Few nuclear
plants have been built in the U.S. recently because they are very expensive to build here,
which makes the price of their energy high.
9. Jacopo Buongiorno, a professor of nuclear science and engineering at MIT, led a group
of scientists who recently completed a two-year study examining the future of nuclear
energy in the U.S. and western Europe. They found that “without cost reductions,
nuclear energy will not play a significant role” in decarbonizing the power sector.
10. “In the West, the nuclear industry has substantially lost its ability to build large plants,”
Buongiorno says, pointing to Southern Company’s effort to add two new reactors to
Plant Vogtle in Waynesboro, Georgia. They have been under construction since 2013,
are now billions of dollars over budget – the cost has more than doubled – and years
behind schedule. In France, ranked second after the U.S. in nuclear generation, a new
reactor in Flamanville is a decade late and more than three times over budget.
11. “We have clearly lost the know-how to build traditional gigawatt-scale nuclear power
plants,” Buongiorno says. Because no new plants were built in the U.S. for decades, he
and his colleagues found, the teams working on a project like Vogtle haven’t had the
learning experiences needed to do the job efficiently. That leads to construction delays
that drive up costs.
12. Elsewhere, reactors are still being built at lower cost, “largely in places where they
build projects on budget, and on schedule,” Finan explains. China and South Korea are
the leaders. (To be fair, several of China’s recent large-scale reactors have also had cost
overruns and delays.)
13. “The cost of nuclear power in Asia has been a quarter, or less, of new builds in the
West,” Finan says. Much lower labor costs are one reason, according to both Finan and
the MIT report, but better project management is another.
Available at: https://www.nationalgeographic.com/environment/article/nuclear-plants-are-clo-
sing-in-the-us-should-we-build-more. Retrieved on: Feb. 3, 2022. Adapted.
In paragraph 12, the author affirms “(To be fair, several of China’s recent large-scale reactors
have also had cost overruns and delays)”, in order to
a) clarify that China has also faced problems with the construction of large-scale nuclear
reactors.
b) praise China’s capacity of building large-scale nuclear reactors fast and effectively.
c) explain that China is more efficient that South Korea when building large-scale nuclear
reactors.
d) support the view that China and South Korea can build projects on budget and on schedule.
e) discuss the reasons why China and South Korea can build nuclear reactors at a lower cost.
12. Elsewhere, reactors are still being built at lower cost, “largely in places where they
build projects on budget, and on schedule,” Finan explains. China and South Korea are
the leaders. (To be fair, several of China’s recent large-scale reactors have also had cost
overruns and delays.)
13. “The cost of nuclear power in Asia has been a quarter, or less, of new builds in the
West,” Finan says. Much lower labor costs are one reason, according to both Finan and
the MIT report, but better project management is another.
Available at: https://www.nationalgeographic.com/environment/article/nuclear-plants-are-clo-
sing-in-the-us-should-we-build-more. Retrieved on: Feb. 3, 2022. Adapted.
In the fragment of paragraph 1 “The plan requires electricity generation – the easiest
economic sector to green, analysts say – to be carbon-free by 2035”, to green means to
a) be adapted to the political goals of ambitious rulers.
b) generate more electricity using non renewable sources.
c) boost the consumption of fossil fuels such as natural gas.
d) become less harmful or more sensitive to the environment.
e) reduce greenhouse gas emissions by promoting the use of nuclear power.
12. Elsewhere, reactors are still being built at lower cost, “largely in places where they
build projects on budget, and on schedule,” Finan explains. China and South Korea are
the leaders. (To be fair, several of China’s recent large-scale reactors have also had cost
overruns and delays.)
13. “The cost of nuclear power in Asia has been a quarter, or less, of new builds in the
West,” Finan says. Much lower labor costs are one reason, according to both Finan and
the MIT report, but better project management is another.
Available at: https://www.nationalgeographic.com/environment/article/nuclear-plants-are-clo-
sing-in-the-us-should-we-build-more. Retrieved on: Feb. 3, 2022. Adapted.
In the fragment of paragraph 2 “because demand for electricity is expected to rise, especially
if we power more cars with it”, is expected to rise is used to
a) give strong advice.
b) express lack of necessity.
c) anticipate a probable event.
d) warn about a clear obligation.
e) communicate absolute certainty.
12. Elsewhere, reactors are still being built at lower cost, “largely in places where they
build projects on budget, and on schedule,” Finan explains. China and South Korea are
the leaders. (To be fair, several of China’s recent large-scale reactors have also had cost
overruns and delays.)
13. “The cost of nuclear power in Asia has been a quarter, or less, of new builds in the
West,” Finan says. Much lower labor costs are one reason, according to both Finan and
the MIT report, but better project management is another.
Available at: https://www.nationalgeographic.com/environment/article/nuclear-plants-are-clo-
sing-in-the-us-should-we-build-more. Retrieved on: Feb. 3, 2022. Adapted.
12. Elsewhere, reactors are still being built at lower cost, “largely in places where they
build projects on budget, and on schedule,” Finan explains. China and South Korea are
the leaders. (To be fair, several of China’s recent large-scale reactors have also had cost
overruns and delays.)
13. “The cost of nuclear power in Asia has been a quarter, or less, of new builds in the
West,” Finan says. Much lower labor costs are one reason, according to both Finan and
the MIT report, but better project management is another.
Available at: https://www.nationalgeographic.com/environment/article/nuclear-plants-are-clo-
sing-in-the-us-should-we-build-more. Retrieved on: Feb. 3, 2022. Adapted.
In the fragment of paragraph 5 “Nuclear power has a lot going for it” means that the use
of nuclear power
a) presents many advantageous qualities.
b) generates some doubts about its efficiency.
c) constitutes a real threat to national security.
d) raises severe concerns about potential accidents.
e) provokes negative reactions among environmentalists.
12. Elsewhere, reactors are still being built at lower cost, “largely in places where they
build projects on budget, and on schedule,” Finan explains. China and South Korea are
the leaders. (To be fair, several of China’s recent large-scale reactors have also had cost
overruns and delays.)
13. “The cost of nuclear power in Asia has been a quarter, or less, of new builds in the
West,” Finan says. Much lower labor costs are one reason, according to both Finan and
the MIT report, but better project management is another.
Available at: https://www.nationalgeographic.com/environment/article/nuclear-plants-are-clo-
sing-in-the-us-should-we-build-more. Retrieved on: Feb. 3, 2022. Adapted.
Based on the meanings in the text, the two items that express synonymous ideas are
a) surpassed (paragraph 3) – fell behind.
b) remarkable (paragraph 3) – extraordinary.
c) wary (paragraph 4) – careless.
d) proponents (paragraph 6) – critics.
e) hurdles (paragraph 7) – advantages.
One of the purposes of the text is to confirm that the report determines the
a) existence of life on other planets.
b) imminent possibility of aliens’ attack.
c) superiority of American technology.
d) authorities’ ignorance about unusual aircraft.
e) danger of enemy nations’ attacks to the US.
the possibility that Navy pilots who reported seeing unexplained aircraft might have
encountered programs the government meant to keep secret.
3. But that is about the only conclusive finding in the classified intelligence report, the
officials said. And while a forthcoming unclassified version, expected to be released to
Congress by June 25, will present few other firm conclusions, senior officials briefed on
the intelligence conceded that the very ambiguity of the findings meant the government
could not definitively rule out theories that the phenomena observed by military pilots
might be alien spacecraft.
4. Americans’ long-running fascination with UFOs has intensified in recent weeks in
anticipation of the release of the government report. Former President Barack Obama
encouraged the interest when he gave an interview last month about the incidents on
“The Late Late Show with James Corden” on CBS.
5. “What is true, and I’m really being serious here,” Mr. Obama said, “is that there is film
and records of objects in the skies that we don’t know exactly what they are.”
6. The report concedes that much about the observed phenomena remains difficult to
explain, including their acceleration, as well as ability to change direction and submerge.
One possible explanation — that the phenomena could be weather balloons or other
research balloons — does not hold up in all cases, the officials said, because of changes
in wind speed at the times of some of the interactions.
7. Many of the more than 120 incidents examined in the report are from Navy personnel,
officials said. The report also examined incidents involving foreign militaries over the last
two decades. Intelligence officials believe that at least some of the aerial phenomena
could have been experimental technology from a rival power, most likely Russia or China.
8. One senior official said without hesitation that U.S. officials knew it was not American
technology. He said there was worry among intelligence and military officials that China
or Russia could be experimenting with hypersonic technology.
9. He and other officials spoke about the classified findings in the report on the condition
of anonymity.
Available at: <https://www.nytimes.com/2021/06/03/us/politics/ufos-sighting-alien-spacecraft-
-pentagon.html>. Retrieved on: July 7, 2021.
In the 2nd paragraph of the text, in the fragment “That determination would appear to
eliminate the possibility that Navy pilots who reported seeing unexplained aircraft”, the
word who refers to
a) alien.
b) military.
c) officials.
d) scientists.
e) Navy pilots.
9. He and other officials spoke about the classified findings in the report on the condition
of anonymity.
Available at: <https://www.nytimes.com/2021/06/03/us/politics/ufos-sighting-alien-spacecraft-
-pentagon.html>. Retrieved on: July 7, 2021.
In the 6th paragraph of the text, the highlighted expression as well as, in the fragment “as
well as ability to change direction and submerge” is associated with the idea of
a) time.
b) addition.
c) purpose.
d) condition.
e) consequence.
6. The report concedes that much about the observed phenomena remains difficult to
explain, including their acceleration, as well as ability to change direction and submerge.
One possible explanation — that the phenomena could be weather balloons or other
research balloons — does not hold up in all cases, the officials said, because of changes
in wind speed at the times of some of the interactions.
7. Many of the more than 120 incidents examined in the report are from Navy personnel,
officials said. The report also examined incidents involving foreign militaries over the last
two decades. Intelligence officials believe that at least some of the aerial phenomena
could have been experimental technology from a rival power, most likely Russia or China.
8. One senior official said without hesitation that U.S. officials knew it was not American
technology. He said there was worry among intelligence and military officials that China
or Russia could be experimenting with hypersonic technology.
9. He and other officials spoke about the classified findings in the report on the condition
of anonymity.
Available at: <https://www.nytimes.com/2021/06/03/us/politics/ufos-sighting-alien-spacecraft-
-pentagon.html>. Retrieved on: July 7, 2021.
In the 7th paragraph of the text, in the fragment “Intelligence officials believe that at least
some of the aerial phenomena could have been experimental technology from a rival power,
most likely Russia or China”, the report’s authors express
a) strong desire.
b) irrefutable fact.
c) equivocal probability.
d) reasonable possibility.
e) unrealistic hypothesis.
3. But that is about the only conclusive finding in the classified intelligence report, the
officials said. And while a forthcoming unclassified version, expected to be released to
Congress by June 25, will present few other firm conclusions, senior officials briefed on
the intelligence conceded that the very ambiguity of the findings meant the government
could not definitively rule out theories that the phenomena observed by military pilots
might be alien spacecraft.
4. Americans’ long-running fascination with UFOs has intensified in recent weeks in
anticipation of the release of the government report. Former President Barack Obama
encouraged the interest when he gave an interview last month about the incidents on
“The Late Late Show with James Corden” on CBS.
5. “What is true, and I’m really being serious here,” Mr. Obama said, “is that there is film
and records of objects in the skies that we don’t know exactly what they are.”
6. The report concedes that much about the observed phenomena remains difficult to
explain, including their acceleration, as well as ability to change direction and submerge.
One possible explanation — that the phenomena could be weather balloons or other
research balloons — does not hold up in all cases, the officials said, because of changes
in wind speed at the times of some of the interactions.
7. Many of the more than 120 incidents examined in the report are from Navy personnel,
officials said. The report also examined incidents involving foreign militaries over the last
two decades. Intelligence officials believe that at least some of the aerial phenomena
could have been experimental technology from a rival power, most likely Russia or China.
8. One senior official said without hesitation that U.S. officials knew it was not American
technology. He said there was worry among intelligence and military officials that China
or Russia could be experimenting with hypersonic technology.
9. He and other officials spoke about the classified findings in the report on the condition
of anonymity.
Available at: <https://www.nytimes.com/2021/06/03/us/politics/ufos-sighting-alien-spacecraft-
-pentagon.html>. Retrieved on: July 7, 2021.
After reading the last paragraph of the text “He and other officials spoke about the classified
findings in the report on the condition of anonymity”, one can infer that the officials
a) kept secrets.
b) hid their names.
c) invented stories.
d) omitted the truth.
e) said who they were.
3. The sun will set on branch banking. World Bank data shows that visits to branches
have been steadily declining globally over the last decade. As a result of coronavirus,
customers are now more concerned about visiting their branch, and so even more people
are willing to try digital applications. This combination of pandemic and increasingly
transformative advanced technology has led a majority of respondents (59%) to our
survey with the EIU to state that traditional branch-based banking model will be dead
in just five years. That’s a 34% increase from last year.
8. The current environment is undoubtedly challenging for banks. But they have the
capital, customer relationships and customer data. They are regulated. And most
importantly: they still enjoy their customers’ trust.
9. In short, banks are best-placed to succeed if they commit to end-to-end digital
transformation. That means a fully digital front office which creates hyper-personalized
experiences and ecosystems. And a back off ice driving efficient operations and rapid
innovation. By embracing modern banking technology, banks can support their customers
today, create new value for the future and drive new levels of future growth.
Available at: <https://www.cnbc.com/advertorial/how-digital--transformation-is-shaping-the-future-of-
-banking>. Retrieved on: July 13th, 2021. Adapted.
customers, coped with huge increases in demand and quickly adapted their products.
In contrast, banks using legacy ‘spaghetti’software have struggled.
4. Covid-19 has accelerated the need for modern banking technology, but it didn’t
create it. Before coronavirus, the 2020s were already being framed as the decade for
digital in the banking industry. Banks’ return on equity were too low and their cost-
income ratios were too high. Meanwhile, regulation like open banking was disrupting
the industry and increasing competition from new entrants like the GAAFAs (Google,
Amazon, Alibaba, Facebook, Apple).
5. Providing seamless digital customer experiences was therefore already a ‘must’.
Every year, Temenos partners with the Economist Intelligence Unit (EIU) for a global
study on the future of banking. More than 300 banking leaders are interviewed from
retail, commercial and private banks. Over half of these are at C-suite level.
6. In 2020, the study took place amid the Covid-19 crisis. The results give a fascinating
insight into banking leaders’ approach during these unprecedented times. But they
also show how they see their industry in the years to come.
7. And the findings suggest three trends which will shape the future of banking:
1. New technologies will be the key driver of banking transformation over the next 5
years. 77% of respondents strongly believed that Artificial Intelligence (AI) will be the
most game-changing of these technologies. They see a diverse range of uses for AI —
from personalized customer experience to fraud detection.
2. Banks will overhaul their business models to create digital ecosystems. 80% of
respondents believe that banking will become part of a platform of services. 45% are
committed to transforming their business models into digital ecosystems.
3. The sun will set on branch banking. World Bank data shows that visits to branches
have been steadily declining globally over the last decade. As a result of coronavirus,
customers are now more concerned about visiting their branch, and so even more people
are willing to try digital applications. This combination of pandemic and increasingly
transformative advanced technology has led a majority of respondents (59%) to our
survey with the EIU to state that traditional branch-based banking model will be dead
in just five years. That’s a 34% increase from last year.
8. The current environment is undoubtedly challenging for banks. But they have the
capital, customer relationships and customer data. They are regulated. And most
importantly: they still enjoy their customers’ trust.
9. In short, banks are best-placed to succeed if they commit to end-to-end digital
transformation. That means a fully digital front office which creates hyper-personalized
experiences and ecosystems. And a back off ice driving efficient operations and rapid
innovation. By embracing modern banking technology, banks can support their customers
today, create new value for the future and drive new levels of future growth.
Available at: <https://www.cnbc.com/advertorial/how-digital--transformation-is-shaping-the-future-of-
-banking>. Retrieved on: July 13th, 2021. Adapted.
According to the 2nd paragraph of the text, after the Covid-19 outbreak, banks initially had
to face the following number of challenges:
a) 1
b) 2
c) 3
d) 4
e) 5
6. In 2020, the study took place amid the Covid-19 crisis. The results give a fascinating
insight into banking leaders’ approach during these unprecedented times. But they
also show how they see their industry in the years to come.
7. And the findings suggest three trends which will shape the future of banking:
1. New technologies will be the key driver of banking transformation over the next 5
years. 77% of respondents strongly believed that Artificial Intelligence (AI) will be the
most game-changing of these technologies. They see a diverse range of uses for AI —
from personalized customer experience to fraud detection.
2. Banks will overhaul their business models to create digital ecosystems. 80% of
respondents believe that banking will become part of a platform of services. 45% are
committed to transforming their business models into digital ecosystems.
3. The sun will set on branch banking. World Bank data shows that visits to branches
have been steadily declining globally over the last decade. As a result of coronavirus,
customers are now more concerned about visiting their branch, and so even more people
are willing to try digital applications. This combination of pandemic and increasingly
transformative advanced technology has led a majority of respondents (59%) to our
survey with the EIU to state that traditional branch-based banking model will be dead
in just five years. That’s a 34% increase from last year.
8. The current environment is undoubtedly challenging for banks. But they have the
capital, customer relationships and customer data. They are regulated. And most
importantly: they still enjoy their customers’ trust.
9. In short, banks are best-placed to succeed if they commit to end-to-end digital
transformation. That means a fully digital front office which creates hyper-personalized
experiences and ecosystems. And a back off ice driving efficient operations and rapid
innovation. By embracing modern banking technology, banks can support their customers
today, create new value for the future and drive new levels of future growth.
Available at: <https://www.cnbc.com/advertorial/how-digital--transformation-is-shaping-the-future-of-
-banking>. Retrieved on: July 13th, 2021. Adapted.
In paragraph 6, the personal pronoun they, used twice in the sentence “But they also show
how they see their industry in the years to come”, refers to the following fragment at the
same paragraph:
a) the study.
b) the results.
c) banking Leaders.
d) Covid-19 crisis.
e) unprecedented times.
3. The sun will set on branch banking. World Bank data shows that visits to branches
have been steadily declining globally over the last decade. As a result of coronavirus,
customers are now more concerned about visiting their branch, and so even more people
are willing to try digital applications. This combination of pandemic and increasingly
transformative advanced technology has led a majority of respondents (59%) to our
survey with the EIU to state that traditional branch-based banking model will be dead
in just five years. That’s a 34% increase from last year.
8. The current environment is undoubtedly challenging for banks. But they have the
capital, customer relationships and customer data. They are regulated. And most
importantly: they still enjoy their customers’ trust.
9. In short, banks are best-placed to succeed if they commit to end-to-end digital
transformation. That means a fully digital front office which creates hyper-personalized
experiences and ecosystems. And a back off ice driving efficient operations and rapid
innovation. By embracing modern banking technology, banks can support their customers
today, create new value for the future and drive new levels of future growth.
Available at: <https://www.cnbc.com/advertorial/how-digital--transformation-is-shaping-the-future-of-
-banking>. Retrieved on: July 13th, 2021. Adapted.
In the sentence of the last paragraph “In short, banks are best-placed to succeed if they
commit to end-to-end digital transformation”, the phrase In short conveys an idea of
a) cause.
b) addition.
c) emphasis.
d) conclusion.
e) time sequence.
customers, coped with huge increases in demand and quickly adapted their products.
In contrast, banks using legacy ‘spaghetti’software have struggled.
4. Covid-19 has accelerated the need for modern banking technology, but it didn’t
create it. Before coronavirus, the 2020s were already being framed as the decade for
digital in the banking industry. Banks’ return on equity were too low and their cost-
income ratios were too high. Meanwhile, regulation like open banking was disrupting
the industry and increasing competition from new entrants like the GAAFAs (Google,
Amazon, Alibaba, Facebook, Apple).
5. Providing seamless digital customer experiences was therefore already a ‘must’.
Every year, Temenos partners with the Economist Intelligence Unit (EIU) for a global
study on the future of banking. More than 300 banking leaders are interviewed from
retail, commercial and private banks. Over half of these are at C-suite level.
6. In 2020, the study took place amid the Covid-19 crisis. The results give a fascinating
insight into banking leaders’ approach during these unprecedented times. But they
also show how they see their industry in the years to come.
7. And the findings suggest three trends which will shape the future of banking:
1. New technologies will be the key driver of banking transformation over the next 5
years. 77% of respondents strongly believed that Artificial Intelligence (AI) will be the
most game-changing of these technologies. They see a diverse range of uses for AI —
from personalized customer experience to fraud detection.
2. Banks will overhaul their business models to create digital ecosystems. 80% of
respondents believe that banking will become part of a platform of services. 45% are
committed to transforming their business models into digital ecosystems.
3. The sun will set on branch banking. World Bank data shows that visits to branches
have been steadily declining globally over the last decade. As a result of coronavirus,
customers are now more concerned about visiting their branch, and so even more people
are willing to try digital applications. This combination of pandemic and increasingly
transformative advanced technology has led a majority of respondents (59%) to our
survey with the EIU to state that traditional branch-based banking model will be dead
in just five years. That’s a 34% increase from last year.
8. The current environment is undoubtedly challenging for banks. But they have the
capital, customer relationships and customer data. They are regulated. And most
importantly: they still enjoy their customers’ trust.
9. In short, banks are best-placed to succeed if they commit to end-to-end digital
transformation. That means a fully digital front office which creates hyper-personalized
experiences and ecosystems. And a back off ice driving efficient operations and rapid
innovation. By embracing modern banking technology, banks can support their customers
today, create new value for the future and drive new levels of future growth.
Available at: <https://www.cnbc.com/advertorial/how-digital--transformation-is-shaping-the-future-of-
-banking>. Retrieved on: July 13th, 2021. Adapted.
From the sentence of the last paragraph, “By embracing modern banking technology, banks
can support their customers today, create new value for the future and drive new levels of
future growth”, it is inferred that
a) banks cannot grow after the coronavirus pandemic.
b) modern banking technology can help reshape the present and the future of banks.
c) modern technology can frustrate the present and the future of the banking industry.
d) as result of the coronavirus pandemic, banks will not be able to meet customers’ demands
in the future.
e) due to the coronavirus pandemic, banks are not able to meet customers’ expectations
in the present.
In the 1st paragraph, the word uncertain, in the fragment “in this uncertain time” is formed
with the prefix un-.
A pair of words formed with prefixes that convey the same meaning is:
a) doubtful / joblessness.
b) unique / only.
c) impossible / discourage.
d) certainty / envision.
e) inside / intimate.
3. Keep your financial habits as normal as possible during this time. Make online
purchases, order takeout, pay bills and buy groceries. These everyday purchases put
money back into the economy and prevent it from dipping further into a recession.
• Low interest rates could help make ends meet
4. In March, the Federal Reserve cut rates drastically to boost economic activity and make
borrowing more affordable. For you, this means interest rates are low for credit cards,
loans and lines of credit, and even fixed-rate mortgages. Consider taking advantage of
these low rates if you need extra help paying your bills, keeping your business running
or withstanding a period of unemployment.
• Spend on small businesses
5. Looking to make a positive impact? Supporting small businesses is an easy and
powerful way to help. You can order takeout, tip generously or donate to your local
brick-and-mortar retail store, if they provide that option. Your support makes a big
impact for struggling business owners.
• Prior economic strength may help us bounce back
6. The thriving economy of 2019 isn’t just a distant, bittersweet memory. When our
health is no longer at risk and social distancing mandates begin to diminish, we’ll slowly
start to rebuild. The stability, low unemployment rate and upward-trending market
we experienced prior to Covid-19 puts us in a good position to kick-start economic
activity and rebound more quickly.
Available at <https://www.usbank.com/financialiq/manage-your-household/personal-finance/
covid-economy-expert-insights.html>. Retrieved on: Jul. 20, 2021. Adapted.
In the 3rd paragraph, in the fragment “These everyday purchases put money back into the
economy and prevent it from dipping further into a recession”, the pronoun it refers to
a) money.
b) purchases.
c) recession.
d) economy.
e) back.
In the 4th paragraph, in the fragment “In March, the Federal Reserve cut rates drastically
to boost economic activity”, the verb cut indicates a
a) habitual action repeatedly carried out by the Federal Reserve to address certain economic
situations.
b) future action to be carried out by the Federal Reserve to address possible problems.
c) promised action to be carried out by the Federal Reserve to address the present economic
challenges.
d) one-time action carried out by the Federal Reserve to address the present situation.
e) current action carried out by the Federal Reserve to address a permanent situation.
brick-and-mortar retail store, if they provide that option. Your support makes a big
impact for struggling business owners.
• Prior economic strength may help us bounce back
6. The thriving economy of 2019 isn’t just a distant, bittersweet memory. When our
health is no longer at risk and social distancing mandates begin to diminish, we’ll slowly
start to rebuild. The stability, low unemployment rate and upward-trending market
we experienced prior to Covid-19 puts us in a good position to kick-start economic
activity and rebound more quickly.
Available at <https://www.usbank.com/financialiq/manage-your-household/personal-finance/
covid-economy-expert-insights.html>. Retrieved on: Jul. 20, 2021. Adapted.
4. In March, the Federal Reserve cut rates drastically to boost economic activity and make
borrowing more affordable. For you, this means interest rates are low for credit cards,
loans and lines of credit, and even fixed-rate mortgages. Consider taking advantage of
these low rates if you need extra help paying your bills, keeping your business running
or withstanding a period of unemployment.
• Spend on small businesses
5. Looking to make a positive impact? Supporting small businesses is an easy and
powerful way to help. You can order takeout, tip generously or donate to your local
brick-and-mortar retail store, if they provide that option. Your support makes a big
impact for struggling business owners.
• Prior economic strength may help us bounce back
6. The thriving economy of 2019 isn’t just a distant, bittersweet memory. When our
health is no longer at risk and social distancing mandates begin to diminish, we’ll slowly
start to rebuild. The stability, low unemployment rate and upward-trending market
we experienced prior to Covid-19 puts us in a good position to kick-start economic
activity and rebound more quickly.
Available at <https://www.usbank.com/financialiq/manage-your-household/personal-finance/
covid-economy-expert-insights.html>. Retrieved on: Jul. 20, 2021. Adapted.
In the 1st paragraph, in the fragment “it’s no secret the unique challenges of Covid-19 are
profoundly shaping our economic climate”, the expression it’s no secret (that) means
a) it’s common knowledge.
b) it’s never been said before.
c) it’s partially true.
d) it’s a bad idea.
e) it’s an important revelation.
According to the second paragraph, the concept of robotic soccer players emerged
a) in 1997.
b) in the 1990s.
c) before the 1990s.
d) in the beginning of the 20th century.
e) in the beginning of the 21st century.
10. The next RoboCup competition will soon be played, virtually, with rules that will allow
teams to participate without establishing physical contact.
Available at: <https://www.ua-magazine.com/2021/05/12/robots-the--next-generation-of-soc-
cer-players>. Retrieved on: July 4th, 2021. Adapted.
In the sentence fragment of the fifth paragraph “Designing robots for sports requires much
more than experts in state-of-the-art technology”, the words in bold can be replaced,
without any change in meaning, by the following words:
a) drawing / scholars.
b) creating / amateurs.
c) planning / specialists.
d) finishing / professionals.
e) manufacturing / engineers.
7. In the humanoid league the players are human-like robots with human-like senses.
However, they are rather slow. Many of the skills needed to fully recreate actual soccer
player movements are still in the early stages of research.
8. The game becomes exciting for middle and small size leagues. The models are
much simpler; they are just boxes with a cyclopean eye. Their design focuses on team
behavior: recognizing an opponent, cooperating with team members, receiving and
giving a standard FIFA size ball.
9. Today, soccer robots are entirely autonomous. They wireless “talk” to each other, make
decisions regarding strategy in real-time, replace an “injured” player, and shoot goals.
The only person in a RoboCup game is the referee. The team coaches are engineers in
charge of training the RoboCups’ artificial intelligence for fair play: the robots don’t
smash against each other or pull their shirts.
10. The next RoboCup competition will soon be played, virtually, with rules that will allow
teams to participate without establishing physical contact.
Available at: <https://www.ua-magazine.com/2021/05/12/robots-the--next-generation-of-soc-
cer-players>. Retrieved on: July 4th, 2021. Adapted.
In the text fragment of the sixth paragraph “RoboCup Soccer Federation, the “FIFA” of
robots, which supports five leagues, imposes restrictions on players’ design and rules of
the game”, the word which refers to
a) game.
b) FIFA.
c) players.
d) leagues.
e) RoboCup Soccer Federation.
4. The idea behind artificially intelligent players is to investigate how robots perceive
motion and communicate with each other. Physical abilities like walking, running, and
kicking the ball while maintaining balance are crucial to improving robots for other
tasks like rescue, home, industry, and education.
5. Designing robots for sports requires much more than experts in state-of-the-art
technology. Humans and machines do not share the same skills. Engineers need to
impose limitations on soccer robots to imitate soccer players as much as possible and
ensure following the game’s rules.
6. RoboCup Soccer Federation, the “FIFA” of robots, which supports five leagues, imposes
restrictions on players’ design and rules of the game. Each has its own robot design
and game rules to give room for different scientific goals. The number of players, their
size, the ball type, and the field dimensions are different for each league.
7. In the humanoid league the players are human-like robots with human-like senses.
However, they are rather slow. Many of the skills needed to fully recreate actual soccer
player movements are still in the early stages of research.
8. The game becomes exciting for middle and small size leagues. The models are
much simpler; they are just boxes with a cyclopean eye. Their design focuses on team
behavior: recognizing an opponent, cooperating with team members, receiving and
giving a standard FIFA size ball.
9. Today, soccer robots are entirely autonomous. They wireless “talk” to each other, make
decisions regarding strategy in real-time, replace an “injured” player, and shoot goals.
The only person in a RoboCup game is the referee. The team coaches are engineers in
charge of training the RoboCups’ artificial intelligence for fair play: the robots don’t
smash against each other or pull their shirts.
10. The next RoboCup competition will soon be played, virtually, with rules that will allow
teams to participate without establishing physical contact.
Available at: <https://www.ua-magazine.com/2021/05/12/robots-the--next-generation-of-soc-
cer-players>. Retrieved on: July 4th, 2021. Adapted.
In paragraph 7, the word However in the fragment “In the humanoid league, the players are
human-like robots with human-like senses. However, they are rather slow” can be replaced,
without change in meaning, by
a) unless.
b) indeed.
c) furthermore.
d) nevertheless.
e) consequently.
10. The next RoboCup competition will soon be played, virtually, with rules that will allow
teams to participate without establishing physical contact.
Available at: <https://www.ua-magazine.com/2021/05/12/robots-the--next-generation-of-soc-
cer-players>. Retrieved on: July 4th, 2021. Adapted.
In paragraph 9, there is the information that in RoboCup competitions the game referee
and the team coaches are
a) humanoids.
b) computers.
c) real people.
d) robotic engineers.
e) virtual mechanisms.
Based on the meanings in the text, the two items express opposite ideas in
a) “standardized” (line 1) – uniform
b) “placed” (line 1) – located
c) “subjected” (line 3) – exposed
d) “upset” (line 4) – disturb
e) “ensure” (line 5) – neglect
Check lashing
Proper container lashing is one of the most important aspects of securing cargo
15 safely on the ships. Every officer in charge of cargo loading and unloading must know
and understand the important points for safe container lashing.
Moreover, when the ship is sailing, lashing must be checked at least once a day and
tightened whenever necessary.
If the ship is about to enter rough sea or in case of heavy weather, lashing should
20 be frequently checked and additional lashing must be provided wherever required.
Checking containers with dangerous goods
Cargo containers carrying dangerous goods must be checked at regular intervals
of time, especially in bad weather. Dangerous goods containers must be frequently
checked for le akages or damages while the ship is sailing.
25 Checking reefer containers
Reefer containers (refrigerated containers) must also be checked and monitored
at least twice daily for proper functioning. Frequent monitoring is required in case of
special reefer cargo containers or containers which are suspected to malfunctioning.
Avoid wet damage of cargo
30 Adverse weather condition might result into damage of cargo because of leakages
from water and oil systems. Such kind of damage to container ships is known as wet
damage. Water from rains might also get accumulated inside the cargo hold and damage
the cargo in lower tier containers in the cargo hold.
Regular sounding of cargo hold bilges is of utmost importance for early detection
35 of problems related to water or oil ingress in cargo holds.
Bilges, the bottom inside part of a ship where dirty water collects, must be checked
once a day in normal weather condition and at regular intervals of time in rough
weather. When the ship is at port, cargo hold bilges must be drained into holding tanks.
Regular rounds of the cargo deck compartment must be made to check the
40 condition of lashing and cargo containers.
Sometimes, it might so occur that in spite of taking all the necessary precautions,
damage to cargo or the ship’s hull would take place. In such cases, the master of the
ship must take the necessary precautions to minimize the damage. He should also
report the same to the company and make necessary entries in the ship’s log book.
45 A master’s report on the damages sustained must also be made along with a sea
protest which is 70 to be produced at the next port.
Available at: <https://www.marineinsight.com/marine-safety/how-to-take-care-of-cargo-on-container-ships-at-
-sea/>. Retrieved on: July 21, 2016. Adapted.
According to lines 7-10, paying attention to the loaded cargo containers while at sea and
preparing a container ship for loading cargo are
a) optional measures.
b) of equal relevance.
c) not really necessary.
d) important only in case of bad weather.
e) fundamental for ship stability in calm waters.
In the fragment “Every officer in charge of cargo loading and unloading must know and
understand the important points for safe container lashing.” (lines 15-16), must can be
replaced, without change in meaning, by
a) wants to.
b) has to.
c) can.
d) may.
e) will.
In the fragment “A master’s report on the damages sustained must also be made along with
a sea protest” (lines 45-46), along with can be replaced, without change in meaning, by
a) right before.
b) together with
c) immediately after.
d) much sooner than.
e) in accordance with.
According to the text, all the following points must be considered for keeping a watch on
cargo containers while at sea, EXCEPT
a) providing extra lashing wherever necessary.
b) surveilling lashing in bad weather conditions.
c) inspecting dangerous goods containers regularly.
d) monitoring reefer containers at least three times a day.
e) checking the cargo compartment to monitor lashing and cargo containers.
The risk is that an open conflict, which Iran and Saudi have traditionally avoided
despite all their differences, would spread and hit oil production and trade. It is worth
10 remembering that the Gulf states account for a quarter of global production and over
40 per cent of all the oil traded globally. The threat to stability is all the greater given
that Iran is likely to win any such clash and to treat the result as a licence to reassert its
influence in the region.
The second question is how rapidly production of oil from shale rock will grow in
15 the US — 2017 has seen an increase of 600,000 barrels a day to over 6m. The increase
in global prices over the past six months has made output from almost all America’s
producing areas commercially viable and drilling activity is rising. A comparable
increase in 2018 would offset most of the current OPEC production cuts and either
force another quota reduction or push prices down.
20 The third question concerns China. For the last three years the country has managed
to deliver economic growth with only minimal increases in energy consumption.
Growth was probably lower than the claimed numbers — the Chinese do not like to
admit that they, too, are subject to economic cycles and recessions — but even so the
achievement is considerable. The question is whether the trend can be continued. If it
25 can, the result will limit global demand growth for oil, gas and coal.
China, which accounts for a quarter of the world’s daily energy use, is the swing
consumer. If energy efficiency gains continue, CO2 emissions will remain flat or even
fall. The country’s economy is changing and moving away from heavy industry fuelled
largely by coal to a more service-based one, with a more varied fuel mix. But the pace
30 of that shift is uncertain and some recent data suggests that as economic growth has
picked up, so has consumption of oil and coal. Beijing has high ambitions for a much cle-
aner energy economy, driven not least by the levels of air pollution in many of the major
cities; 2018 will show how much progress they are making.
The fourth question is, if anything, the most important. How fast can renewables
35 grow? The last few years have seen dramatic reductions in costs and strong increase in
supply. The industry has had a great year, with bids from offshore wind for capacity
auctions in the UK and elsewhere at record low levels. Wind is approaching grid parity —
the moment when it can compete without subsidies. Solar is also thriving: according to the
International Energy Agency, costs have fallen by 70 per cent since 2010 not least because
40 of advances in China, which now accounts for 60 per cent of total solar cell manufacturing
capacity. The question is how rapidly all those gains can be translated into electric supply.
Renewables, including hydro, accounted for just 5 per cent of global daily energy
supply according to the IEA’s latest data. That is increasing — solar photovoltaic
capacity grew by 50 per cent in 2016 — but to make a real difference the industry needs
The phrase that shift (line 30) refers to the change in China from a
a) heavy industry fuelled by coal to a service-based industry using a more varied mix.
b) large consumption of the world’s fossil fuels to lower consumption levels.
c) limited demand for oil, gas and coal to an increasing demand.
d) low-fossil-fuel economy to a pollution-based economy.
e) fast-growing economy to a receding one.
The risk is that an open conflict, which Iran and Saudi have traditionally avoided
despite all their differences, would spread and hit oil production and trade. It is worth
10 remembering that the Gulf states account for a quarter of global production and over
40 per cent of all the oil traded globally. The threat to stability is all the greater given
that Iran is likely to win any such clash and to treat the result as a licence to reassert its
influence in the region.
The second question is how rapidly production of oil from shale rock will grow in
15 the US — 2017 has seen an increase of 600,000 barrels a day to over 6m. The increase
in global prices over the past six months has made output from almost all America’s
producing areas commercially viable and drilling activity is rising. A comparable
increase in 2018 would offset most of the current OPEC production cuts and either
force another quota reduction or push prices down.
20 The third question concerns China. For the last three years the country has managed
to deliver economic growth with only minimal increases in energy consumption.
Growth was probably lower than the claimed numbers — the Chinese do not like to
admit that they, too, are subject to economic cycles and recessions — but even so the
achievement is considerable. The question is whether the trend can be continued. If it
25 can, the result will limit global demand growth for oil, gas and coal.
China, which accounts for a quarter of the world’s daily energy use, is the swing
consumer. If energy efficiency gains continue, CO2 emissions will remain flat or even
fall. The country’s economy is changing and moving away from heavy industry fuelled
largely by coal to a more service-based one, with a more varied fuel mix. But the pace
30 of that shift is uncertain and some recent data suggests that as economic growth has
picked up, so has consumption of oil and coal. Beijing has high ambitions for a much
cleaner energy economy, driven not least by the levels of air pollution in many of the
major cities; 2018 will show how much progress they are making.
The fourth question is, if anything, the most important. How fast can renewables
35 grow? The last few years have seen dramatic reductions in costs and strong increase in
supply. The industry has had a great year, with bids from offshore wind for capacity
auctions in the UK and elsewhere at record low levels. Wind is approaching grid parity —
the moment when it can compete without subsidies. Solar is also thriving: according to the
International Energy Agency, costs have fallen by 70 per cent since 2010 not least because
40 of advances in China, which now accounts for 60 per cent of total solar cell manufacturing
capacity. The question is how rapidly all those gains can be translated into electric supply.
Renewables, including hydro, accounted for just 5 per cent of global daily energy
supply according to the IEA’s latest data. That is increasing — solar photovoltaic
capacity grew by 50 per cent in 2016 — but to make a real difference the industry needs
In the fragments “some recent data suggests that as economic growth has picked up”
(lines 30-31) and “Beijing has high ambitions for a much cleaner energy economy, driven
not least by the levels of air pollution in many of the major cities” (lines 31-33), picked up
and driven by mean, respectively,
a) declined – guided by.
b) increased – delayed by.
c) deteriorated – caused by.
d) improved – motivated by.
e) stabilized – hindered by.
The risk is that an open conflict, which Iran and Saudi have traditionally avoided
despite all their differences, would spread and hit oil production and trade. It is worth
10 remembering that the Gulf states account for a quarter of global production and over
40 per cent of all the oil traded globally. The threat to stability is all the greater given
that Iran is likely to win any such clash and to treat the result as a licence to reassert its
influence in the region.
The second question is how rapidly production of oil from shale rock will grow in
15 the US — 2017 has seen an increase of 600,000 barrels a day to over 6m. The increase
in global prices over the past six months has made output from almost all America’s
producing areas commercially viable and drilling activity is rising. A comparable
increase in 2018 would offset most of the current OPEC production cuts and either
force another quota reduction or push prices down.
20 The third question concerns China. For the last three years the country has managed
to deliver economic growth with only minimal increases in energy consumption.
Growth was probably lower than the claimed numbers — the Chinese do not like to
admit that they, too, are subject to economic cycles and recessions — but even so the
achievement is considerable. The question is whether the trend can be continued. If it
25 can, the result will limit global demand growth for oil, gas and coal.
China, which accounts for a quarter of the world’s daily energy use, is the swing
consumer. If energy efficiency gains continue, CO2 emissions will remain flat or even
fall. The country’s economy is changing and moving away from heavy industry fuelled
largely by coal to a more service-based one, with a more varied fuel mix. But the pace
30 of that shift is uncertain and some recent data suggests that as economic growth has
picked up, so has consumption of oil and coal. Beijing has high ambitions for a much
cleaner energy economy, driven not least by the levels of air pollution in many of the
major cities; 2018 will show how much progress they are making.
The fourth question is, if anything, the most important. How fast can renewables
35 grow? The last few years have seen dramatic reductions in costs and strong increase in
supply. The industry has had a great year, with bids from offshore wind for capacity
auctions in the UK and elsewhere at record low levels. Wind is approaching grid parity —
the moment when it can compete without subsidies. Solar is also thriving: according to the
International Energy Agency, costs have fallen by 70 per cent since 2010 not least because
40 of advances in China, which now accounts for 60 per cent of total solar cell manufacturing
capacity. The question is how rapidly all those gains can be translated into electric supply.
Renewables, including hydro, accounted for just 5 per cent of global daily energy
supply according to the IEA’s latest data. That is increasing — solar photovoltaic
capacity grew by 50 per cent in 2016 — but to make a real difference the industry needs
The risk is that an open conflict, which Iran and Saudi have traditionally avoided
despite all their differences, would spread and hit oil production and trade. It is worth
10 remembering that the Gulf states account for a quarter of global production and over
40 per cent of all the oil traded globally. The threat to stability is all the greater given
that Iran is likely to win any such clash and to treat the result as a licence to reassert its
influence in the region.
The second question is how rapidly production of oil from shale rock will grow in
15 the US — 2017 has seen an increase of 600,000 barrels a day to over 6m. The increase
in global prices over the past six months has made output from almost all America’s
producing areas commercially viable and drilling activity is rising. A comparable
increase in 2018 would offset most of the current OPEC production cuts and either
force another quota reduction or push prices down.
20 The third question concerns China. For the last three years the country has managed
to deliver economic growth with only minimal increases in energy consumption.
Growth was probably lower than the claimed numbers — the Chinese do not like to
admit that they, too, are subject to economic cycles and recessions — but even so the
achievement is considerable. The question is whether the trend can be continued. If it
25 can, the result will limit global demand growth for oil, gas and coal.
China, which accounts for a quarter of the world’s daily energy use, is the swing
consumer. If energy efficiency gains continue, CO2 emissions will remain flat or even
fall. The country’s economy is changing and moving away from heavy industry fuelled
largely by coal to a more service-based one, with a more varied fuel mix. But the pace
30 of that shift is uncertain and some recent data suggests that as economic growth has
picked up, so has consumption of oil and coal. Beijing has high ambitions for a much
cleaner energy economy, driven not least by the levels of air pollution in many of the
major cities; 2018 will show how much progress they are making.
The fourth question is, if anything, the most important. How fast can renewables
35 grow? The last few years have seen dramatic reductions in costs and strong increase in
supply. The industry has had a great year, with bids from offshore wind for capacity
auctions in the UK and elsewhere at record low levels. Wind is approaching grid parity —
the moment when it can compete without subsidies. Solar is also thriving: according to the
International Energy Agency, costs have fallen by 70 per cent since 2010 not least because
40 of advances in China, which now accounts for 60 per cent of total solar cell manufacturing
capacity. The question is how rapidly all those gains can be translated into electric supply.
Renewables, including hydro, accounted for just 5 per cent of global daily energy
supply according to the IEA’s latest data. That is increasing — solar photovoltaic
capacity grew by 50 per cent in 2016 — but to make a real difference the industry needs
Saudi Arabia and Iran are mentioned in paragraphs 2 and 3 (lines 5-13) because they
a) are latent enemies about to engage in violent strife.
b) produce more than 40 per cent of the world’s crude oil.
c) should spread their influence over the other Gulf States.
d) can be considered the most stable countries in the Middle East.
e) might affect oil production and trade if they engage in an open conflict.
power plants by 2030. According to a new report by Bloomberg New Energy Finance, by
2030, renewable energy sources will account for over 60% of the 5,579 gigawatts of
new generation capacity and 65% of the $7.7 trillion in power investment. Overall, fossil
fuels, such as coal and natural gas, will see their total share of power generation fall to
15 46%. That’s a lot, but down from roughly from 64% today.
Large-scale hydropower facilities will command the lion’s share of new capacity
among green energy sources. However, the expansion by solar and wind energy will be
mighty swift as well.
The Bloomberg report shows that solar and wind will increase their combined share
20 of global generation capacity to 16% from 3% by 2030. The key driver will be utility-
scale solar power plants, as well as the vast adoption of rooftop solar arrays in emerging
markets lacking modern grid infrastructure. In places like Latin America and India, the
lack of infrastructure will actually make rooftop solar a cheaper option for electricity
generation. Analysts estimate that Latin America will add nearly 102 GW worth of
25 rooftop solar arrays during the study’s time period.
Bloomberg New Energy predicts that economics will have more to do with the
additional generation capacity than subsidies. The same can be said for many Asian
nations. Increased solar adoption will benefit from higher costs related to rising liquid
natural gas (LNG) imports in the region starting in 2024. Likewise, on-and offshore
30 wind power facilities will see rising capacity as well.
In the developed world, Bloomberg New Energy Finance predicts that CO2 and
emission reductions will also help play a major role in adding additional renewable
energy to the grid. While the U.S. will still focus much of its attention towards shale gas,
developed
35 Europe will spend roughly $67 billion on new green energy capacity by 2030.
Available at: <https://www.investopedia.com/articles/markets/070814/why-you-should-invest-green-e-
nergy-right-nou.asp>. Retrieved on: 12 Feb 2018. Adapted.
1 It’s no secret that the global energy demand continues to rise. Driven by emerging
economies and non-OECD nations, total worldwide energy usage is expected to grow by
nearly 40% over the next 20 years. That’ll require a staggering amount of coal, oil and gas.
But it’s not just fossil fuels that will get the nod. The demand for renewable energy
5 sources is exploding, and according to new study, we haven’t seen anything yet in terms
of spending on solar, wind and other green energy projects. For investors, that spending
could lead to some serious portfolio green as well.
Rising Market Share
The future is certainly looking pretty “green” for renewable energy bulls. A new
10 study shows that the sector will receive nearly $5.1 trillion worth of investment in new
power plants by 2030. According to a new report by Bloomberg New Energy Finance, by
2030, renewable energy sources will account for over 60% of the 5,579 gigawatts of
new generation capacity and 65% of the $7.7 trillion in power investment. Overall, fossil
fuels, such as coal and natural gas, will see their total share of power generation fall to
15 46%. That’s a lot, but down from roughly from 64% today.
Large-scale hydropower facilities will command the lion’s share of new capacity
among green energy sources. However, the expansion by solar and wind energy will be
mighty swift as well.
The Bloomberg report shows that solar and wind will increase their combined share
20 of global generation capacity to 16% from 3% by 2030. The key driver will be utility-
scale solar power plants, as well as the vast adoption of rooftop solar arrays in emerging
markets lacking modern grid infrastructure. In places like Latin America and India, the
lack of infrastructure will actually make rooftop solar a cheaper option for electricity
generation. Analysts estimate that Latin America will add nearly 102 GW worth of
25 rooftop solar arrays during the study’s time period.
Bloomberg New Energy predicts that economics will have more to do with the
additional generation capacity than subsidies. The same can be said for many Asian
nations. Increased solar adoption will benefit from higher costs related to rising liquid
natural gas (LNG) imports in the region starting in 2024. Likewise, on-and offshore
30 wind power facilities will see rising capacity as well.
In the developed world, Bloomberg New Energy Finance predicts that CO2 and
emission reductions will also help play a major role in adding additional renewable
energy to the grid. While the U.S. will still focus much of its attention towards shale gas,
developed
35 Europe will spend roughly $67 billion on new green energy capacity by 2030.
Available at: <https://www.investopedia.com/articles/markets/070814/why-you-should-invest-green-e-
nergy-right-nou.asp>. Retrieved on: 12 Feb 2018. Adapted.
In Text II, the author affirms that “The future is certainly looking pretty green for renewable
energy bulls” (line 9) because of the
a) large share of electricity to be generated from renewable energy sources by 2030.
b) expected growth in fossil fuels in the total share of power generation by 2030.
c) dominant position of coal and natural gas for electricity generation nowadays.
d) global boom in hydropower generation by the end of this decade.
e) massive investment in solar and wind energy in the next decade.
power plants by 2030. According to a new report by Bloomberg New Energy Finance, by
2030, renewable energy sources will account for over 60% of the 5,579 gigawatts of
new generation capacity and 65% of the $7.7 trillion in power investment. Overall, fossil
fuels, such as coal and natural gas, will see their total share of power generation fall to
15 46%. That’s a lot, but down from roughly from 64% today.
Large-scale hydropower facilities will command the lion’s share of new capacity
among green energy sources. However, the expansion by solar and wind energy will be
mighty swift as well.
The Bloomberg report shows that solar and wind will increase their combined share
20 of global generation capacity to 16% from 3% by 2030. The key driver will be utility-
scale solar power plants, as well as the vast adoption of rooftop solar arrays in emerging
markets lacking modern grid infrastructure. In places like Latin America and India, the
lack of infrastructure will actually make rooftop solar a cheaper option for electricity
generation. Analysts estimate that Latin America will add nearly 102 GW worth of
25 rooftop solar arrays during the study’s time period.
Bloomberg New Energy predicts that economics will have more to do with the
additional generation capacity than subsidies. The same can be said for many Asian
nations. Increased solar adoption will benefit from higher costs related to rising liquid
natural gas (LNG) imports in the region starting in 2024. Likewise, on-and offshore
30 wind power facilities will see rising capacity as well.
In the developed world, Bloomberg New Energy Finance predicts that CO2 and
emission reductions will also help play a major role in adding additional renewable
energy to the grid. While the U.S. will still focus much of its attention towards shale gas,
developed
35 Europe will spend roughly $67 billion on new green energy capacity by 2030.
Available at: <https://www.investopedia.com/articles/markets/070814/why-you-should-invest-green-e-
nergy-right-nou.asp>. Retrieved on: 12 Feb 2018. Adapted.
Text I
Clean energy: Experts outline how governments can
successfully invest before it’s too late
1 Governments need togive technical experts more autonomy and hold their nerve to
provide more long-term stability when investing in clean energy, argue researchers in
climate change and innovation policy in a new paper published today.
Writing in the journal Nature, the authors from UK and US institutions have set out
5 guidelines for investment based on an analysis of the last twenty years of “what works”
in clean energy research and innovation programs.
Their six simple “guiding principles” also include the need to channel innovation into
the private sector through formal tech transfer programs, and to think in terms of
lasting knowledge creation rather than ‘quick win’ potential when funding new projects.
10 The authors offer a stark warning to governments and policymakers: learn from and
build on experience before time runs out, rather than constantly reinventing aims and
processes for the sake of political vanity.
“As the window of opportunity to avert dangerous climate change narrows, we
urgently need to take stock of policy initiatives around the world that aim to accelerate
15 new energy technologies and stem greenhouse gas emissions,” said Laura Diaz Anadon,
Professor of Climate Change Policy at the University of Cambridge.
“If we don’t build on the lessons from previous policy successes and failures to
understand what works and why, we risk wasting time and money in a way that we
simply can’t afford,” said Anadon, who authored the new paper with colleagues from
20 the Harvard Kennedy School as well as the University of Minnesota’s Prof Gabriel Chan.
Public investments in energy research have risen since the lows of the mid-1990s
and early 2000s. OECD members spent US$16.6 billion on new energy research and
development (R&D) in 2016 compared to $10b in 2010. The EU and other nations pledged
to double clean energy investment as part of 2015’s Paris Climate Change Agreement.
25 Recently, the UK government set out its own Clean Growth Strategy, committing £2.5
billion between 2015 and 2021, with hundreds of million to be invested in new generations
of small nuclear power stations and offshore wind turbines.
However, Anadon and colleagues point out that government funding for energy
innovation has, in many cases, been highly volatile in the recent past: with political
30 shifts resulting in huge budget fluctuations and process reinventions in the UK and US.
For example, the research team found that every single year between 1990 and
2017, one in five technology areas funded by the US Department of Energy (DoE) saw
a budget shift of more than 30% up or down. The Trump administration’s current plan
is to slash 2018’s energy R&D budget by 35% across the board.
35 “Experimentation has benefits, but also costs,” said Anadon. “Researchers are
having to relearn new processes, people and programmes with every political transition
– wasting time and effort for scientists, companies and policymakers.”
“Rather than repeated overhauls, existing programs should be continuously
evaluated and updated. New programs should only be set up if they fill needs not
currently met.”
40 More autonomy for project selection should be passed to active scientists, who are
“best placed to spot bold but risky opportunities that managers miss,” say the authors
of the new paper.
They point to projects instigated by the US National Labs producing more
commercially-viable technologies than those dictated by DoE headquarters – despite the
45 Labs holding a mere 4% of the DoE’s overall budget.
The six evidence-based guiding principles for clean energy investment are:
• Give researchers and technical experts more autonomy and influence over funding
decisions.
• Build technology transfer into research organisations.
50 • Focus demonstration projects on learning.
• Incentivise international collaboration.
• Adopt an adaptive learning strategy.
• Keep funding stable and predictable.
From US researchers using the pace of Chinese construction markets to test
55 energy reduction technologies, to the UK government harnessing behavioural psychology
to promote energy efficiency, the authors highlight examples of government investment
that helped create or improve clean energy initiatives across the world.
“Let’s learn from experience on how to accelerate the transition to a cleaner, safer
and more affordable 95 energy system,” they write.
Available at: <http://www.sciencedaily.com/releases/2017/12/171206132223.htm>. Retrieved on: 28 Dec
2017. Adapted.
Public investments in energy research have risen since the lows of the mid-1990s
and early 2000s. OECD members spent US$16.6 billion on new energy research and
development (R&D) in 2016 compared to $10b in 2010. The EU and other nations pledged
to double clean energy investment as part of 2015’s Paris Climate Change Agreement.
25 Recently, the UK government set out its own Clean Growth Strategy, committing £2.5
billion between 2015 and 2021, with hundreds of million to be invested in new generations
of small nuclear power stations and offshore wind turbines.
However, Anadon and colleagues point out that government funding for energy
innovation has, in many cases, been highly volatile in the recent past: with political
30 shifts resulting in huge budget fluctuations and process reinventions in the UK and US.
For example, the research team found that every single year between 1990 and
2017, one in five technology areas funded by the US Department of Energy (DoE) saw
a budget shift of more than 30% up or down. The Trump administration’s current plan
is to slash 2018’s energy R&D budget by 35% across the board.
35 “Experimentation has benefits, but also costs,” said Anadon. “Researchers are
having to relearn new processes, people and programmes with every political transition
– wasting time and effort for scientists, companies and policymakers.”
“Rather than repeated overhauls, existing programs should be continuously
evaluated and updated. New programs should only be set up if they fill needs not
currently met.”
40 More autonomy for project selection should be passed to active scientists, who are
“best placed to spot bold but risky opportunities that managers miss,” say the authors
of the new paper.
They point to projects instigated by the US National Labs producing more
commercially-viable technologies than those dictated by DoE headquarters – despite the
45 Labs holding a mere 4% of the DoE’s overall budget.
The six evidence-based guiding principles for clean energy investment are:
• Give researchers and technical experts more autonomy and influence over funding
decisions.
• Build technology transfer into research organisations.
50 • Focus demonstration projects on learning.
• Incentivise international collaboration.
• Adopt an adaptive learning strategy.
• Keep funding stable and predictable.
From US researchers using the pace of Chinese construction markets to test
Public investments in energy research have risen since the lows of the mid-1990s
and early 2000s. OECD members spent US$16.6 billion on new energy research and
development (R&D) in 2016 compared to $10b in 2010. The EU and other nations pledged
to double clean energy investment as part of 2015’s Paris Climate Change Agreement.
25 Recently, the UK government set out its own Clean Growth Strategy, committing £2.5
billion between 2015 and 2021, with hundreds of million to be invested in new generations
of small nuclear power stations and offshore wind turbines.
However, Anadon and colleagues point out that government funding for energy
innovation has, in many cases, been highly volatile in the recent past: with political
30 shifts resulting in huge budget fluctuations and process reinventions in the UK and US.
For example, the research team found that every single year between 1990 and
2017, one in five technology areas funded by the US Department of Energy (DoE) saw
a budget shift of more than 30% up or down. The Trump administration’s current plan
is to slash 2018’s energy R&D budget by 35% across the board.
35 “Experimentation has benefits, but also costs,” said Anadon. “Researchers are
having to relearn new processes, people and programmes with every political transition
– wasting time and effort for scientists, companies and policymakers.”
“Rather than repeated overhauls, existing programs should be continuously
evaluated and updated. New programs should only be set up if they fill needs not
currently met.”
40 More autonomy for project selection should be passed to active scientists, who are
“best placed to spot bold but risky opportunities that managers miss,” say the authors
of the new paper.
They point to projects instigated by the US National Labs producing more
commercially-viable technologies than those dictated by DoE headquarters – despite the
45 Labs holding a mere 4% of the DoE’s overall budget.
The six evidence-based guiding principles for clean energy investment are:
• Give researchers and technical experts more autonomy and influence over funding
decisions.
• Build technology transfer into research organisations.
50 • Focus demonstration projects on learning.
• Incentivise international collaboration.
• Adopt an adaptive learning strategy.
• Keep funding stable and predictable.
From US researchers using the pace of Chinese construction markets to test
55 energy reduction technologies, to the UK government harnessing behavioural psychology
to promote energy efficiency, the authors highlight examples of government investment
that helped create or improve clean energy initiatives across the world.
“Let’s learn from experience on how to accelerate the transition to a cleaner, safer
and more affordable 95 energy system,” they write.
Available at: <http://www.sciencedaily.com/releases/2017/12/171206132223.htm>. Retrieved on: 28 Dec
2017. Adapted.
In the fragment of Text I “we urgently need to take stock of policy initiatives around the
world” (lines 13-14), take stock means to
a) reevaluate controversial decisions.
b) plan ahead to overcome potential difficulties.
c) make an overall assessment of a particular situation.
d) discard unnecessary measures or questionable actions.
e) get rid of all inefficient or superficial solutions to a problem.
Public investments in energy research have risen since the lows of the mid-1990s
and early 2000s. OECD members spent US$16.6 billion on new energy research and
development (R&D) in 2016 compared to $10b in 2010. The EU and other nations pledged
to double clean energy investment as part of 2015’s Paris Climate Change Agreement.
25 Recently, the UK government set out its own Clean Growth Strategy, committing £2.5
billion between 2015 and 2021, with hundreds of million to be invested in new generations
of small nuclear power stations and offshore wind turbines.
However, Anadon and colleagues point out that government funding for energy
innovation has, in many cases, been highly volatile in the recent past: with political
30 shifts resulting in huge budget fluctuations and process reinventions in the UK and US.
For example, the research team found that every single year between 1990 and
2017, one in five technology areas funded by the US Department of Energy (DoE) saw
a budget shift of more than 30% up or down. The Trump administration’s current plan
is to slash 2018’s energy R&D budget by 35% across the board.
35 “Experimentation has benefits, but also costs,” said Anadon. “Researchers are
having to relearn new processes, people and programmes with every political transition
– wasting time and effort for scientists, companies and policymakers.”
“Rather than repeated overhauls, existing programs should be continuously
evaluated and updated. New programs should only be set up if they fill needs not
currently met.”
40 More autonomy for project selection should be passed to active scientists, who are
“best placed to spot bold but risky opportunities that managers miss,” say the authors
of the new paper.
They point to projects instigated by the US National Labs producing more
commercially-viable technologies than those dictated by DoE headquarters – despite the
45 Labs holding a mere 4% of the DoE’s overall budget.
The six evidence-based guiding principles for clean energy investment are:
• Give researchers and technical experts more autonomy and influence over funding
decisions.
• Build technology transfer into research organisations.
50 • Focus demonstration projects on learning.
• Incentivise international collaboration.
• Adopt an adaptive learning strategy.
• Keep funding stable and predictable.
From US researchers using the pace of Chinese construction markets to test
55 energy reduction technologies, to the UK government harnessing behavioural psychology
to promote energy efficiency, the authors highlight examples of government investment
that helped create or improve clean energy initiatives across the world.
“Let’s learn from experience on how to accelerate the transition to a cleaner, safer
and more affordable 95 energy system,” they write.
Available at: <http://www.sciencedaily.com/releases/2017/12/171206132223.htm>. Retrieved on: 28 Dec
2017. Adapted.
d) “more than 30% up or down” (line 33) refers to the budget fluctuations in all technology
areas funded by the US Department of Energy from 1990 to 2017.
e) “by 35%” (line 34) refers to the Trump administration’s estimated increase in the 2018’s
energy R&D budget.
Public investments in energy research have risen since the lows of the mid-1990s
and early 2000s. OECD members spent US$16.6 billion on new energy research and
development (R&D) in 2016 compared to $10b in 2010. The EU and other nations pledged
to double clean energy investment as part of 2015’s Paris Climate Change Agreement.
25 Recently, the UK government set out its own Clean Growth Strategy, committing £2.5
billion between 2015 and 2021, with hundreds of million to be invested in new generations
of small nuclear power stations and offshore wind turbines.
However, Anadon and colleagues point out that government funding for energy
innovation has, in many cases, been highly volatile in the recent past: with political
30 shifts resulting in huge budget fluctuations and process reinventions in the UK and US.
For example, the research team found that every single year between 1990 and
2017, one in five technology areas funded by the US Department of Energy (DoE) saw
a budget shift of more than 30% up or down. The Trump administration’s current plan
is to slash 2018’s energy R&D budget by 35% across the board.
35 “Experimentation has benefits, but also costs,” said Anadon. “Researchers are
having to relearn new processes, people and programmes with every political transition
– wasting time and effort for scientists, companies and policymakers.”
“Rather than repeated overhauls, existing programs should be continuously
evaluated and updated. New programs should only be set up if they fill needs not
currently met.”
40 More autonomy for project selection should be passed to active scientists, who are
“best placed to spot bold but risky opportunities that managers miss,” say the authors
of the new paper.
They point to projects instigated by the US National Labs producing more
commercially-viable technologies than those dictated by DoE headquarters – despite the
45 Labs holding a mere 4% of the DoE’s overall budget.
The six evidence-based guiding principles for clean energy investment are:
• Give researchers and technical experts more autonomy and influence over funding
decisions.
• Build technology transfer into research organisations.
50 • Focus demonstration projects on learning.
• Incentivise international collaboration.
• Adopt an adaptive learning strategy.
• Keep funding stable and predictable.
From US researchers using the pace of Chinese construction markets to test
55 energy reduction technologies, to the UK government harnessing behavioural psychology
to promote energy efficiency, the authors highlight examples of government investment
that helped create or improve clean energy initiatives across the world.
“Let’s learn from experience on how to accelerate the transition to a cleaner, safer
and more affordable 95 energy system,” they write.
Available at: <http://www.sciencedaily.com/releases/2017/12/171206132223.htm>. Retrieved on: 28 Dec
2017. Adapted.
According to Text I, one of the guiding principles for clean energy investment is
a) set clear limits for international cooperation.
b) stimulate short-term funding policies for innovation programs.
c) encourage tech transfer programs among governmental agencies.
d) value the quick-impact of research programs when sponsoring new projects.
e) grant researchers and technical experts greater influence over financial matters.
Public investments in energy research have risen since the lows of the mid-1990s
and early 2000s. OECD members spent US$16.6 billion on new energy research and
development (R&D) in 2016 compared to $10b in 2010. The EU and other nations pledged
to double clean energy investment as part of 2015’s Paris Climate Change Agreement.
25 Recently, the UK government set out its own Clean Growth Strategy, committing £2.5
billion between 2015 and 2021, with hundreds of million to be invested in new generations
of small nuclear power stations and offshore wind turbines.
However, Anadon and colleagues point out that government funding for energy
innovation has, in many cases, been highly volatile in the recent past: with political
30 shifts resulting in huge budget fluctuations and process reinventions in the UK and US.
For example, the research team found that every single year between 1990 and
2017, one in five technology areas funded by the US Department of Energy (DoE) saw
a budget shift of more than 30% up or down. The Trump administration’s current plan
is to slash 2018’s energy R&D budget by 35% across the board.
35 “Experimentation has benefits, but also costs,” said Anadon. “Researchers are
having to relearn new processes, people and programmes with every political transition
– wasting time and effort for scientists, companies and policymakers.”
“Rather than repeated overhauls, existing programs should be continuously
evaluated and updated. New programs should only be set up if they fill needs not
currently met.”
40 More autonomy for project selection should be passed to active scientists, who are
“best placed to spot bold but risky opportunities that managers miss,” say the authors
of the new paper.
They point to projects instigated by the US National Labs producing more
commercially-viable technologies than those dictated by DoE headquarters – despite the
45 Labs holding a mere 4% of the DoE’s overall budget.
The six evidence-based guiding principles for clean energy investment are:
• Give researchers and technical experts more autonomy and influence over funding
decisions.
• Build technology transfer into research organisations.
50 • Focus demonstration projects on learning.
• Incentivise international collaboration.
• Adopt an adaptive learning strategy.
• Keep funding stable and predictable.
From US researchers using the pace of Chinese construction markets to test
55 energy reduction technologies, to the UK government harnessing behavioural psychology
to promote energy efficiency, the authors highlight examples of government investment
that helped create or improve clean energy initiatives across the world.
“Let’s learn from experience on how to accelerate the transition to a cleaner, safer
and more affordable 95 energy system,” they write.
Based on the information presented in Text I, the expression in bold type and the item in
parenthesis are semantically equivalent in
a) “the authors from UK and US institutions have set out guidelines for investment” – lines
4-5 (discarded)
b) “learn from and build on experience before time runs out” – lines 10-11 (prevails)
c) “If we don’t build on the lessons from previous policy successes and failures to understand
what works and why” – lines 17-18 (reject)
d) “Anadon and colleagues point out that government funding for energy innovation has,
in many cases, been highly volatile in the recent past” – lines 28-29 (report)
e) “New programs should only be set up if they fill needs not currently met” – lines 38-39
(canceled)
“If we don’t build on the lessons from previous policy successes and failures to
understand what works and why, we risk wasting time and money in a way that we
simply can’t afford,” said Anadon, who authored the new paper with colleagues from
20 the Harvard Kennedy School as well as the University of Minnesota’s Prof Gabriel Chan.
Public investments in energy research have risen since the lows of the mid-1990s
and early 2000s. OECD members spent US$16.6 billion on new energy research and
development (R&D) in 2016 compared to $10b in 2010. The EU and other nations pledged
to double clean energy investment as part of 2015’s Paris Climate Change Agreement.
25 Recently, the UK government set out its own Clean Growth Strategy, committing £2.5
billion between 2015 and 2021, with hundreds of million to be invested in new generations
of small nuclear power stations and offshore wind turbines.
However, Anadon and colleagues point out that government funding for energy
innovation has, in many cases, been highly volatile in the recent past: with political
30 shifts resulting in huge budget fluctuations and process reinventions in the UK and US.
For example, the research team found that every single year between 1990 and
2017, one in five technology areas funded by the US Department of Energy (DoE) saw
a budget shift of more than 30% up or down. The Trump administration’s current plan
is to slash 2018’s energy R&D budget by 35% across the board.
35 “Experimentation has benefits, but also costs,” said Anadon. “Researchers are
having to relearn new processes, people and programmes with every political transition
– wasting time and effort for scientists, companies and policymakers.”
“Rather than repeated overhauls, existing programs should be continuously
evaluated and updated. New programs should only be set up if they fill needs not
currently met.”
40 More autonomy for project selection should be passed to active scientists, who are
“best placed to spot bold but risky opportunities that managers miss,” say the authors
of the new paper.
They point to projects instigated by the US National Labs producing more
commercially-viable technologies than those dictated by DoE headquarters – despite the
45 Labs holding a mere 4% of the DoE’s overall budget.
The six evidence-based guiding principles for clean energy investment are:
• Give researchers and technical experts more autonomy and influence over funding
decisions.
• Build technology transfer into research organisations.
50 • Focus demonstration projects on learning.
• Incentivise international collaboration.
• Adopt an adaptive learning strategy.
Based on the meanings in Text I, the two items that express synonymous ideas are
a) channel (line 7) – hinder.
b) stark (line 10) – dubious.
c) stem (line 15) – restrain.
d) pledged (line 23) – refused.
e) bold (line 41) – fearful.
“If we don’t build on the lessons from previous policy successes and failures to
understand what works and why, we risk wasting time and money in a way that we
simply can’t afford,” said Anadon, who authored the new paper with colleagues from
20 the Harvard Kennedy School as well as the University of Minnesota’s Prof Gabriel Chan.
Public investments in energy research have risen since the lows of the mid-1990s
and early 2000s. OECD members spent US$16.6 billion on new energy research and
development (R&D) in 2016 compared to $10b in 2010. The EU and other nations pledged
to double clean energy investment as part of 2015’s Paris Climate Change Agreement.
25 Recently, the UK government set out its own Clean Growth Strategy, committing £2.5
billion between 2015 and 2021, with hundreds of million to be invested in new generations
of small nuclear power stations and offshore wind turbines.
However, Anadon and colleagues point out that government funding for energy
innovation has, in many cases, been highly volatile in the recent past: with political
30 shifts resulting in huge budget fluctuations and process reinventions in the UK and US.
For example, the research team found that every single year between 1990 and
2017, one in five technology areas funded by the US Department of Energy (DoE) saw
a budget shift of more than 30% up or down. The Trump administration’s current plan
is to slash 2018’s energy R&D budget by 35% across the board.
35 “Experimentation has benefits, but also costs,” said Anadon. “Researchers are
having to relearn new processes, people and programmes with every political transition
– wasting time and effort for scientists, companies and policymakers.”
“Rather than repeated overhauls, existing programs should be continuously
evaluated and updated. New programs should only be set up if they fill needs not
40 currently met.”
More autonomy for project selection should be passed to active scientists, who are
“best placed to spot bold but risky opportunities that managers miss,” say the authors
of the new paper.
They point to projects instigated by the US National Labs producing more
commercially-viable technologies than those dictated by DoE headquarters – despite the
45 Labs holding a mere 4% of the DoE’s overall budget.
The six evidence-based guiding principles for clean energy investment are:
• Give researchers and technical experts more autonomy and influence over funding
decisions.
• Build technology transfer into research organisations.
50 • Focus demonstration projects on learning.
• Incentivise international collaboration.
• Adopt an adaptive learning strategy.
In the fragment of Text I “Rather than repeated overhauls, existing programs should be
continuously evaluated and updated” (lines 38-39), should be expresses a(n)
a) strong ability.
b) vague necessity.
c) weak probability.
d) future permission.
e) strong recommendation.
in the energy mix is growing; and China’s new economic strategy takes it on a cleaner
growth mode, with implications for global energy markets.
Solar PV is set to lead capacity additions, pushed by deployment in China and India,
20 meanwhile in the European Union, wind becomes the leading source of electricity soon
after 2030.
“Solar is forging ahead in global power markets as it becomes the cheapest source
of electricity generation in many places, including China and India,” said Dr. Fatih Birol,
the IEA’s executive director. “Electric vehicles (EVs) are in the fast lane as a result of
25 government support and declining battery costs but it is far too early to write the
obituary of oil, as growth for trucks, petrochemicals, shipping and aviation keep pushing
demand higher. The US becomes the undisputed leader for oil and gas production for
decades, which represents a major upheaval for international market dynamics.”
These themes — as well as the future role of oil and gas in the energy mix, how
30 clean-energy technologies are deploying, and the need for more investment in CCUS
— were among the key topics discussed by the world’s energy leaders at the IEA’s 2017
Ministerial Meeting in Paris last week.
This year, WEO-2017 includes a special focus on China, where economic and energy
policy changes underway will have a profound impact on the country’s energy mix, and
35 continue to shape global trends. A new phase in the country’s development results in an
economy that is less reliant on heavy industry and coal.
At the same time, a strong emphasis on cleaner energy technologies, in large part
to address poor air quality, is catapulting China to a position as a world leader in wind,
solar, nuclear and electric vehicles and the source of more than a quarter of projected
40 growth in natural gas consumption. As demand growth in China slows, other countries
continue to push overall global demand higher – with India accounting for almost one-
third of global growth to 2040.
The shale oil and gas revolution in the United States continues thanks to the
remarkable ability of producers to unlock new resources in a cost-effective way. By the
45 mid-2020s, the United States is projected to become the world’s largest LNG exporter
and a net oil exporter by the end of that decade.
This is having a major impact on oil and gas markets, challenging incumbent
suppliers and provoking a major reorientation of global trade flows, with consumers
in Asia accounting for more than 70% of global oil and gas imports by 2040. LNG from
50 the United States is also accelerating a major structural shift towards a more flexible
and globalized gas market.
WEO-2017 finds it is too early to write the obituary of oil. Global oil demand continues
to grow to 2040, although at a steadily decreasing pace – while fuel efficiency and
rising electrification bring a peak in oil used for passenger cars, even with a doubling
55 of the car fleet to two billion. But other sectors – namely petrochemicals, trucks, aviation,
and shipping – drive up oil demand to 105 million barrels a day by 2040.
While carbon emissions have flattened in recent years, the report finds that
global energy-related CO2 emissions increase slightly by 2040, but at a slower pace
than in last year’s projections. Still, this is far from enough to avoid severe impacts of
60 climate change.
Available at: https://www.iea.org/newsroom/news/2017/november/a-world-in-transformation-
-world-energy-outlook-2017.html. Retrieved on: 14 Nov. 2017. Adapted.
15 forces: the United States is set to become the undisputed global oil and gas leader;
renewables are being deployed rapidly thanks to falling costs; the share of electricity
in the energy mix is growing; and China’s new economic strategy takes it on a cleaner
growth mode, with implications for global energy markets.
Solar PV is set to lead capacity additions, pushed by deployment in China and India,
20 meanwhile in the European Union, wind becomes the leading source of electricity soon
after 2030.
“Solar is forging ahead in global power markets as it becomes the cheapest source
of electricity generation in many places, including China and India,” said Dr. Fatih Birol,
the IEA’s executive director. “Electric vehicles (EVs) are in the fast lane as a result of
25 government support and declining battery costs but it is far too early to write the
obituary of oil, as growth for trucks, petrochemicals, shipping and aviation keep pushing
demand higher. The US becomes the undisputed leader for oil and gas production for
decades, which represents a major upheaval for international market dynamics.”
These themes — as well as the future role of oil and gas in the energy mix, how
30 clean-energy technologies are deploying, and the need for more investment in CCUS
— were among the key topics discussed by the world’s energy leaders at the IEA’s 2017
Ministerial Meeting in Paris last week.
This year, WEO-2017 includes a special focus on China, where economic and energy
policy changes underway will have a profound impact on the country’s energy mix, and
35 continue to shape global trends. A new phase in the country’s development results in an
economy that is less reliant on heavy industry and coal.
At the same time, a strong emphasis on cleaner energy technologies, in large part
to address poor air quality, is catapulting China to a position as a world leader in wind,
solar, nuclear and electric vehicles and the source of more than a quarter of projected
40 growth in natural gas consumption. As demand growth in China slows, other countries
continue to push overall global demand higher – with India accounting for almost one-
third of global growth to 2040.
The shale oil and gas revolution in the United States continues thanks to the
remarkable ability of producers to unlock new resources in a cost-effective way. By the
45 mid-2020s, the United States is projected to become the world’s largest LNG exporter
and a net oil exporter by the end of that decade.
This is having a major impact on oil and gas markets, challenging incumbent
suppliers and provoking a major reorientation of global trade flows, with consumers
in Asia accounting for more than 70% of global oil and gas imports by 2040. LNG from
50 the United States is also accelerating a major structural shift towards a more flexible
and globalized gas market.
WEO-2017 finds it is too early to write the obituary of oil. Global oil demand continues
to grow to 2040, although at a steadily decreasing pace – while fuel efficiency and
rising electrification bring a peak in oil used for passenger cars, even with a doubling
55 of the car fleet to two billion. But other sectors – namely petrochemicals, trucks, aviation,
and shipping – drive up oil demand to 105 million barrels a day by 2040.
While carbon emissions have flattened in recent years, the report finds that
global energy-related CO2 emissions increase slightly by 2040, but at a slower pace
than in last year’s projections. Still, this is far from enough to avoid severe impacts of
60 climate change.
Available at: https://www.iea.org/newsroom/news/2017/november/a-world-in-transformation-
-world-energy-outlook-2017.html. Retrieved on: 14 Nov. 2017. Adapted.
According to Text I, one of the themes discussed at the IEA’s 2017 Ministerial Meeting in
Paris was the
a) insufficient investment in clean-energy technologies.
b) inadequate use of solar energy in global power markets.
c) necessary increase in investment in carbon capture, utilization and storage.
d) questionable leadership of the US in the areas of oil and gas production.
e) limited use of EVs due to battery prices and lack of financial help from the government.
15 forces: the United States is set to become the undisputed global oil and gas leader;
renewables are being deployed rapidly thanks to falling costs; the share of electricity
in the energy mix is growing; and China’s new economic strategy takes it on a cleaner
growth mode, with implications for global energy markets.
Solar PV is set to lead capacity additions, pushed by deployment in China and India,
20 meanwhile in the European Union, wind becomes the leading source of electricity soon
after 2030.
“Solar is forging ahead in global power markets as it becomes the cheapest source
of electricity generation in many places, including China and India,” said Dr. Fatih Birol,
the IEA’s executive director. “Electric vehicles (EVs) are in the fast lane as a result of
25 government support and declining battery costs but it is far too early to write the
obituary of oil, as growth for trucks, petrochemicals, shipping and aviation keep pushing
demand higher. The US becomes the undisputed leader for oil and gas production for
decades, which represents a major upheaval for international market dynamics.”
These themes — as well as the future role of oil and gas in the energy mix, how
30 clean-energy technologies are deploying, and the need for more investment in CCUS
— were among the key topics discussed by the world’s energy leaders at the IEA’s 2017
Ministerial Meeting in Paris last week.
This year, WEO-2017 includes a special focus on China, where economic and energy
policy changes underway will have a profound impact on the country’s energy mix, and
35 continue to shape global trends. A new phase in the country’s development results in an
economy that is less reliant on heavy industry and coal.
At the same time, a strong emphasis on cleaner energy technologies, in large part
to address poor air quality, is catapulting China to a position as a world leader in wind,
solar, nuclear and electric vehicles and the source of more than a quarter of projected
40 growth in natural gas consumption. As demand growth in China slows, other countries
continue to push overall global demand higher – with India accounting for almost one-
third of global growth to 2040.
The shale oil and gas revolution in the United States continues thanks to the
remarkable ability of producers to unlock new resources in a cost-effective way. By the
45 mid-2020s, the United States is projected to become the world’s largest LNG exporter
and a net oil exporter by the end of that decade.
This is having a major impact on oil and gas markets, challenging incumbent
suppliers and provoking a major reorientation of global trade flows, with consumers
in Asia accounting for more than 70% of global oil and gas imports by 2040. LNG from
50 the United States is also accelerating a major structural shift towards a more flexible
and globalized gas market.
WEO-2017 finds it is too early to write the obituary of oil. Global oil demand continues
to grow to 2040, although at a steadily decreasing pace – while fuel efficiency and
rising electrification bring a peak in oil used for passenger cars, even with a doubling
55 of the car fleet to two billion. But other sectors – namely petrochemicals, trucks, aviation,
and shipping – drive up oil demand to 105 million barrels a day by 2040.
While carbon emissions have flattened in recent years, the report finds that
global energy-related CO2 emissions increase slightly by 2040, but at a slower pace
than in last year’s projections. Still, this is far from enough to avoid severe impacts of
60 climate change.
Available at: https://www.iea.org/newsroom/news/2017/november/a-world-in-transformation-
-world-energy-outlook-2017.html. Retrieved on: 14 Nov. 2017. Adapted.
— but still half as much as it would have been without efficiency improvements. The
10 boom years for coal are over — in the absence of large-scale carbon capture, utilization
and storage (CCUS) — and rising oil demand slows down but is not reversed before 2040
even as electric-car sales rise steeply.
WEO-2017, the International Energy Agency (IEA)’s flagship publication, finds that
over the next two decades the global energy system is being reshaped by four major
15 forces: the United States is set to become the undisputed global oil and gas leader;
renewables are being deployed rapidly thanks to falling costs; the share of electricity
in the energy mix is growing; and China’s new economic strategy takes it on a cleaner
growth mode, with implications for global energy markets.
Solar PV is set to lead capacity additions, pushed by deployment in China and India,
20 meanwhile in the European Union, wind becomes the leading source of electricity soon
after 2030.
“Solar is forging ahead in global power markets as it becomes the cheapest source
of electricity generation in many places, including China and India,” said Dr. Fatih Birol,
the IEA’s executive director. “Electric vehicles (EVs) are in the fast lane as a result of
25 government support and declining battery costs but it is far too early to write the
obituary of oil, as growth for trucks, petrochemicals, shipping and aviation keep pushing
demand higher. The US becomes the undisputed leader for oil and gas production for
decades, which represents a major upheaval for international market dynamics.”
These themes — as well as the future role of oil and gas in the energy mix, how
30 clean-energy technologies are deploying, and the need for more investment in CCUS
— were among the key topics discussed by the world’s energy leaders at the IEA’s 2017
Ministerial Meeting in Paris last week.
This year, WEO-2017 includes a special focus on China, where economic and energy
policy changes underway will have a profound impact on the country’s energy mix, and
35 continue to shape global trends. A new phase in the country’s development results in an
economy that is less reliant on heavy industry and coal.
At the same time, a strong emphasis on cleaner energy technologies, in large part
to address poor air quality, is catapulting China to a position as a world leader in wind,
solar, nuclear and electric vehicles and the source of more than a quarter of projected
40 growth in natural gas consumption. As demand growth in China slows, other countries
continue to push overall global demand higher – with India accounting for almost one-
third of global growth to 2040.
The shale oil and gas revolution in the United States continues thanks to the
remarkable ability of producers to unlock new resources in a cost-effective way. By the
45 mid-2020s, the United States is projected to become the world’s largest LNG exporter
In the fragment “Still, this is far from enough to avoid severe impacts of climate change”
(lines 59-60), Still can be replaced, without changing the meaning of the sentence, by
a) Therefore.
b) Furthermore.
c) Nevertheless.
d) In other words.
e) Because of that.
10 new ship designs, equipment, propulsion systems and alternative fuels to achieve the
CO2 reduction goals established by the Paris Agreement on climate change, and the
specific objectives to be established for international shipping by the IMO (International
Maritime Organization), a specialized agency of the United Nations, as part of its GHG
(greenhouse gas) reduction strategy.
15 It was agreed that the industry needs to use all available technology to a much
greater extent, and increase technological innovation to reduce CO2 emissions to the
ambitious degree required by the international community.
The Tripartite forum has therefore established inter-industry working groups
with the aim of developing a better understanding of current R&D (research and
20 development) efforts for the new technologies needed by the shipping sector to realize
its vision for zero CO2 emissions this century.
The participants hope that the general understandings reached at the meeting
will send an important signal to all industry stakeholders about the vital role that
everyone must play to deliver the continuous improvement of shipping’s environmental
25 performance now demanded by global society.
The critical importance of the safety of seafarers and ships which they operate
were also part of the meeting’s agenda. As explained, there are increasing concerns
that new regulations governing ship designs aimed at further reducing CO2 emissions
could potentially have adverse effects on the safe operation of ships.
30 One example would be any legal requirements that led to a further reduction of
engine power. The concern is that ships could get into problems during bad weather
if the engine is insufficiently powered, putting both the crew and the environment at
serious risk.
Moreover, recent cyber attacks have increased awareness of potential threats
35 facing the industry. When it comes to ship design and construction, it was generally
agreed that the industry needs to adopt new methods and standards to create more
resilient digital systems on board. A more layered approach to a ship’s digital system and
greater segregation can increase safety, so that a single attack cannot readily spread to
IT (information technology) and other systems both on board the ship and ashore.
40 The Tripartite forum agreed that in advance of its next meeting in Korea in 2018,
the industry partners represented at Tripartite will work together to develop new design
standards, which will help raise the resilience of ships’ digital systems and make them
more resistant to possible cyber-attacks.
Available at: <http://worldmaritimenews.com/archives/236231/forum-industry-needs-to-design-ships-
-differently/>. Retrieved on: Dec. 2, 2017. Adapted.
In the fragment “The critical importance of the safety of seafarers and ships which they
operate were also part of the meeting’s agenda” (lines 27-28), which refers to
a) importance (line 26).
b) seafarers (line 26).
c) ships (line 26).
d) agenda (line 27).
e) regulations (line 28).
CO2 reduction goals established by the Paris Agreement on climate change, and the
specific objectives to be established for international shipping by the IMO (International
Maritime Organization), a specialized agency of the United Nations, as part of its GHG
(greenhouse gas) reduction strategy.
15 It was agreed that the industry needs to use all available technology to a much
greater extent, and increase technological innovation to reduce CO2 emissions to the
ambitious degree required by the international community.
The Tripartite forum has therefore established inter-industry working groups
with the aim of developing a better understanding of current R&D (research and
20 development) efforts for the new technologies needed by the shipping sector to realize
The critical importance of the safety of seafarers and ships which they operate
were also part of the meeting’s agenda. As explained, there are increasing concerns
that new regulations governing ship designs aimed at further reducing CO2 emissions
could potentially have adverse effects on the safe operation of ships.
30 One example would be any legal requirements that led to a further reduction of
engine power. The concern is that ships could get into problems during bad weather
if the engine is insufficiently powered, putting both the crew and the environment at
serious risk.
Moreover, recent cyber attacks have increased awareness of potential threats
35 facing the industry. When it comes to ship design and construction, it was generally
agreed that the industry needs to adopt new methods and standards to create more
resilient digital systems on board. A more layered approach to a ship’s digital system and
greater segregation can increase safety, so that a single attack cannot readily spread to
IT (information technology) and other systems both on board the ship and ashore.
40 The Tripartite forum agreed that in advance of its next meeting in Korea in 2018,
the industry partners represented at Tripartite will work together to develop new design
standards, which will help raise the resilience of ships’ digital systems and make them
more resistant to possible cyber-attacks.
Available at: <http://worldmaritimenews.com/archives/236231/forum-industry-needs-to-design-ships-
-differently/>. Retrieved on: Dec. 2, 2017. Adapted.
In the fragment “Moreover, recent cyber attacks have increased awareness of potential
threats facing the industry” (lines 34-35), Moreover can be replaced, without change in
meaning, by
a) But.
b) Finally.
c) However.
d) In addition.
e) As a result.
CO2 reduction goals established by the Paris Agreement on climate change, and the
specific objectives to be established for international shipping by the IMO (International
Maritime Organization), a specialized agency of the United Nations, as part of its GHG
(greenhouse gas) reduction strategy.
15 It was agreed that the industry needs to use all available technology to a much
greater extent, and increase technological innovation to reduce CO2 emissions to the
ambitious degree required by the international community.
The Tripartite forum has therefore established inter-industry working groups
with the aim of developing a better understanding of current R&D (research and
20 development) efforts for the new technologies needed by the shipping sector to realize
The critical importance of the safety of seafarers and ships which they operate
were also part of the meeting’s agenda. As explained, there are increasing concerns
that new regulations governing ship designs aimed at further reducing CO2 emissions
could potentially have adverse effects on the safe operation of ships.
30 One example would be any legal requirements that led to a further reduction of
engine power. The concern is that ships could get into problems during bad weather
if the engine is insufficiently powered, putting both the crew and the environment at
serious risk.
Based on the meanings in the text, the two items express similar ideas in
a) “innovative” (line 2) – traditional.
b) “continuous” (line 24) – endless.
c) “concern” (line 31) – comfort.
d) “resilient” (line 37) – weak.
e) “raise” (line 42) – diminish.
general clerical help — data entry keyers, file clerks, mail handlers, and messengers —
just as any other business does.
Education and Training Requirements
20 Bank clerks usually need a high school education with an emphasis on basic skills
in typing, bookkeeping, and business math. Knowledge of computers and business
machines is also helpful. Prospective bank workers may be tested on their clerical skills
when they are interviewed. Most banks provide new employees with on-the-job training.
Getting the Job
25 Sometimes bank recruiters visit high schools to look for future employees. High
school placement offices can tell students whether this is the practice at their school. If
not, prospective bank workers can apply directly to local banks through their personnel
departments. Bank jobs may be listed with state and private employment agencies.
Candidates can also check Internet job sites and the classified ads in local newspapers
30 as well.
Advancement Possibilities and Employment Outlook
Banks prefer to promote their employees rather than hire new workers for jobs
that require experience. Clerks frequently become tellers or supervisors. Many banks
encourage their employees to further their education at night.
35 According to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, employment of bank clerks was
expected to decline through the year 2014, because many banks are electronically
automating their systems and eliminating paperwork as well as many clerical
tasks. Workers with knowledge of data processing and computers will have the
best opportunities. In addition to jobs created through expansion, openings at the
40 clerical level often occur as workers move up to positions of greater responsibility.
Working Conditions
Although banks usually provide a pleasant working atmosphere, clerks often
work alone, at times performing repetitive tasks. Bank clerks generally work between
thirty-five and forty hours per week, but they may be expected to take on evening and
45 Saturday shifts depending on bank hours.
Earnings and Benefits
The salaries of bank clerks vary widely depending on the size and location of the
bank and the clerk’s experience. According to the Bureau of Labor Statistics, median
salaries ranged from $23,317 to $27,310 per year in 2004 depending on experience
45 and title. Generally, loan clerks are on the high end of this range, whereas general office
clerks are on the lower end.
Banks typically offer their employees excellent benefits. Besides paid vacations
and more than the usual number of paid holidays, employees may receive health and
life insurance and participate in pension and profit-sharing plans. Some banks provide
50 financial aid so that workers can continue their education.
Available at: <http://careers.stateuniversity.com/pages/151/Bank-Clerk.html>. Retrieved on: Aug. 22,
2017. Adapted.
when they are interviewed. Most banks provide new employees with on-the-job training.
Getting the Job
25 Sometimes bank recruiters visit high schools to look for future employees. High
school placement offices can tell students whether this is the practice at their school. If
not, prospective bank workers can apply directly to local banks through their personnel
departments. Bank jobs may be listed with state and private employment agencies.
Candidates can also check Internet job sites and the classified ads in local newspapers
30 as well.
Advancement Possibilities and Employment Outlook
Banks prefer to promote their employees rather than hire new workers for jobs
that require experience. Clerks frequently become tellers or supervisors. Many banks
encourage their employees to further their education at night.
35 According to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, employment of bank clerks was
expected to decline through the year 2014, because many banks are electronically
automating their systems and eliminating paperwork as well as many clerical
tasks. Workers with knowledge of data processing and computers will have the
best opportunities. In addition to jobs created through expansion, openings at the
40 clerical level often occur as workers move up to positions of greater responsibility.
Working Conditions
Although banks usually provide a pleasant working atmosphere, clerks often
work alone, at times performing repetitive tasks. Bank clerks generally work between
thirty-five and forty hours per week, but they may be expected to take on evening and
45 Saturday shifts depending on bank hours.
Earnings and Benefits
The salaries of bank clerks vary widely depending on the size and location of the
bank and the clerk’s experience. According to the Bureau of Labor Statistics, median
salaries ranged from $23,317 to $27,310 per year in 2004 depending on experience
45 and title. Generally, loan clerks are on the high end of this range, whereas general office
clerks are on the lower end.
Banks typically offer their employees excellent benefits. Besides paid vacations
and more than the usual number of paid holidays, employees may receive health and
life insurance and participate in pension and profit-sharing plans. Some banks provide
50 financial aid so that workers can continue their education.
Available at: <http://careers.stateuniversity.com/pages/151/Bank-Clerk.html>. Retrieved on: Aug. 22,
2017. Adapted.
In “Candidates can also check Internet job sites and the classified ads in local newspapers
as well” (lines 29-30), the modal verb can is replaced, without change in meaning, by
a) should.
b) must.
c) will.
d) may.
e) need.
departments. Bank jobs may be listed with state and private employment agencies.
Candidates can also check Internet job sites and the classified ads in local newspapers
30 as well.
Advancement Possibilities and Employment Outlook
Banks prefer to promote their employees rather than hire new workers for jobs
that require experience. Clerks frequently become tellers or supervisors. Many banks
encourage their employees to further their education at night.
35 According to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, employment of bank clerks was
expected to decline through the year 2014, because many banks are electronically
automating their systems and eliminating paperwork as well as many clerical
tasks. Workers with knowledge of data processing and computers will have the
best opportunities. In addition to jobs created through expansion, openings at the
40 clerical level often occur as workers move up to positions of greater responsibility.
Working Conditions
Although banks usually provide a pleasant working atmosphere, clerks often
work alone, at times performing repetitive tasks. Bank clerks generally work between
thirty-five and forty hours per week, but they may be expected to take on evening and
45 Saturday shifts depending on bank hours.
Earnings and Benefits
The salaries of bank clerks vary widely depending on the size and location of the
bank and the clerk’s experience. According to the Bureau of Labor Statistics, median
salaries ranged from $23,317 to $27,310 per year in 2004 depending on experience
45 and title. Generally, loan clerks are on the high end of this range, whereas general office
clerks are on the lower end.
Banks typically offer their employees excellent benefits. Besides paid vacations
and more than the usual number of paid holidays, employees may receive health and
life insurance and participate in pension and profit-sharing plans. Some banks provide
50 financial aid so that workers can continue their education.
Available at: <http://careers.stateuniversity.com/pages/151/Bank-Clerk.html>. Retrieved on: Aug. 22,
2017. Adapted.
The fragment “Banks simplify people’s lives, but the business of banking is anything but
simple” (line 2) means that banking is a(n)
a) ordinary occupation.
b) elementary job.
c) complex activity.
d) trivial profession.
e) easy business.
35 According to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, employment of bank clerks was
expected to decline through the year 2014, because many banks are electronically
automating their systems and eliminating paperwork as well as many clerical
tasks. Workers with knowledge of data processing and computers will have the
best opportunities. In addition to jobs created through expansion, openings at the
40 clerical level often occur as workers move up to positions of greater responsibility.
Working Conditions
Although banks usually provide a pleasant working atmosphere, clerks often
work alone, at times performing repetitive tasks. Bank clerks generally work between
thirty-five and forty hours per week, but they may be expected to take on evening and
45 Saturday shifts depending on bank hours.
Earnings and Benefits
The salaries of bank clerks vary widely depending on the size and location of the
bank and the clerk’s experience. According to the Bureau of Labor Statistics, median
salaries ranged from $23,317 to $27,310 per year in 2004 depending on experience
45 and title. Generally, loan clerks are on the high end of this range, whereas general office
clerks are on the lower end.
Banks typically offer their employees excellent benefits. Besides paid vacations
and more than the usual number of paid holidays, employees may receive health and
life insurance and participate in pension and profit-sharing plans. Some banks provide
50 financial aid so that workers can continue their education.
Available at: <http://careers.stateuniversity.com/pages/151/Bank-Clerk.html>. Retrieved on: Aug. 22,
2017. Adapted.
In the sentence of the text “Generally, loan clerks are on the high end of this range, whereas
general office clerks are on the lower end” (lines 45-46), the word whereas
a) expresses a contrast.
b) highlights a problem.
c) imposes a condition.
d) introduces an example.
e) points out a solution.
35 According to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, employment of bank clerks was
expected to decline through the year 2014, because many banks are electronically
automating their systems and eliminating paperwork as well as many clerical
tasks. Workers with knowledge of data processing and computers will have the
best opportunities. In addition to jobs created through expansion, openings at the
40 clerical level often occur as workers move up to positions of greater responsibility.
Working Conditions
Although banks usually provide a pleasant working atmosphere, clerks often
work alone, at times performing repetitive tasks. Bank clerks generally work between
thirty-five and forty hours per week, but they may be expected to take on evening and
45 Saturday shifts depending on bank hours.
Earnings and Benefits
The salaries of bank clerks vary widely depending on the size and location of the
bank and the clerk’s experience. According to the Bureau of Labor Statistics, median
salaries ranged from $23,317 to $27,310 per year in 2004 depending on experience
45 and title. Generally, loan clerks are on the high end of this range, whereas general office
clerks are on the lower end.
Banks typically offer their employees excellent benefits. Besides paid vacations
and more than the usual number of paid holidays, employees may receive health and
life insurance and participate in pension and profit-sharing plans. Some banks provide
50 financial aid so that workers can continue their education.
Available at: <http://careers.stateuniversity.com/pages/151/Bank-Clerk.html>. Retrieved on: Aug. 22,
2017. Adapted.
In “In addition to these specialists, banks need general clerical help” (lines 16-17), the
phrase these specialists refers to
a) “messengers” (line 17).
b) “mail handlers” (line 17).
c) “proof operators” (lines 14-15) and “bookkeeping clerks” (line 15).
d) “data entry keyers” (line 17).
e) “file clerks” (line 17).
40 per cent of all the oil traded globally. The threat to stability is all the greater given
that Iran is likely to win any such clash and to treat the result as a licence to reassert its
influence in the region.
The second question is how rapidly production of oil from shale rock will grow in
15 the US — 2017 has seen an increase of 600,000 barrels a day to over 6m. The increase
in global prices over the past six months has made output from almost all America’s
producing areas commercially viable and drilling activity is rising. A comparable
increase in 2018 would offset most of the current OPEC production cuts and either
force another quota reduction or push prices down.
20 The third question concerns China. For the last three years the country has managed
to deliver economic growth with only minimal increases in energy consumption.
Growth was probably lower than the claimed numbers — the Chinese do not like to
admit that they, too, are subject to economic cycles and recessions — but even so the
achievement is considerable. The question is whether the trend can be continued. If it
25 can, the result will limit global demand growth for oil, gas and coal.
China, which accounts for a quarter of the world’s daily energy use, is the swing
consumer. If energy efficiency gains continue, CO2 emissions will remain flat or even
fall. The country’s economy is changing and moving away from heavy industry fuelled
largely by coal to a more service-based one, with a more varied fuel mix. But the pace
30 of that shift is uncertain and some recent data suggests that as economic growth has
picked up, so has consumption of oil and coal. Beijing has high ambitions for a much cle-
aner energy economy, driven not least by the levels of air pollution in many of the major
cities; 2018 will show how much progress they are making.
The fourth question is, if anything, the most important. How fast can renewables
35 grow? The last few years have seen dramatic reductions in costs and strong increase in
supply. The industry has had a great year, with bids from offshore wind for capacity
auctions in the UK and elsewhere at record low levels. Wind is approaching grid parity —
the moment when it can compete without subsidies. Solar is also thriving: according to the
International Energy Agency, costs have fallen by 70 per cent since 2010 not least because
40 of advances in China, which now accounts for 60 per cent of total solar cell manufacturing
capacity. The question is how rapidly all those gains can be translated into electric supply.
Renewables, including hydro, accounted for just 5 per cent of global daily energy
supply according to the IEA’s latest data. That is increasing — solar photovoltaic
capacity grew by 50 per cent in 2016 — but to make a real difference the industry needs
45 a period of expansion comparable in scale to the growth of personal computing and
mobile phones in the 1990s and 2000s.
The problem is that the industry remains fragmented. Most renewable companies
are small and local, and in many cases undercapitalised; some are built to collect
subsidies. A radical change will be necessary to make the industry global and capable of
50 competing on the scale necessary to displace coal and natural gas. The coming year will
show us whether it is ready for that challenge.
In many ways, the energy business is at a moment of change and transition. Every
reader will have their own view on each of the four questions. To me, the prospect is
of supply continuing to outpace demand. If that is right, the surge in oil prices over
55 the past two months is a temporary and unsustainable phenomenon. It would take
another Middle East war to change the equation. Unfortunately, that is all too possible.
Available at: <https://www.ft.com/content/c9bdc750-ec85-11e7-8713-513b1d7ca85a>. Retrieved on:
Feb 18, 2018. Adapted.
In the fragment “The threat to stability is all the greater given that Iran is likely to win any
such clash and to treat the result as a licence to reassert its influence in the region” (lines
11-13), given that can be replaced, without change in meaning, by
a) even so.
b) even though.
c) despite the fact that.
d) because of the fact that.
e) taking into account that.
40 per cent of all the oil traded globally. The threat to stability is all the greater given
that Iran is likely to win any such clash and to treat the result as a licence to reassert its
influence in the region.
The second question is how rapidly production of oil from shale rock will grow in
15 the US — 2017 has seen an increase of 600,000 barrels a day to over 6m. The increase
in global prices over the past six months has made output from almost all America’s
producing areas commercially viable and drilling activity is rising. A comparable
increase in 2018 would offset most of the current OPEC production cuts and either
force another quota reduction or push prices down.
20 The third question concerns China. For the last three years the country has managed
to deliver economic growth with only minimal increases in energy consumption.
Growth was probably lower than the claimed numbers — the Chinese do not like to
admit that they, too, are subject to economic cycles and recessions — but even so the
achievement is considerable. The question is whether the trend can be continued. If it
25 can, the result will limit global demand growth for oil, gas and coal.
China, which accounts for a quarter of the world’s daily energy use, is the swing
consumer. If energy efficiency gains continue, CO2 emissions will remain flat or even
fall. The country’s economy is changing and moving away from heavy industry fuelled
largely by coal to a more service-based one, with a more varied fuel mix. But the pace
30 of that shift is uncertain and some recent data suggests that as economic growth has
picked up, so has consumption of oil and coal. Beijing has high ambitions for a much cle-
aner energy economy, driven not least by the levels of air pollution in many of the major
cities; 2018 will show how much progress they are making.
The fourth question is, if anything, the most important. How fast can renewables
35 grow? The last few years have seen dramatic reductions in costs and strong increase in
supply. The industry has had a great year, with bids from offshore wind for capacity
auctions in the UK and elsewhere at record low levels. Wind is approaching grid parity —
the moment when it can compete without subsidies. Solar is also thriving: according to the
International Energy Agency, costs have fallen by 70 per cent since 2010 not least because
40 of advances in China, which now accounts for 60 per cent of total solar cell manufacturing
capacity. The question is how rapidly all those gains can be translated into electric supply.
Renewables, including hydro, accounted for just 5 per cent of global daily energy
supply according to the IEA’s latest data. That is increasing — solar photovoltaic
capacity grew by 50 per cent in 2016 — but to make a real difference the industry needs
45 a period of expansion comparable in scale to the growth of personal computing and
mobile phones in the 1990s and 2000s.
The problem is that the industry remains fragmented. Most renewable companies
are small and local, and in many cases undercapitalised; some are built to collect
subsidies. A radical change will be necessary to make the industry global and capable of
50 competing on the scale necessary to displace coal and natural gas. The coming year will
show us whether it is ready for that challenge.
In many ways, the energy business is at a moment of change and transition. Every
reader will have their own view on each of the four questions. To me, the prospect is
of supply continuing to outpace demand. If that is right, the surge in oil prices over
55 the past two months is a temporary and unsustainable phenomenon. It would take
another Middle East war to change the equation. Unfortunately, that is all too possible.
Available at: <https://www.ft.com/content/c9bdc750-ec85-11e7-8713-513b1d7ca85a>. Retrieved on:
Feb 18, 2018. Adapted.
The production of oil from shale rock in the US is mentioned in paragraph 4 (lines 14-19)
because in 2018 it
a) can rapidly achieve the record level of 6 million barrels a day.
b) will certainly reach higher levels than those announced in 2017.
c) will make output from America’s producing areas commercially viable in 2018.
d) might compensate for present OPEC production cuts and cause a decrease in oil prices.
e) is going to have devastating effects on the drilling activity in the country in the near
future.
40 per cent of all the oil traded globally. The threat to stability is all the greater given
that Iran is likely to win any such clash and to treat the result as a licence to reassert its
influence in the region.
The second question is how rapidly production of oil from shale rock will grow in
15 the US — 2017 has seen an increase of 600,000 barrels a day to over 6m. The increase
in global prices over the past six months has made output from almost all America’s
producing areas commercially viable and drilling activity is rising. A comparable
increase in 2018 would offset most of the current OPEC production cuts and either
force another quota reduction or push prices down.
20 The third question concerns China. For the last three years the country has managed
to deliver economic growth with only minimal increases in energy consumption.
Growth was probably lower than the claimed numbers — the Chinese do not like to
admit that they, too, are subject to economic cycles and recessions — but even so the
achievement is considerable. The question is whether the trend can be continued. If it
25 can, the result will limit global demand growth for oil, gas and coal.
China, which accounts for a quarter of the world’s daily energy use, is the swing
consumer. If energy efficiency gains continue, CO2 emissions will remain flat or even
fall. The country’s economy is changing and moving away from heavy industry fuelled
largely by coal to a more service-based one, with a more varied fuel mix. But the pace
30 of that shift is uncertain and some recent data suggests that as economic growth has
picked up, so has consumption of oil and coal. Beijing has high ambitions for a much cle-
aner energy economy, driven not least by the levels of air pollution in many of the major
cities; 2018 will show how much progress they are making.
The fourth question is, if anything, the most important. How fast can renewables
35 grow? The last few years have seen dramatic reductions in costs and strong increase in
supply. The industry has had a great year, with bids from offshore wind for capacity
auctions in the UK and elsewhere at record low levels. Wind is approaching grid parity
— the moment when it can compete without subsidies. Solar is also thriving: according
to the International Energy Agency, costs have fallen by 70 per cent since 2010 not
40 least because of advances in China, which now accounts for 60 per cent of total solar
cell manufacturing capacity. The question is how rapidly all those gains can be transla-
ted into electric supply.
Renewables, including hydro, accounted for just 5 per cent of global daily energy
supply according to the IEA’s latest data. That is increasing — solar photovoltaic
45 capacity grew by 50 per cent in 2016 — but to make a real difference the industry needs
a period of expansion comparable in scale to the growth of personal computing and
mobile phones in the 1990s and 2000s.
The problem is that the industry remains fragmented. Most renewable companies
are small and local, and in many cases undercapitalised; some are built to collect
50 subsidies. A radical change will be necessary to make the industry global and capable of
competing on the scale necessary to displace coal and natural gas. The coming year
will show us whether it is ready for that challenge.
In many ways, the energy business is at a moment of change and transition. Every
reader will have their own view on each of the four questions. To me, the prospect is
55 of supply continuing to outpace demand. If that is right, the surge in oil prices over
the past two months is a temporary and unsustainable phenomenon. It would take
another Middle East war to change the equation. Unfortunately, that is all too possible.
Available at: <https://www.ft.com/content/c9bdc750-ec85-11e7-8713-513b1d7ca85a>. Retrieved on:
Feb 18, 2018. Adapted.
40 per cent of all the oil traded globally. The threat to stability is all the greater given
that Iran is likely to win any such clash and to treat the result as a licence to reassert its
influence in the region.
The second question is how rapidly production of oil from shale rock will grow in
15 the US — 2017 has seen an increase of 600,000 barrels a day to over 6m. The increase
in global prices over the past six months has made output from almost all America’s
producing areas commercially viable and drilling activity is rising. A comparable
increase in 2018 would offset most of the current OPEC production cuts and either
force another quota reduction or push prices down.
20 The third question concerns China. For the last three years the country has managed
to deliver economic growth with only minimal increases in energy consumption.
Growth was probably lower than the claimed numbers — the Chinese do not like to
admit that they, too, are subject to economic cycles and recessions — but even so the
achievement is considerable. The question is whether the trend can be continued. If it
25 can, the result will limit global demand growth for oil, gas and coal.
China, which accounts for a quarter of the world’s daily energy use, is the swing
consumer. If energy efficiency gains continue, CO2 emissions will remain flat or even
fall. The country’s economy is changing and moving away from heavy industry fuelled
largely by coal to a more service-based one, with a more varied fuel mix. But the pace
30 of that shift is uncertain and some recent data suggests that as economic growth has
picked up, so has consumption of oil and coal. Beijing has high ambitions for a much cle-
aner energy economy, driven not least by the levels of air pollution in many of the major
cities; 2018 will show how much progress they are making.
The fourth question is, if anything, the most important. How fast can renewables
35 grow? The last few years have seen dramatic reductions in costs and strong increase in
supply. The industry has had a great year, with bids from offshore wind for capacity
auctions in the UK and elsewhere at record low levels. Wind is approaching grid parity —
the moment when it can compete without subsidies. Solar is also thriving: according to the
International Energy Agency, costs have fallen by 70 per cent since 2010 not least because
40 of advances in China, which now accounts for 60 per cent of total solar cell manufacturing
capacity. The question is how rapidly all those gains can be translated into electric supply.
Renewables, including hydro, accounted for just 5 per cent of global daily energy
supply according to the IEA’s latest data. That is increasing — solar photovoltaic
capacity grew by 50 per cent in 2016 — but to make a real difference the industry needs
45 a period of expansion comparable in scale to the growth of personal computing and
mobile phones in the 1990s and 2000s.
The problem is that the industry remains fragmented. Most renewable companies
are small and local, and in many cases undercapitalised; some are built to collect
subsidies. A radical change will be necessary to make the industry global and capable of
50 competing on the scale necessary to displace coal and natural gas. The coming year will
show us whether it is ready for that challenge.
In many ways, the energy business is at a moment of change and transition. Every
reader will have their own view on each of the four questions. To me, the prospect is
of supply continuing to outpace demand. If that is right, the surge in oil prices over
55 the past two months is a temporary and unsustainable phenomenon. It would take
another Middle East war to change the equation. Unfortunately, that is all too possible.
Available at: <https://www.ft.com/content/c9bdc750-ec85-11e7-8713-513b1d7ca85a>. Retrieved on:
Feb 18, 2018. Adapted.
Based on the meanings of the words in the text, it can be said that
a) “rife” (line 7) and scarce express similar ideas.
b) “claimed” (line 22) can be replaced by hidden.
c) “flat” (line 27) and high express similar ideas.
d) “thriving” (line 38) and developing are synonyms.
e) “surge” (line 54) and increase are antonyms.
40 per cent of all the oil traded globally. The threat to stability is all the greater given
that Iran is likely to win any such clash and to treat the result as a licence to reassert its
influence in the region.
The second question is how rapidly production of oil from shale rock will grow in
15 the US — 2017 has seen an increase of 600,000 barrels a day to over 6m. The increase
in global prices over the past six months has made output from almost all America’s
producing areas commercially viable and drilling activity is rising. A comparable
increase in 2018 would offset most of the current OPEC production cuts and either
force another quota reduction or push prices down.
20 The third question concerns China. For the last three years the country has managed
to deliver economic growth with only minimal increases in energy consumption.
Growth was probably lower than the claimed numbers — the Chinese do not like to
admit that they, too, are subject to economic cycles and recessions — but even so the
achievement is considerable. The question is whether the trend can be continued. If it
25 can, the result will limit global demand growth for oil, gas and coal.
China, which accounts for a quarter of the world’s daily energy use, is the swing
consumer. If energy efficiency gains continue, CO2 emissions will remain flat or even
fall. The country’s economy is changing and moving away from heavy industry fuelled
largely by coal to a more service-based one, with a more varied fuel mix. But the pace
30 of that shift is uncertain and some recent data suggests that as economic growth has
picked up, so has consumption of oil and coal. Beijing has high ambitions for a much
cleaner energy economy, driven not least by the levels of air pollution in many of the
major cities; 2018 will show how much progress they are making.
The fourth question is, if anything, the most important. How fast can renewables
35 grow? The last few years have seen dramatic reductions in costs and strong increase in
supply. The industry has had a great year, with bids from offshore wind for capacity
auctions in the UK and elsewhere at record low levels. Wind is approaching grid parity —
the moment when it can compete without subsidies. Solar is also thriving: according to the
International Energy Agency, costs have fallen by 70 per cent since 2010 not least because
40 of advances in China, which now accounts for 60 per cent of total solar cell manufacturing
capacity. The question is how rapidly all those gains can be translated into electric supply.
Renewables, including hydro, accounted for just 5 per cent of global daily energy
supply according to the IEA’s latest data. That is increasing — solar photovoltaic
capacity grew by 50 per cent in 2016 — but to make a real difference the industry needs
45 a period of expansion comparable in scale to the growth of personal computing and
mobile phones in the 1990s and 2000s.
The problem is that the industry remains fragmented. Most renewable companies
are small and local, and in many cases undercapitalised; some are built to collect
subsidies. A radical change will be necessary to make the industry global and capable of
50 competing on the scale necessary to displace coal and natural gas. The coming year will
show us whether it is ready for that challenge.
In many ways, the energy business is at a moment of change and transition. Every
reader will have their own view on each of the four questions. To me, the prospect is
of supply continuing to outpace demand. If that is right, the surge in oil prices over
55 the past two months is a temporary and unsustainable phenomenon. It would take
another Middle East war to change the equation. Unfortunately, that is all too possible.
Available at: <https://www.ft.com/content/c9bdc750-ec85-11e7-8713-513b1d7ca85a>. Retrieved on:
Feb 18, 2018. Adapted.
In the fragment “...which are used to handle cargo on container ships” (lines 9-10), which
refers to
a) containers (line 7).
b) officers (line 8).
c) tools (line 9).
d) ships (line 10).
e) points (line 11).
The risk is that an open conflict, which Iran and Saudi have traditionally avoided
despite all their differences, would spread and hit oil production and trade. It is worth
10 remembering that the Gulf states account for a quarter of global production and over
40 per cent of all the oil traded globally. The threat to stability is all the greater given
that Iran is likely to win any such clash and to treat the result as a licence to reassert its
influence in the region.
The second question is how rapidly production of oil from shale rock will grow in
15 the US — 2017 has seen an increase of 600,000 barrels a day to over 6m. The increase
in global prices over the past six months has made output from almost all America’s
producing areas commercially viable and drilling activity is rising. A comparable
increase in 2018 would offset most of the current OPEC production cuts and either
force another quota reduction or push prices down.
20 The third question concerns China. For the last three years the country has managed
to deliver economic growth with only minimal increases in energy consumption.
Growth was probably lower than the claimed numbers — the Chinese do not like to
admit that they, too, are subject to economic cycles and recessions — but even so the
achievement is considerable. The question is whether the trend can be continued. If it
25 can, the result will limit global demand growth for oil, gas and coal.
China, which accounts for a quarter of the world’s daily energy use, is the swing
consumer. If energy efficiency gains continue, CO2 emissions will remain flat or even
fall. The country’s economy is changing and moving away from heavy industry fuelled
largely by coal to a more service-based one, with a more varied fuel mix. But the pace
30 of that shift is uncertain and some recent data suggests that as economic growth has
picked up, so has consumption of oil and coal. Beijing has high ambitions for a much
cleaner energy economy, driven not least by the levels of air pollution in many of the
major cities; 2018 will show how much progress they are making.
The fourth question is, if anything, the most important. How fast can renewables
35 grow? The last few years have seen dramatic reductions in costs and strong increase in
supply. The industry has had a great year, with bids from offshore wind for capacity
auctions in the UK and elsewhere at record low levels. Wind is approaching grid parity —
the moment when it can compete without subsidies. Solar is also thriving: according to the
International Energy Agency, costs have fallen by 70 per cent since 2010 not least because
40 of advances in China, which now accounts for 60 per cent of total solar cell manufacturing
capacity. The question is how rapidly all those gains can be translated into electric supply.
Renewables, including hydro, accounted for just 5 per cent of global daily energy
supply according to the IEA’s latest data. That is increasing — solar photovoltaic
capacity grew by 50 per cent in 2016 — but to make a real difference the industry needs
15 It was agreed that the industry needs to use all available technology to a much
greater extent, and increase technological innovation to reduce CO2 emissions to the
ambitious degree required by the international community.
The Tripartite forum has therefore established inter-industry working groups
with the aim of developing a better understanding of current R&D (research and
20 development) efforts for the new technologies needed by the shipping sector to realize
its vision for zero CO2 emissions this century.
The participants hope that the general understandings reached at the meeting
will send an important signal to all industry stakeholders about the vital role that
everyone must play to deliver the continuous improvement of shipping’s environmental
25 performance now demanded by global society.
The critical importance of the safety of seafarers and ships which they operate
were also part of the meeting’s agenda. As explained, there are increasing concerns
that new regulations governing ship designs aimed at further reducing CO2 emissions
could potentially have adverse effects on the safe operation of ships.
30 One example would be any legal requirements that led to a further reduction of
engine power. The concern is that ships could get into problems during bad weather
if the engine is insufficiently powered, putting both the crew and the environment at
serious risk.
Moreover, recent cyber attacks have increased awareness of potential threats
35 facing the industry. When it comes to ship design and construction, it was generally
agreed that the industry needs to adopt new methods and standards to create more
resilient digital systems on board. A more layered approach to a ship’s digital system and
greater segregation can increase safety, so that a single attack cannot readily spread to
IT (information technology) and other systems both on board the ship and ashore.
40 The Tripartite forum agreed that in advance of its next meeting in Korea in 2018,
the industry partners represented at Tripartite will work together to develop new design
standards, which will help raise the resilience of ships’ digital systems and make them
more resistant to possible cyber-attacks.
Available at: <http://worldmaritimenews.com/archives/236231/forum-industry-needs-to-design-ships-
-differently/>. Retrieved on: Dec. 2, 2017. Adapted.
This year, WEO-2017 includes a special focus on China, where economic and energy
policy changes underway will have a profound impact on the country’s energy mix, and
35 continue to shape global trends. A new phase in the country’s development results in an
economy that is less reliant on heavy industry and coal.
At the same time, a strong emphasis on cleaner energy technologies, in large part
to address poor air quality, is catapulting China to a position as a world leader in wind,
solar, nuclear and electric vehicles and the source of more than a quarter of projected
40 growth in natural gas consumption. As demand growth in China slows, other countries
continue to push overall global demand higher – with India accounting for almost one-
third of global growth to 2040.
The shale oil and gas revolution in the United States continues thanks to the
remarkable ability of producers to unlock new resources in a cost-effective way. By the
45 mid-2020s, the United States is projected to become the world’s largest LNG exporter
and a net oil exporter by the end of that decade.
This is having a major impact on oil and gas markets, challenging incumbent
suppliers and provoking a major reorientation of global trade flows, with consumers
in Asia accounting for more than 70% of global oil and gas imports by 2040. LNG from
50 the United States is also accelerating a major structural shift towards a more flexible
and globalized gas market.
WEO-2017 finds it is too early to write the obituary of oil. Global oil demand continues
to grow to 2040, although at a steadily decreasing pace – while fuel efficiency and
rising electrification bring a peak in oil used for passenger cars, even with a doubling
55 of the car fleet to two billion. But other sectors – namely petrochemicals, trucks, aviation,
and shipping – drive up oil demand to 105 million barrels a day by 2040.
While carbon emissions have flattened in recent years, the report finds that
global energy-related CO2 emissions increase slightly by 2040, but at a slower pace
than in last year’s projections. Still, this is far from enough to avoid severe impacts of
60 climate change.
Available at: https://www.iea.org/newsroom/news/2017/november/a-world-in-transformation-
-world-energy-outlook-2017.html. Retrieved on: 14 Nov. 2017. Adapted.
In the fragments “Solar is forging ahead in global power markets as it becomes the cheapest
source of electricity generation in many places, including China and India” (lines 22-23) and
“with India accounting for almost one-third of global growth to 2040” (lines 41-42) forging
ahead and accounting for mean, respectively,
a) rapidly declining – amounting to.
b) dramatically falling – adding up to.
c) rising steeply – being blamed for.
CO2 reduction goals established by the Paris Agreement on climate change, and the
specific objectives to be established for international shipping by the IMO (International
Maritime Organization), a specialized agency of the United Nations, as part of its GHG
(greenhouse gas) reduction strategy.
15 It was agreed that the industry needs to use all available technology to a much
greater extent, and increase technological innovation to reduce CO2 emissions to the
ambitious degree required by the international community.
The Tripartite forum has therefore established inter-industry working groups
with the aim of developing a better understanding of current R&D (research and
20 development) efforts for the new technologies needed by the shipping sector to realize
The critical importance of the safety of seafarers and ships which they operate
were also part of the meeting’s agenda. As explained, there are increasing concerns
that new regulations governing ship designs aimed at further reducing CO2 emissions
could potentially have adverse effects on the safe operation of ships.
30 One example would be any legal requirements that led to a further reduction of
engine power. The concern is that ships could get into problems during bad weather
if the engine is insufficiently powered, putting both the crew and the environment at
serious risk.
Moreover, recent cyber attacks have increased awareness of potential threats
35 facing the industry. When it comes to ship design and construction, it was generally
agreed that the industry needs to adopt new methods and standards to create more
resilient digital systems on board. A more layered approach to a ship’s digital system and
greater segregation can increase safety, so that a single attack cannot readily spread to
IT (information technology) and other systems both on board the ship and ashore.
40 The Tripartite forum agreed that in advance of its next meeting in Korea in 2018,
the industry partners represented at Tripartite will work together to develop new design
standards, which will help raise the resilience of ships’ digital systems and make them
more resistant to possible cyber-attacks.
Available at: <http://worldmaritimenews.com/archives/236231/forum-industry-needs-to-design-ships-
-differently/>. Retrieved on: Dec. 2, 2017. Adapted.
According to the fragment “the industry needs to use all available technology to a much
greater extent” (lines 15-16), the use of technology in modern ship design is
a) optional.
b) irrelevant.
c) controversial.
d) not really essential.
e) highly recommended.
10 boom years for coal are over — in the absence of large-scale carbon capture, utilization
and storage (CCUS) — and rising oil demand slows down but is not reversed before 2040
even as electric-car sales rise steeply.
WEO-2017, the International Energy Agency (IEA)’s flagship publication, finds that
over the next two decades the global energy system is being reshaped by four major
15 forces: the United States is set to become the undisputed global oil and gas leader;
renewables are being deployed rapidly thanks to falling costs; the share of electricity
in the energy mix is growing; and China’s new economic strategy takes it on a cleaner
growth mode, with implications for global energy markets.
Solar PV is set to lead capacity additions, pushed by deployment in China and India,
20 meanwhile in the European Union, wind becomes the leading source of electricity soon
after 2030.
“Solar is forging ahead in global power markets as it becomes the cheapest source
of electricity generation in many places, including China and India,” said Dr. Fatih Birol,
the IEA’s executive director. “Electric vehicles (EVs) are in the fast lane as a result of
25 government support and declining battery costs but it is far too early to write the
obituary of oil, as growth for trucks, petrochemicals, shipping and aviation keep pushing
demand higher. The US becomes the undisputed leader for oil and gas production for
decades, which represents a major upheaval for international market dynamics.”
These themes — as well as the future role of oil and gas in the energy mix, how
30 clean-energy technologies are deploying, and the need for more investment in CCUS
— were among the key topics discussed by the world’s energy leaders at the IEA’s 2017
Ministerial Meeting in Paris last week.
This year, WEO-2017 includes a special focus on China, where economic and energy
policy changes underway will have a profound impact on the country’s energy mix, and
35 continue to shape global trends. A new phase in the country’s development results in an
economy that is less reliant on heavy industry and coal.
At the same time, a strong emphasis on cleaner energy technologies, in large part
to address poor air quality, is catapulting China to a position as a world leader in wind,
solar, nuclear and electric vehicles and the source of more than a quarter of projected
40 growth in natural gas consumption. As demand growth in China slows, other countries
continue to push overall global demand higher – with India accounting for almost one-
third of global growth to 2040.
The shale oil and gas revolution in the United States continues thanks to the
remarkable ability of producers to unlock new resources in a cost-effective way. By the
45 mid-2020s, the United States is projected to become the world’s largest LNG exporter
and a net oil exporter by the end of that decade.
This is having a major impact on oil and gas markets, challenging incumbent
suppliers and provoking a major reorientation of global trade flows, with consumers
in Asia accounting for more than 70% of global oil and gas imports by 2040. LNG from
50 the United States is also accelerating a major structural shift towards a more flexible
and globalized gas market.
WEO-2017 finds it is too early to write the obituary of oil. Global oil demand continues
to grow to 2040, although at a steadily decreasing pace – while fuel efficiency and
rising electrification bring a peak in oil used for passenger cars, even with a doubling
55 of the car fleet to two billion. But other sectors – namely petrochemicals, trucks, aviation,
and shipping – drive up oil demand to 105 million barrels a day by 2040.
While carbon emissions have flattened in recent years, the report finds that
global energy-related CO2 emissions increase slightly by 2040, but at a slower pace
than in last year’s projections. Still, this is far from enough to avoid severe impacts of
60 climate change.
Available at: https://www.iea.org/newsroom/news/2017/november/a-world-in-transformation-
-world-energy-outlook-2017.html. Retrieved on: 14 Nov. 2017. Adapted.
10 develop solutions for global energy challenges. The country’s experience in managing
renewable resources in its energy mix can contribute greatly to IEA discussions on a
broadened concept of energy security. Brazil has also pioneered the use of auctions for
long-term contracts for renewable energy, a model that is now successfully applied as
best-practice world-wide.
15 Brazil and the IEA plan to work jointly across a wide range of energy-related
activities. These include implemention of The Biofuture Platform, which aims to
promote international coordination on advanced low carbon fuels. The IEA will also
support the development of Brazil’s ten-year energy efficiency plan and co-host an
energy effi-ciency training event in Brazil to share regional and global experiences.
20 “Brazil’s experience shows that policies do matter,” said Dr Fatih Birol, the IEA’s
Executive Director. “Its determined and ambitious long-term energy policies, developing
deep-water oil resources and expanding biofuels output, set an example to countries
around the world. As a result, our latest data shows that Brazil will become a net oil
exporter this year, the first major consumer in recent history to ever achieve such a
25 turnaround.”
Dr. Birol also congratulated Brazil for its recent successful deepwater bid round.
After depending on oil imports since IEA records began in the 1970s, the IEA now finds
that Brazil will become a net exporter this year, and exporting nearly one million barrels
of oil per day to world markets by 2022. This is the result of a 50% increase in oil
30 production in the past decade thanks to a successful push into deep-water production,
and a biofuels programme that has helped keep domestic oil-demand growth under
control.
With Brazil, the IEA family now accounts for over 70% of the world’s total energy
consumption, compared with less than 40% just two years ago. The seven IEA
35 Association countries are Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Morocco, Singapore and Thailand.
The agreement will allow the IEA to benefit from Brazil’s unique experience, which
has enabled it to develop one of the cleanest energy mixes in the world. Thanks to
its expertise in global energy market and policy analysis, the IEA can support Brazil’s
efforts and collaborate in its energy transition.
Available at: https://www.iea.org/newsroom/news/2017/october/brazil-joins-iea-as-an-association-cou-
ntry-reshaping-international-energy-govern.html. Retrieved on: 31 Oct. 2017. Adapted.
Dr. Fatih Birol affirms that “Brazil’s experience shows that policies do matter” (line 20)
because, due to its long-term energy policies, the country
a) was about to change its position from a major oil consumer into that of a net oil exporter.
b) could dramatically increase oil exports to nearly one million barrels per day to world
markets.
c) was able to expand its deep-water oil resources and restrict biofuels output in the recent
years.
d) implemented a rewarding biofuels programme that helped reduce national oil-demand
growth.
e) succeeded in doubling its oil production in the last few years as the result of an outstanding
increase in deep-water production.
CO2 reduction goals established by the Paris Agreement on climate change, and the
specific objectives to be established for international shipping by the IMO (International
Maritime Organization), a specialized agency of the United Nations, as part of its GHG
(greenhouse gas) reduction strategy.
15 It was agreed that the industry needs to use all available technology to a much
greater extent, and increase technological innovation to reduce CO2 emissions to the
ambitious degree required by the international community.
The Tripartite forum has therefore established inter-industry working groups
with the aim of developing a better understanding of current R&D (research and
20 development) efforts for the new technologies needed by the shipping sector to realize
The critical importance of the safety of seafarers and ships which they operate
were also part of the meeting’s agenda. As explained, there are increasing concerns
that new regulations governing ship designs aimed at further reducing CO2 emissions
could potentially have adverse effects on the safe operation of ships.
30 One example would be any legal requirements that led to a further reduction of
engine power. The concern is that ships could get into problems during bad weather
if the engine is insufficiently powered, putting both the crew and the environment at
serious risk.
Moreover, recent cyber attacks have increased awareness of potential threats
35 facing the industry. When it comes to ship design and construction, it was generally
agreed that the industry needs to adopt new methods and standards to create more
resilient digital systems on board. A more layered approach to a ship’s digital system and
greater segregation can increase safety, so that a single attack cannot readily spread to
IT (information technology) and other systems both on board the ship and ashore.
40 The Tripartite forum agreed that in advance of its next meeting in Korea in 2018,
the industry partners represented at Tripartite will work together to develop new design
standards, which will help raise the resilience of ships’ digital systems and make them
more resistant to possible cyber-attacks.
Available at: <http://worldmaritimenews.com/archives/236231/forum-industry-needs-to-design-ships-
-differently/>. Retrieved on: Dec. 2, 2017. Adapted.
At the end of two days of debate, it was concluded that the industry urgently needs
10 new ship designs, equipment, propulsion systems and alternative fuels to achieve the
CO2 reduction goals established by the Paris Agreement on climate change, and the
specific objectives to be established for international shipping by the IMO (International
Maritime Organization), a specialized agency of the United Nations, as part of its GHG
(greenhouse gas) reduction strategy.
15 It was agreed that the industry needs to use all available technology to a much
greater extent, and increase technological innovation to reduce CO2 emissions to the
ambitious degree required by the international community.
The Tripartite forum has therefore established inter-industry working groups
with the aim of developing a better understanding of current R&D (research and
20 development) efforts for the new technologies needed by the shipping sector to realize
its vision for zero CO2 emissions this century.
The participants hope that the general understandings reached at the meeting will
send an important signal to all industry stakeholders about the vital role that everyone
must play to deliver the continuous improvement of shipping’s environmental per-
25 formance now demanded by global society.
The critical importance of the safety of seafarers and ships which they operate
were also part of the meeting’s agenda. As explained, there are increasing concerns
that new regulations governing ship designs aimed at further reducing CO2 emissions
could potentially have adverse effects on the safe operation of ships.
30 One example would be any legal requirements that led to a further reduction of
engine power. The concern is that ships could get into problems during bad weather
if the engine is insufficiently powered, putting both the crew and the environment at
serious risk.
Moreover, recent cyber attacks have increased awareness of potential threats
35 facing the industry. When it comes to ship design and construction, it was generally
agreed that the industry needs to adopt new methods and standards to create more
resilient digital systems on board. A more layered approach to a ship’s digital system and
greater segregation can increase safety, so that a single attack cannot readily spread to
IT (information technology) and other systems both on board the ship and ashore.
40 The Tripartite forum agreed that in advance of its next meeting in Korea in 2018,
the industry partners represented at Tripartite will work together to develop new design
standards, which will help raise the resilience of ships’ digital systems and make them
more resistant to possible cyber-attacks.
Available at: <http://worldmaritimenews.com/archives/236231/forum-industry-needs-to-design-ships-
-differently/>. Retrieved on: Dec. 2, 2017. Adapted.
According to last paragraph, the ship industry partners represented at the Tripartite forum
will cooperate to
a) anticipate the next meeting in Korea.
b) build ships more resilient to bad weather.
c) substitute all broken digital systems in ships.
d) improve ships’ protection against cyber-attacks.
e) develop information technology systems ashore.
25 government support and declining battery costs but it is far too early to write the
obituary of oil, as growth for trucks, petrochemicals, shipping and aviation keep pushing
demand higher. The US becomes the undisputed leader for oil and gas production for
decades, which represents a major upheaval for international market dynamics.”
These themes — as well as the future role of oil and gas in the energy mix, how
30 clean-energy technologies are deploying, and the need for more investment in CCUS
— were among the key topics discussed by the world’s energy leaders at the IEA’s 2017
Ministerial Meeting in Paris last week.
This year, WEO-2017 includes a special focus on China, where economic and energy
policy changes underway will have a profound impact on the country’s energy mix, and
35 continue to shape global trends. A new phase in the country’s development results in an
economy that is less reliant on heavy industry and coal.
At the same time, a strong emphasis on cleaner energy technologies, in large part
to address poor air quality, is catapulting China to a position as a world leader in wind,
solar, nuclear and electric vehicles and the source of more than a quarter of projected
40 growth in natural gas consumption. As demand growth in China slows, other countries
continue to push overall global demand higher – with India accounting for almost one-
third of global growth to 2040.
The shale oil and gas revolution in the United States continues thanks to the
remarkable ability of producers to unlock new resources in a cost-effective way. By the
45 mid-2020s, the United States is projected to become the world’s largest LNG exporter
and a net oil exporter by the end of that decade.
This is having a major impact on oil and gas markets, challenging incumbent
suppliers and provoking a major reorientation of global trade flows, with consumers
in Asia accounting for more than 70% of global oil and gas imports by 2040. LNG from
50 the United States is also accelerating a major structural shift towards a more flexible
and globalized gas market.
WEO-2017 finds it is too early to write the obituary of oil. Global oil demand continues
to grow to 2040, although at a steadily decreasing pace – while fuel efficiency and
rising electrification bring a peak in oil used for passenger cars, even with a doubling
55 of the car fleet to two billion. But other sectors – namely petrochemicals, trucks, aviation,
and shipping – drive up oil demand to 105 million barrels a day by 2040.
While carbon emissions have flattened in recent years, the report finds that
global energy-related CO2 emissions increase slightly by 2040, but at a slower pace
than in last year’s projections. Still, this is far from enough to avoid severe impacts of
60 climate change.
Available at: https://www.iea.org/newsroom/news/2017/november/a-world-in-transformation-
-world-energy-outlook-2017.html. Retrieved on: 14 Nov. 2017. Adapted.
According to Text I, WEO-2017 includes a special focus on China because this country has been
a) suffering from severe problems derived from poor air quality.
b) blamed for substituting heavy industry and coal for cleaner energy.
c) responsible for the consumption of 20% of the world’s natural gas.
d) an undeniable world leader in the areas of wind, solar and nuclear energy.
e) facing changes in the economic and energy policy that will deeply influence its energy mix.
demand higher. The US becomes the undisputed leader for oil and gas production for
decades, which represents a major upheaval for international market dynamics.”
These themes — as well as the future role of oil and gas in the energy mix, how
30 clean-energy technologies are deploying, and the need for more investment in CCUS
— were among the key topics discussed by the world’s energy leaders at the IEA’s 2017
Ministerial Meeting in Paris last week.
This year, WEO-2017 includes a special focus on China, where economic and energy
policy changes underway will have a profound impact on the country’s energy mix, and
35 continue to shape global trends. A new phase in the country’s development results in an
economy that is less reliant on heavy industry and coal.
At the same time, a strong emphasis on cleaner energy technologies, in large part
to address poor air quality, is catapulting China to a position as a world leader in wind,
solar, nuclear and electric vehicles and the source of more than a quarter of projected
40 growth in natural gas consumption. As demand growth in China slows, other countries
continue to push overall global demand higher – with India accounting for almost one-
third of global growth to 2040.
The shale oil and gas revolution in the United States continues thanks to the
remarkable ability of producers to unlock new resources in a cost-effective way. By the
45 mid-2020s, the United States is projected to become the world’s largest LNG exporter
and a net oil exporter by the end of that decade.
This is having a major impact on oil and gas markets, challenging incumbent
suppliers and provoking a major reorientation of global trade flows, with consumers
in Asia accounting for more than 70% of global oil and gas imports by 2040. LNG from
50 the United States is also accelerating a major structural shift towards a more flexible
and globalized gas market.
WEO-2017 finds it is too early to write the obituary of oil. Global oil demand continues
to grow to 2040, although at a steadily decreasing pace – while fuel efficiency and
rising electrification bring a peak in oil used for passenger cars, even with a doubling
55 of the car fleet to two billion. But other sectors – namely petrochemicals, trucks, aviation,
and shipping – drive up oil demand to 105 million barrels a day by 2040.
While carbon emissions have flattened in recent years, the report finds that
global energy-related CO2 emissions increase slightly by 2040, but at a slower pace
than in last year’s projections. Still, this is far from enough to avoid severe impacts of
60 climate change.
Available at: https://www.iea.org/newsroom/news/2017/november/a-world-in-transformation-
-world-energy-outlook-2017.html. Retrieved on: 14 Nov. 2017. Adapted.
Based on the meanings in Text I, the two items that express synonymous ideas are
a) deployed (line 16) – disturbed.
b) undisputed (line 27) – irrefutable.
c) upheaval (line 28) – stagnation.
d) unlock (line 44) – restrain.
e) incumbent (line 47) – unnecessary.
CO2 reduction goals established by the Paris Agreement on climate change, and the
specific objectives to be established for international shipping by the IMO (International
Maritime Organization), a specialized agency of the United Nations, as part of its GHG
(greenhouse gas) reduction strategy.
15 It was agreed that the industry needs to use all available technology to a much
greater extent, and increase technological innovation to reduce CO2 emissions to the
ambitious degree required by the international community.
The Tripartite forum has therefore established inter-industry working groups
with the aim of developing a better understanding of current R&D (research and
20 development) efforts for the new technologies needed by the shipping sector to realize
The critical importance of the safety of seafarers and ships which they operate
were also part of the meeting’s agenda. As explained, there are increasing concerns
that new regulations governing ship designs aimed at further reducing CO2 emissions
could potentially have adverse effects on the safe operation of ships.
30 One example would be any legal requirements that led to a further reduction of
engine power. The concern is that ships could get into problems during bad weather
if the engine is insufficiently powered, putting both the crew and the environment at
serious risk.
Moreover, recent cyber attacks have increased awareness of potential threats
35 facing the industry. When it comes to ship design and construction, it was generally
agreed that the industry needs to adopt new methods and standards to create more
resilient digital systems on board. A more layered approach to a ship’s digital system and
greater segregation can increase safety, so that a single attack cannot readily spread to
IT (information technology) and other systems both on board the ship and ashore.
40 The Tripartite forum agreed that in advance of its next meeting in Korea in 2018,
the industry partners represented at Tripartite will work together to develop new design
standards, which will help raise the resilience of ships’ digital systems and make them
more resistant to possible cyber-attacks.
Available at: <http://worldmaritimenews.com/archives/236231/forum-industry-needs-to-design-ships-
-differently/>. Retrieved on: Dec. 2, 2017. Adapted.
According to paragraphs 8 and 9 (lines 26-33), the new regulations on ship designs could
a) expose ship operation to risks.
b) improve ship energy efficiency.
c) maximize safety on board ships.
d) increase greenhouse gas emissions.
e) promote better working conditions for mariners.
Brazil’s leading expertise in bioenergy, hydro and other forms of clean and
conventional energy is recognized around the world, and provides an excellent basis to
10 develop solutions for global energy challenges. The country’s experience in managing
renewable resources in its energy mix can contribute greatly to IEA discussions on a
broadened concept of energy security. Brazil has also pioneered the use of auctions for
long-term contracts for renewable energy, a model that is now successfully applied as
best-practice world-wide.
15 Brazil and the IEA plan to work jointly across a wide range of energy-related
activities. These include implemention of The Biofuture Platform, which aims to
promote international coordination on advanced low carbon fuels. The IEA will also
support the development of Brazil’s ten-year energy efficiency plan and co-host an
energy effi-ciency training event in Brazil to share regional and global experiences.
20 “Brazil’s experience shows that policies do matter,” said Dr Fatih Birol, the IEA’s
Executive Director. “Its determined and ambitious long-term energy policies, developing
deep-water oil resources and expanding biofuels output, set an example to countries
around the world. As a result, our latest data shows that Brazil will become a net oil
exporter this year, the first major consumer in recent history to ever achieve such a
25 turnaround.”
Dr. Birol also congratulated Brazil for its recent successful deepwater bid round.
After depending on oil imports since IEA records began in the 1970s, the IEA now finds
that Brazil will become a net exporter this year, and exporting nearly one million barrels
of oil per day to world markets by 2022. This is the result of a 50% increase in oil
30 production in the past decade thanks to a successful push into deep-water production,
and a biofuels programme that has helped keep domestic oil-demand growth under
control.
With Brazil, the IEA family now accounts for over 70% of the world’s total energy
consumption, compared with less than 40% just two years ago. The seven IEA
35 Association countries are Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Morocco, Singapore and Thailand.
The agreement will allow the IEA to benefit from Brazil’s unique experience, which
has enabled it to develop one of the cleanest energy mixes in the world. Thanks to
its expertise in global energy market and policy analysis, the IEA can support Brazil’s
efforts and collaborate in its energy transition.
Available at: https://www.iea.org/newsroom/news/2017/october/brazil-joins-iea-as-an-association-cou-
ntry-reshaping-international-energy-govern.html. Retrieved on: 31 Oct. 2017. Adapted.
renewable resources in its energy mix can contribute greatly to IEA discussions on a
broadened concept of energy security. Brazil has also pioneered the use of auctions for
long-term contracts for renewable energy, a model that is now successfully applied as
best-practice world-wide.
15 Brazil and the IEA plan to work jointly across a wide range of energy-related
activities. These include implemention of The Biofuture Platform, which aims to
promote international coordination on advanced low carbon fuels. The IEA will also
support the development of Brazil’s ten-year energy efficiency plan and co-host an
energy effi-ciency training event in Brazil to share regional and global experiences.
20 “Brazil’s experience shows that policies do matter,” said Dr Fatih Birol, the IEA’s
Executive Director. “Its determined and ambitious long-term energy policies, developing
deep-water oil resources and expanding biofuels output, set an example to countries
around the world. As a result, our latest data shows that Brazil will become a net oil
exporter this year, the first major consumer in recent history to ever achieve such a
25 turnaround.”
Dr. Birol also congratulated Brazil for its recent successful deepwater bid round.
After depending on oil imports since IEA records began in the 1970s, the IEA now finds
that Brazil will become a net exporter this year, and exporting nearly one million barrels
of oil per day to world markets by 2022. This is the result of a 50% increase in oil
30 production in the past decade thanks to a successful push into deep-water production,
and a biofuels programme that has helped keep domestic oil-demand growth under
control.
With Brazil, the IEA family now accounts for over 70% of the world’s total energy
consumption, compared with less than 40% just two years ago. The seven IEA
35 Association countries are Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Morocco, Singapore and Thailand.
The agreement will allow the IEA to benefit from Brazil’s unique experience, which
has enabled it to develop one of the cleanest energy mixes in the world. Thanks to
its expertise in global energy market and policy analysis, the IEA can support Brazil’s
efforts and collaborate in its energy transition.
Available at: https://www.iea.org/newsroom/news/2017/october/brazil-joins-iea-as-an-association-cou-
ntry-reshaping-international-energy-govern.html. Retrieved on: 31 Oct. 2017. Adapted.
CO2 reduction goals established by the Paris Agreement on climate change, and the
specific objectives to be established for international shipping by the IMO (International
Maritime Organization), a specialized agency of the United Nations, as part of its GHG
(greenhouse gas) reduction strategy.
15 It was agreed that the industry needs to use all available technology to a much
greater extent, and increase technological innovation to reduce CO2 emissions to the
ambitious degree required by the international community.
The Tripartite forum has therefore established inter-industry working groups
with the aim of developing a better understanding of current R&D (research and
20 development) efforts for the new technologies needed by the shipping sector to realize
The critical importance of the safety of seafarers and ships which they operate
were also part of the meeting’s agenda. As explained, there are increasing concerns
that new regulations governing ship designs aimed at further reducing CO2 emissions
could potentially have adverse effects on the safe operation of ships.
30 One example would be any legal requirements that led to a further reduction of
engine power. The concern is that ships could get into problems during bad weather
if the engine is insufficiently powered, putting both the crew and the environment at
serious risk.
Moreover, recent cyber attacks have increased awareness of potential threats
35 facing the industry. When it comes to ship design and construction, it was generally
agreed that the industry needs to adopt new methods and standards to create more
resilient digital systems on board. A more layered approach to a ship’s digital system and
greater segregation can increase safety, so that a single attack cannot readily spread to
IT (information technology) and other systems both on board the ship and ashore.
40 The Tripartite forum agreed that in advance of its next meeting in Korea in 2018,
the industry partners represented at Tripartite will work together to develop new design
standards, which will help raise the resilience of ships’ digital systems and make them
more resistant to possible cyber-attacks.
Available at: <http://worldmaritimenews.com/archives/236231/forum-industry-needs-to-design-ships-
-differently/>. Retrieved on: Dec. 2, 2017. Adapted.
The themes of “decarbonization of ships, safe design and digitalization” (line 6) were
a) discussed at the annual Tripartite Shipbuilding Forum.
b) severely criticized in a shipbuilding meeting in China.
c) considered insignificant for the future of the shipbuilding industry.
d) rejected by the participants of an annual shipbuilding forum in China.
e) excluded from the debates during the annual shipbuilding industry forum.
From the 9th paragraph of Text II (lines 46-51), one can conclude that in recent overall
figures, the US import of crude oil
a) has soared.
b) has ceased.
c) has kept its previous levels.
d) has spread its fuel source areas.
e) has concentrated its fuel source areas.
number of tropical countries that produce oil and the wealth of oil deposits located in
15 forest areas. Thus the focus is on reducing pollution and avoiding spills through better
pipeline management, reinjection techniques, and halting methane flaring. Limiting
road development and restricting access can help avoid deforestation associated with
settlement.
Biofuels
20 The energy and technology sectors are investing heavily in alternatives to conventional
fossil fuels, but early efforts to use crop-based biofuels have had serious environmental
consequences.
While some believed biofuels — fuels that are derived from biomass, including
recently living organisms like plants or their metabolic byproducts like cow manure
25 — would offer environmental benefits over conventional fossils fuels, the production
and use of biofuels derived from palm oil, soy, corn, rapeseed, and sugar cane have in
recent years driven up food prices, promoted large-scale deforestation, depleted water
supplies, worsened soil erosion, and lead to increased air and water pollution. Still, there
is hope that the next generation of biofuels, derived from farm waste, algae, and native
30 grasses and weeds, could eliminate many of the worse effects seen during the current
rush into biofuels.
Efficiency
Good old-fashioned oil conservation is effective in reducing demand for oil products.
After the first OPEC embargo in 1973, the United States realized the importance of
35 oil efficiency and initiated policies to do away with wasteful practices. By 1985, the U.S.
was 25 percent more energy efficient and 32 percent more oil efficient than in 1973.
Of course the U.S. was upstaged by the Japanese who in the same period improved
their energy efficiency by 31 percent and their oil efficiency by 51 percent. Today the
importance of oil to the economy is still diminishing. Despite the 51 percent growth
40 in the American economy between 1990 and 2004, carbon emissions only increased 19%
suggesting that those who insist that economic growth and carbon dioxide emissions
move in tandem are wrong.
Develop new technology
The developed world can seek alternative methods to oil exploration, by developing
45 new technologies that rely less on processes that are ecologically damaging. For
example, compressed natural gas is a cleaner-burning fuel than gasoline, is already used
in some cars, and is available in vast quantities. Electric cars are potentially even more
environmentally sound.
To encourage investment in research and development of “greener” technologies,
50 governments can help by eliminating subsidies for the oil and gas industry and imposing
higher taxes on heavy polluters. While governments will play a role in cleaner-energy
development, it is likely that the private sector will provide most of the funding and
innovation for new energy projects. Venture capital firms and corporations have put
billions into new technologies since the mid-2000s, while corporations are getting on
55 board as well.
As experiences with biofuels have shown, there are often downsides to alternative
energy sources. For example, hydroelectric projects have destroyed river systems and
flooded vast areas of forests. Thus when undertaking any large-scale energy project
— whether it’s wind, solar, tidal, geothermal, or something else — it is important to
60 conduct a proper assessment of its impact.
Conclusion
Admittedly, there are many challenges facing sustainable use of tropical rainforests.
In arriving at a solution many issues must be addressed, including the resolution
of conflicting claims to land considered to be in the public domain; barriers to
65 markets; the assurance of sustainable development without overexploitation in the face
of growing demand for forest products; determination of the best way to use forests;
and the consideration of many other factors.
Almost none of these economic possibilities can become realities if the rainforests
are completely stripped. Useful products cannot be harvested from species that no
60 longer exist, just as eco-tourists will not visit the vast stretches of wasteland that were
once lush forest. Thus some of the primary rainforests must be salvaged for sustainable
development to be at all successful.
Available at: <http://rainforests.mongabay.com/1013.htm>. Retrieved on: Aug, 10th, 2017. Adapted.
Text II
Aggressive oil extraction spells disaster
for Amazon rainforests
1 The refineries in the US processed 230,293 barrels of Amazon crude oil a day in
2015, according to the study conducted by the Amazon Watch, an environmental group.
The demand for crude oil in the US is forcing countries such as Peru, Colombia and
Ecuador to expand their oil drilling operations and hence, driving the destruction of the
5 rainforest ecosystem.
The Amazon rainforest has already become highly vulnerable to forest fires due
to selective logging, hunting, altering or fragmenting the landscape and other forms
of habitat degradation. As oil interests lead to aggressive extraction of oil, there
are fears that indigenous communities will suffer displacement and acquire deadly
10 illnesses due to lack of acquired immunity.
Layered impact on Amazon ecosystem
of the Amazon oil frontier and is putting millions of acres of indigenous territory and
50 pristine rainforest on the chopping block,” said Leila Salazar-López, executive director
of Amazon Watch.
According to Adam Zuckerman, Amazon Watch’s End Amazon Crude campaign
manager, “All commercial and public fleets in California — and many across the US—that
buy bulk diesel are using fuel that is at least partially derived from Amazon crude.” The
55 report also revealed that California refines an average of 170,978 barrels of Amazon
crude a day with the Chevron facility in El Segundo refining 24 per cent of the US alone.
After crude is refined, it is distributed as diesel to vehicle fleets across the US.
Interestingly, California Environment Protection Agency, in 2015, made an
unequivocal climate commitment, “In order to meet federal health-based air quality
60 standards and our climate change goals, we must cut in half the amount of petroleum
we use in our cars and trucks over the next 15 years.”
Available at: <http://www.downtoearth.org.in/news/us-led-demand-driving-aggressive-extraction-of-oil-
-in-amazon-rainforest-56149>. Retrieved on: Aug, 12th, 2017. Adapted.
Text I refers to “conflicting claims to land” (line 64). In Text II there is an illustration to one
of those claims. It refers to
a) an overall decline in US crude imports.
b) an inevitable conflict between oil workers and the semi-nomadic tribes of Waorani
Indians living within the park for generations.
c) the protest by Peruvian Amazonian indigenous communities against oil pollution on
their lands.
d) the indigenous communities, who witnessed the latest pipeline spill on October 23.
e) the construction of roads deep into the forest.
cooperated with the oppressive military dictatorship in Nigeria in the suppression and
10 harassment of local people.
Action
The simplest and most reliable way to mitigate damage from oil operations would
be to prohibit oil extraction in the tropical rainforest. But that is unlikely given the
number of tropical countries that produce oil and the wealth of oil deposits located in
15 forest areas. Thus the focus is on reducing pollution and avoiding spills through better
pipeline management, reinjection techniques, and halting methane flaring. Limiting
road development and restricting access can help avoid deforestation associated with
settlement.
Biofuels
20 The energy and technology sectors are investing heavily in alternatives to conventional
fossil fuels, but early efforts to use crop-based biofuels have had serious environmental
consequences.
While some believed biofuels — fuels that are derived from biomass, including
recently living organisms like plants or their metabolic byproducts like cow manure
25 — would offer environmental benefits over conventional fossils fuels, the production
and use of biofuels derived from palm oil, soy, corn, rapeseed, and sugar cane have in
recent years driven up food prices, promoted large-scale deforestation, depleted water
supplies, worsened soil erosion, and lead to increased air and water pollution. Still, there
is hope that the next generation of biofuels, derived from farm waste, algae, and native
30 grasses and weeds, could eliminate many of the worse effects seen during the current
rush into biofuels.
Efficiency
Good old-fashioned oil conservation is effective in reducing demand for oil products.
After the first OPEC embargo in 1973, the United States realized the importance of
35 oil efficiency and initiated policies to do away with wasteful practices. By 1985, the U.S.
was 25 percent more energy efficient and 32 percent more oil efficient than in 1973.
Of course the U.S. was upstaged by the Japanese who in the same period improved
their energy efficiency by 31 percent and their oil efficiency by 51 percent. Today the
importance of oil to the economy is still diminishing. Despite the 51 percent growth
40 in the American economy between 1990 and 2004, carbon emissions only increased 19%
suggesting that those who insist that economic growth and carbon dioxide emissions
move in tandem are wrong.
Develop new technology
The developed world can seek alternative methods to oil exploration, by developing
45 new technologies that rely less on processes that are ecologically damaging. For
example, compressed natural gas is a cleaner-burning fuel than gasoline, is already used
in some cars, and is available in vast quantities. Electric cars are potentially even more
environmentally sound.
To encourage investment in research and development of “greener” technologies,
50 governments can help by eliminating subsidies for the oil and gas industry and imposing
higher taxes on heavy polluters. While governments will play a role in cleaner-energy
development, it is likely that the private sector will provide most of the funding and
innovation for new energy projects. Venture capital firms and corporations have put
billions into new technologies since the mid-2000s, while corporations are getting on
55 board as well.
As experiences with biofuels have shown, there are often downsides to alternative
energy sources. For example, hydroelectric projects have destroyed river systems and
flooded vast areas of forests. Thus when undertaking any large-scale energy project
— whether it’s wind, solar, tidal, geothermal, or something else — it is important to
60 conduct a proper assessment of its impact.
Conclusion
Admittedly, there are many challenges facing sustainable use of tropical rainforests.
In arriving at a solution many issues must be addressed, including the resolution
of conflicting claims to land considered to be in the public domain; barriers to
65 markets; the assurance of sustainable development without overexploitation in the face
of growing demand for forest products; determination of the best way to use forests;
and the consideration of many other factors.
Almost none of these economic possibilities can become realities if the rainforests
are completely stripped. Useful products cannot be harvested from species that no
60 longer exist, just as eco-tourists will not visit the vast stretches of wasteland that were
once lush forest. Thus some of the primary rainforests must be salvaged for sustainable
development to be at all successful.
Available at: <http://rainforests.mongabay.com/1013.htm>. Retrieved on: Aug, 10th, 2017. Adapted.
In the fragment of Text I “The simplest and most reliable way to mitigate damage from oil
operations would be to prohibit oil extraction in the tropical rainforest” (lines 12-13), the
word mitigate can be replaced, with no change in meaning, by
a) annihilate.
b) increase.
c) grow.
d) reduce.
e) concede.
After the first OPEC embargo in 1973, the United States realized the importance of
35 oil efficiency and initiated policies to do away with wasteful practices. By 1985, the U.S.
was 25 percent more energy efficient and 32 percent more oil efficient than in 1973.
Of course the U.S. was upstaged by the Japanese who in the same period improved
their energy efficiency by 31 percent and their oil efficiency by 51 percent. Today the
importance of oil to the economy is still diminishing. Despite the 51 percent growth
40 in the American economy between 1990 and 2004, carbon emissions only increased 19%
suggesting that those who insist that economic growth and carbon dioxide emissions
move in tandem are wrong.
Develop new technology
The developed world can seek alternative methods to oil exploration, by developing
45 new technologies that rely less on processes that are ecologically damaging. For
example, compressed natural gas is a cleaner-burning fuel than gasoline, is already used
in some cars, and is available in vast quantities. Electric cars are potentially even more
environmentally sound.
To encourage investment in research and development of “greener” technologies,
50 governments can help by eliminating subsidies for the oil and gas industry and imposing
higher taxes on heavy polluters. While governments will play a role in cleaner-energy
development, it is likely that the private sector will provide most of the funding and
innovation for new energy projects. Venture capital firms and corporations have put
billions into new technologies since the mid-2000s, while corporations are getting on
55 board as well.
As experiences with biofuels have shown, there are often downsides to alternative
energy sources. For example, hydroelectric projects have destroyed river systems and
flooded vast areas of forests. Thus when undertaking any large-scale energy project
— whether it’s wind, solar, tidal, geothermal, or something else — it is important to
60 conduct a proper assessment of its impact.
Conclusion
Admittedly, there are many challenges facing sustainable use of tropical rainforests.
In arriving at a solution many issues must be addressed, including the resolution
of conflicting claims to land considered to be in the public domain; barriers to
65 markets; the assurance of sustainable development without overexploitation in the face
of growing demand for forest products; determination of the best way to use forests;
and the consideration of many other factors.
Almost none of these economic possibilities can become realities if the rainforests
are completely stripped. Useful products cannot be harvested from species that no
60 longer exist, just as eco-tourists will not visit the vast stretches of wasteland that were
once lush forest. Thus some of the primary rainforests must be salvaged for sustainable
development to be at all successful.
Available at: <http://rainforests.mongabay.com/1013.htm>. Retrieved on: Aug, 10th, 2017. Adapted.
In the sentence of Text I “Today the importance of oil to the economy is still diminishing”
(lines 38-39), the verb form is diminishing indicates
a) a habitual present action.
b) a concluded past action.
c) a prediction for the future.
d) an action in progress.
e) an action in progress in the past.
Ecuador
Ecuador’s state-run oil firm PetroAmazonas has started drilling close to the Yasuni
National Park— one of the most biologically rich places in the world. It is home to 655
25 endemic tree species—more than the US and Canada combined—and two of the last
tribes in the world. While extraction of 23,000 barrels of oil a day began in September,
critics raise concern over a possibility of oil destroying Yasuní the way it caused widespread
deforestation and pollution in rest of Ecuador and the western Amazon. Apart from
the risk of water and soil contamination, the construction of roads deep into the
30 forest would lead to hunting and deforestation. The environmentalists also fear an
inevitable conflict for land between oil workers and the semi-nomadic tribes of Waorani
Indians living within the park for generations.
Peru
The viability of oil production in Peruvian Amazon has been questioned time and
35 again. In the past two months, the protest by Peruvian Amazonian indigenous
communities against oil pollution on their lands has grown stronger. Till October, nine
cases of pipeline spill have been reported.
The indigenous communities, who witnessed the latest pipeline spill on October
23, are now demanding a national debate on whether oil drilling should continue in the
40 Peruvian Amazon that plays a crucial role in regulating global climate and hydrological
patterns.
The protesters want a state of emergency to be declared in two districts of the
lower Marañón Valley where five indigenous communities have been affected by a
series of oil spills.
45 US increases crude oil imports from Amazon
While there has been an overall decline in US crude imports, the imports from the
Amazon are on the rise. The US is now importing more crude oil from the Amazon than
from any single foreign country. “Our demand for Amazon crude is driving the expansion
of the Amazon oil frontier and is putting millions of acres of indigenous territory and
50 pristine rainforest on the chopping block,” said Leila Salazar-López, executive director
of Amazon Watch.
According to Adam Zuckerman, Amazon Watch’s End Amazon Crude campaign
manager, “All commercial and public fleets in California — and many across the US—that
buy bulk diesel are using fuel that is at least partially derived from Amazon crude.” The
55 report also revealed that California refines an average of 170,978 barrels of Amazon
crude a day with the Chevron facility in El Segundo refining 24 per cent of the US alone.
After crude is refined, it is distributed as diesel to vehicle fleets across the US.
From the fragment of Text II “Explaining the ‘triple carbon impact’ of Amazonian oil extraction,
the report says that copious amount of carbon is emitted when the rainforest is cut down
to establish drill sites” (lines 17-19), the word report refers to
a) this article.
b) the person who wrote the article.
c) Chinese oil firms’ business plan.
d) study produced by an environmental group.
e) written piece issued by hydroelectric power plants.
Biofuels
20 The energy and technology sectors are investing heavily in alternatives to conventional
fossil fuels, but early efforts to use crop-based biofuels have had serious environmental
consequences.
While some believed biofuels — fuels that are derived from biomass, including
recently living organisms like plants or their metabolic byproducts like cow manure
25 — would offer environmental benefits over conventional fossils fuels, the production
and use of biofuels derived from palm oil, soy, corn, rapeseed, and sugar cane have in
recent years driven up food prices, promoted large-scale deforestation, depleted water
supplies, worsened soil erosion, and lead to increased air and water pollution. Still, there
is hope that the next generation of biofuels, derived from farm waste, algae, and native
30 grasses and weeds, could eliminate many of the worse effects seen during the current
rush into biofuels.
Efficiency
Good old-fashioned oil conservation is effective in reducing demand for oil products.
After the first OPEC embargo in 1973, the United States realized the importance of
35 oil efficiency and initiated policies to do away with wasteful practices. By 1985, the U.S.
was 25 percent more energy efficient and 32 percent more oil efficient than in 1973.
Of course the U.S. was upstaged by the Japanese who in the same period improved
their energy efficiency by 31 percent and their oil efficiency by 51 percent. Today the
importance of oil to the economy is still diminishing. Despite the 51 percent growth
40 in the American economy between 1990 and 2004, carbon emissions only increased 19%
suggesting that those who insist that economic growth and carbon dioxide emissions
move in tandem are wrong.
Develop new technology
The developed world can seek alternative methods to oil exploration, by developing
45 new technologies that rely less on processes that are ecologically damaging. For
example, compressed natural gas is a cleaner-burning fuel than gasoline, is already used
in some cars, and is available in vast quantities. Electric cars are potentially even more
environmentally sound.
To encourage investment in research and development of “greener” technologies,
50 governments can help by eliminating subsidies for the oil and gas industry and imposing
higher taxes on heavy polluters. While governments will play a role in cleaner-energy
development, it is likely that the private sector will provide most of the funding and
innovation for new energy projects. Venture capital firms and corporations have put
billions into new technologies since the mid-2000s, while corporations are getting on
55 board as well.
As experiences with biofuels have shown, there are often downsides to alternative
energy sources. For example, hydroelectric projects have destroyed river systems and
flooded vast areas of forests. Thus when undertaking any large-scale energy project
— whether it’s wind, solar, tidal, geothermal, or something else — it is important to
60 conduct a proper assessment of its impact.
Conclusion
Admittedly, there are many challenges facing sustainable use of tropical rainforests.
In arriving at a solution many issues must be addressed, including the resolution
of conflicting claims to land considered to be in the public domain; barriers to
65 markets; the assurance of sustainable development without overexploitation in the face
of growing demand for forest products; determination of the best way to use forests;
and the consideration of many other factors.
Almost none of these economic possibilities can become realities if the rainforests
are completely stripped. Useful products cannot be harvested from species that no
60 longer exist, just as eco-tourists will not visit the vast stretches of wasteland that were
once lush forest. Thus some of the primary rainforests must be salvaged for sustainable
development to be at all successful.
Available at: <http://rainforests.mongabay.com/1013.htm>. Retrieved on: Aug, 10th, 2017. Adapted.
In the fragment of Text I “In arriving at a solution many issues must be addressed, including
the resolution of conflicting claims to land considered to be in the public domain” (lines
63-64) the terms issues, addressed, claims correspond to the following meanings:
a) copies – cleared – petitions
b) problems – treated – surrender
c) queries – dealt with – demands
d) magazines – directed – requests
e) questions – approached – waivers
After the first OPEC embargo in 1973, the United States realized the importance of
35 oil efficiency and initiated policies to do away with wasteful practices. By 1985, the U.S.
was 25 percent more energy efficient and 32 percent more oil efficient than in 1973.
Of course the U.S. was upstaged by the Japanese who in the same period improved
their energy efficiency by 31 percent and their oil efficiency by 51 percent. Today the
importance of oil to the economy is still diminishing. Despite the 51 percent growth
40 in the American economy between 1990 and 2004, carbon emissions only increased 19%
suggesting that those who insist that economic growth and carbon dioxide emissions
move in tandem are wrong.
Develop new technology
The developed world can seek alternative methods to oil exploration, by developing
45 new technologies that rely less on processes that are ecologically damaging. For
example, compressed natural gas is a cleaner-burning fuel than gasoline, is already used
in some cars, and is available in vast quantities. Electric cars are potentially even more
environmentally sound.
To encourage investment in research and development of “greener” technologies,
50 governments can help by eliminating subsidies for the oil and gas industry and imposing
higher taxes on heavy polluters. While governments will play a role in cleaner-energy
development, it is likely that the private sector will provide most of the funding and
innovation for new energy projects. Venture capital firms and corporations have put
billions into new technologies since the mid-2000s, while corporations are getting on
55 board as well.
As experiences with biofuels have shown, there are often downsides to alternative
energy sources. For example, hydroelectric projects have destroyed river systems and
flooded vast areas of forests. Thus when undertaking any large-scale energy project
— whether it’s wind, solar, tidal, geothermal, or something else — it is important to
60 conduct a proper assessment of its impact.
Conclusion
Admittedly, there are many challenges facing sustainable use of tropical rainforests.
In arriving at a solution many issues must be addressed, including the resolution
of conflicting claims to land considered to be in the public domain; barriers to
65 markets; the assurance of sustainable development without overexploitation in the face
of growing demand for forest products; determination of the best way to use forests;
and the consideration of many other factors.
Almost none of these economic possibilities can become realities if the rainforests
are completely stripped. Useful products cannot be harvested from species that no
60 longer exist, just as eco-tourists will not visit the vast stretches of wasteland that were
once lush forest. Thus some of the primary rainforests must be salvaged for sustainable
development to be at all successful.
Available at: <http://rainforests.mongabay.com/1013.htm>. Retrieved on: Aug, 10th, 2017. Adapted.
The fragment of Text I “Despite the 51 percent growth in the American economy between
1990 and 2004, carbon emissions only increased 19% suggesting that those who insist that
economic growth and carbon dioxide emissions move in tandem are wrong” (lines 39-42)
implies that
a) both percent rates are incorrect.
b) those increase rates are independent.
c) the relationship between those rates must be established.
d) the American economy grew 51% from 1990 to 2004, and as a consequence, carbon
emissions decreased.
e) the American economy grew 51% from 1990 to 2004 because carbon emission only
increased 19%.
Biofuels
20 The energy and technology sectors are investing heavily in alternatives to conventional
fossil fuels, but early efforts to use crop-based biofuels have had serious environmental
consequences.
While some believed biofuels — fuels that are derived from biomass, including
recently living organisms like plants or their metabolic byproducts like cow manure
25 — would offer environmental benefits over conventional fossils fuels, the production
and use of biofuels derived from palm oil, soy, corn, rapeseed, and sugar cane have in
recent years driven up food prices, promoted large-scale deforestation, depleted water
supplies, worsened soil erosion, and lead to increased air and water pollution. Still, there
is hope that the next generation of biofuels, derived from farm waste, algae, and native
30 grasses and weeds, could eliminate many of the worse effects seen during the current
rush into biofuels.
Efficiency
Good old-fashioned oil conservation is effective in reducing demand for oil products.
After the first OPEC embargo in 1973, the United States realized the importance of
35 oil efficiency and initiated policies to do away with wasteful practices. By 1985, the U.S.
was 25 percent more energy efficient and 32 percent more oil efficient than in 1973.
Of course the U.S. was upstaged by the Japanese who in the same period improved
their energy efficiency by 31 percent and their oil efficiency by 51 percent. Today the
importance of oil to the economy is still diminishing. Despite the 51 percent growth
40 in the American economy between 1990 and 2004, carbon emissions only increased 19%
suggesting that those who insist that economic growth and carbon dioxide emissions
move in tandem are wrong.
Develop new technology
The developed world can seek alternative methods to oil exploration, by developing
45 new technologies that rely less on processes that are ecologically damaging. For
example, compressed natural gas is a cleaner-burning fuel than gasoline, is already used
in some cars, and is available in vast quantities. Electric cars are potentially even more
environmentally sound.
To encourage investment in research and development of “greener” technologies,
50 governments can help by eliminating subsidies for the oil and gas industry and imposing
higher taxes on heavy polluters. While governments will play a role in cleaner-energy
development, it is likely that the private sector will provide most of the funding and
innovation for new energy projects. Venture capital firms and corporations have put
billions into new technologies since the mid-2000s, while corporations are getting on
55 board as well.
As experiences with biofuels have shown, there are often downsides to alternative
energy sources. For example, hydroelectric projects have destroyed river systems and
flooded vast areas of forests. Thus when undertaking any large-scale energy project
— whether it’s wind, solar, tidal, geothermal, or something else — it is important to
60 conduct a proper assessment of its impact.
Conclusion
Admittedly, there are many challenges facing sustainable use of tropical rainforests.
In arriving at a solution many issues must be addressed, including the resolution
of conflicting claims to land considered to be in the public domain; barriers to
65 markets; the assurance of sustainable development without overexploitation in the face
of growing demand for forest products; determination of the best way to use forests;
and the consideration of many other factors.
Almost none of these economic possibilities can become realities if the rainforests
are completely stripped. Useful products cannot be harvested from species that no
60 longer exist, just as eco-tourists will not visit the vast stretches of wasteland that were
once lush forest. Thus some of the primary rainforests must be salvaged for sustainable
development to be at all successful.
Available at: <http://rainforests.mongabay.com/1013.htm>. Retrieved on: Aug, 10th, 2017. Adapted.
identified during transit then the early or late arrival can be negated or at least planned
for. Likewise, if by knowing the positions of your fleet of workboats means that you can
route the closest vessel to the next job, then significant fuel cost savings can be made.
With modern tracking systems, the way data is used is just as important as knowing
15 where a vessel is at all times. But there are countless ways to apply the data to the
benefit of efficiency for a single ship or fleet. So providing easy and reliable access to
position reports is essential.
A new tracking unit
RockFLEET is an advanced new tracking unit for the professional maritime
20 environment. During its design phase, the team decided that in order for the position
data it provides to be of the most use, as well as being available via Rock Seven’s own 35
fleet viewer ‘The Core,’ it must also be available in any software system the user chooses.
Using a standards-based API (Application Programming Interface), the customer can
integrate tracking data from RockFLEET into their own applications. Typically this
25 means that RockFLEET tracked assets can be added to existing fleet management
35 is a new fixed unit that can be fitted anywhere on board. Completely waterproof and
with no moving parts, it is a robust, ultra-compact (13cm diameter/4cm high) device
with multiple mounting options. The physical design of RockFLEET was in part driven by
the security challenges faced by vessels facing the issues of modern piracy.
The unit itself is designed to look anonymous; as standard there’s no name on the
40 outside. It works from ship’s power, but it uniquely has a backup battery inside. Which is
important should a vessel be hijacked and the main power cut.
Knowing the location of all friendly vessels in a region is vital to organisations with
a stake in ensuring safe passage through known piracy hotspots. With an operational
vessel/fleet tracking system, ship owners and fleet managers will know where their
45 ships are at all times. This information can be fed to authorities, private anti-piracy
companies and the naval forces patrolling piracy hotspots to build a clear, near
real-time picture for domain awareness. The value of this information should a vessel
be hijacked is obvious: knowing the last whereabouts of a vessel provides responders
with a starting point should a hijacked vessel’s tracking system be disabled by pirates.
50 Today’s pirates know that many commercial vessels are tracked, especially those
would be targets sailing in what are known to be hostile waters. So disabling vessel
tracking equipment on board is a sensible action for said pirates after a hijacked ship’s
crew have been subdued and because most tracking units are powered by the vessel,
finding and cutting the power supply isn’t hard. RockFLEET, however, is the only device
55 of its kind with an internal battery backup, so it can continue to transmit position for up
to two weeks if external power is cut.
With facility to mount covertly, this makes it especially suitable for vessels
traversing piracy hotspots.
Available at: <http://maritime-connector.com/from-security-to-efficiency-modern-vessel-tracking/>.
Retrieved on: Jan, 7th, 2015. Adapted.
identified during transit then the early or late arrival can be negated or at least planned
for. Likewise, if by knowing the positions of your fleet of workboats means that you can
route the closest vessel to the next job, then significant fuel cost savings can be made.
With modern tracking systems, the way data is used is just as important as knowing
15 where a vessel is at all times. But there are countless ways to apply the data to the
benefit of efficiency for a single ship or fleet. So providing easy and reliable access to
position reports is essential.
A new tracking unit
RockFLEET is an advanced new tracking unit for the professional maritime
20 environment. During its design phase, the team decided that in order for the position
data it provides to be of the most use, as well as being available via Rock Seven’s own 35
fleet viewer ‘The Core,’ it must also be available in any software system the user chooses.
Using a standards-based API (Application Programming Interface), the customer can
integrate tracking data from RockFLEET into their own applications. Typically this
25 means that RockFLEET tracked assets can be added to existing fleet management
35 is a new fixed unit that can be fitted anywhere on board. Completely waterproof and
with no moving parts, it is a robust, ultra-compact (13cm diameter/4cm high) device
with multiple mounting options. The physical design of RockFLEET was in part driven by
the security challenges faced by vessels facing the issues of modern piracy.
The unit itself is designed to look anonymous; as standard there’s no name on the
40 outside. It works from ship’s power, but it uniquely has a backup battery inside. Which is
important should a vessel be hijacked and the main power cut.
Knowing the location of all friendly vessels in a region is vital to organisations with
a stake in ensuring safe passage through known piracy hotspots. With an operational
vessel/fleet tracking system, ship owners and fleet managers will know where their
45 ships are at all times. This information can be fed to authorities, private anti-piracy
companies and the naval forces patrolling piracy hotspots to build a clear, near
real-time picture for domain awareness. The value of this information should a vessel
be hijacked is obvious: knowing the last whereabouts of a vessel provides responders
with a starting point should a hijacked vessel’s tracking system be disabled by pirates.
50 Today’s pirates know that many commercial vessels are tracked, especially those
would be targets sailing in what are known to be hostile waters. So disabling vessel
tracking equipment on board is a sensible action for said pirates after a hijacked ship’s
crew have been subdued and because most tracking units are powered by the vessel,
finding and cutting the power supply isn’t hard. RockFLEET, however, is the only device
55 of its kind with an internal battery backup, so it can continue to transmit position for up
to two weeks if external power is cut.
With facility to mount covertly, this makes it especially suitable for vessels
traversing piracy hotspots.
Available at: <http://maritime-connector.com/from-security-to-efficiency-modern-vessel-tracking/>.
Retrieved on: Jan, 7th, 2015. Adapted.
U.S. energy security or help to lower gas prices, which have already declined dramatically
over the last year.
TransCanada said in a statement that it “would review all of its options in light
of a permit denial for Keystone XL,” including the possibility of filing a new permit
15 application for a pipeline.
to do so.
The $8 billion Keystone XL pipeline was slated to stretch 1,179 miles from
east-central Alberta, Canada, to the Texas Gulf Coast. It would transport 830,000 barrels
of crude oil per day from the Canadian tar sands to refineries near Houston. Proposed
25 in 2008, the 875-mile section between the Canadian border and Steele City, Neb., needed
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency calculated that the tar sands oil the
pipeline would carry is highly damaging to the climate, emitting about 1.3 billion
more tons of greenhouse emissions over the pipeline’s 50-year lifespan than if it were
35 carrying conventional crude oil. The production of tar sands oil releases 17 percent more
CO2 into the atmosphere than the average barrel of crude oil produced elsewhere,
according to the State Department.
“Construction of the Keystone XL pipeline would be inconsistent with stabilizing
global warming below dangerous levels,” Penn State University climate scientist
40 Michael Mann said. “I am pleased that the administration has made good on their
promise to take seriously the task of acting on climate by rejecting the construction of
the pipeline.”
Available at: <http://www.scientifi camerican.com/article/obama-rejects-keystone-xl-pipeline/>. Retrie-
ved on: Nov. 10th, 2015. Adapted.
After reading the 10th paragraph of the text (lines 32-37), one can infer that
a) the pipeline would release 1.3 billion tons of greenhouse emissions in 50 years if it carried
tar sands oil.
b) the pipeline would release 1.3 billion tons of greenhouse emissions in 50 years if it carried
conventional crude oil.
c) the pipeline would release the same volume of greenhouse emissions in 50 years no
matter what kind of oil it carried.
d) greenhouse emissions would be increased in about 1.3 billion tons in 50 years if the
pipeline carried tar sands oil.
e) greenhouse emissions would be increased in about 1.3 billion tons in 50 years if the
pipeline carried conventional crude oil.
Because drillers are really after the more-valuable oil, associated natural gas is often
simply dumped into the pipelines at little or no cost — depressing the overall price of
natural gas.
35 The Railroad Commission of Texas, which regulates the oil and gas industry, collects
separate data on natural gas produced from gas wells and natural gas produced as a
byproduct from oil wells. These data show that, while overall Texas natural gas production
has increased since 2008, the amount of gas produced from purpose-drilled gas wells
has actually declined. On the other hand, natural gas associated with oil production has
increased markedly since 2008.
Available at: <http://blogs.scientificamerican.com/plugged-in/low-oil-prices-could-be-good-for-electri-
city-and-renewables/>. Retrieved on: Nov. 10th, 2015. Adapted.
In the fragment of the text “It all comes down to the relationship between oil and gas
production and the price of electricity, which directly affects the bottom line of technologies
like wind and solar” (lines 9-11), the pronoun which refers to
a) oil production.
b) gas production.
c) electricity.
d) the price of electricity.
e) the relationship between oil and gas production.
TransCanada said in a statement that it “would review all of its options in light
of a permit denial for Keystone XL,” including the possibility of filing a new permit
15 application for a pipeline.
“TransCanada and its shippers remain absolutely committed to building this
important energy infrastructure project,” TransCanada CEO Russ Girling said in a
statement.
State Department officials said at a news conference Friday that TransCanada is
20 free to apply for a new permit to build a cross-border pipeline and it is up to the company
to do so.
The $8 billion Keystone XL pipeline was slated to stretch 1,179 miles from
east-central Alberta, Canada, to the Texas Gulf Coast. It would transport 830,000 barrels
of crude oil per day from the Canadian tar sands to refineries near Houston. Proposed
25 in 2008, the 875-mile section between the Canadian border and Steele City, Neb., needed
State Department approval because it crossed an international border. Other parts
of TransCanada’s Keystone Project between central Nebraska and Texas have already
been built and are carrying tar sands oil to refineries along the Gulf Coast today.
Environmental advocates have rallied against the unbuilt portion and urged the
30 Obama administration to reject it, saying emissions from the production and burning of
tar sands oil it would carry could worsen climate change.
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency calculated that the tar sands oil the
pipeline would carry is highly damaging to the climate, emitting about 1.3 billion
more tons of greenhouse emissions over the pipeline’s 50-year lifespan than if it were
35 carrying conventional crude oil. The production of tar sands oil releases 17 percent more
CO2 into the atmosphere than the average barrel of crude oil produced elsewhere,
according to the State Department.
“Construction of the Keystone XL pipeline would be inconsistent with stabilizing
global warming below dangerous levels,” Penn State University climate scientist
40 Michael Mann said. “I am pleased that the administration has made good on their
promise to take seriously the task of acting on climate by rejecting the construction of
the pipeline.”
Available at: <http://www.scientifi camerican.com/article/obama-rejects-keystone-xl-pipeline/>. Retrie-
ved on: Nov. 10th, 2015. Adapted.
In the fragment of the text “Among the reasons for rejecting Keystone XL, Obama said
the pipeline would not make a meaningful long-term contribution to the U.S. economy,
nor would it increase U.S. energy security or help to lower gas prices, which have already
declined dramatically over the last year” (lines 9-12), the pronoun which refers to
a) U.S. economy.
b) U.S. energy security.
c) pipeline.
d) gas prices.
e) long-term contribution.
identified during transit then the early or late arrival can be negated or at least planned
for. Likewise, if by knowing the positions of your fleet of workboats means that you can
route the closest vessel to the next job, then significant fuel cost savings can be made.
With modern tracking systems, the way data is used is just as important as knowing
15 where a vessel is at all times. But there are countless ways to apply the data to the
benefit of efficiency for a single ship or fleet. So providing easy and reliable access to
position reports is essential.
A new tracking unit
RockFLEET is an advanced new tracking unit for the professional maritime
20 environment. During its design phase, the team decided that in order for the position
data it provides to be of the most use, as well as being available via Rock Seven’s own 35
fleet viewer ‘The Core,’ it must also be available in any software system the user chooses.
Using a standards-based API (Application Programming Interface), the customer can
integrate tracking data from RockFLEET into their own applications. Typically this
25 means that RockFLEET tracked assets can be added to existing fleet management
software, which invariably is designed around an owner or operators own logistics.
With precise vessel location data available, the opportunities are unlimited and
only down to the creativity of the user. For instance, a current Rock Seven customer
uses location data to manage payroll of personnel. Essentially, personnel get paid
30 different amounts depending on whether the ship is at sea, in international waters, in
port or transiting regions with high piracy incidents.
RockFLEET, a unique device
The above user is a private security company involved in anti-piracy operations. It
actually gets location data using RockSTAR, the handheld version of RockFLEET, which
35 is a new fixed unit that can be fitted anywhere on board. Completely waterproof and
with no moving parts, it is a robust, ultra-compact (13cm diameter/4cm high) device
with multiple mounting options. The physical design of RockFLEET was in part driven by
the security challenges faced by vessels facing the issues of modern piracy.
The unit itself is designed to look anonymous; as standard there’s no name on the
40 outside. It works from ship’s power, but it uniquely has a backup battery inside. Which is
important should a vessel be hijacked and the main power cut.
Knowing the location of all friendly vessels in a region is vital to organisations with
a stake in ensuring safe passage through known piracy hotspots. With an operational
vessel/fleet tracking system, ship owners and fleet managers will know where their
45 ships are at all times. This information can be fed to authorities, private anti-piracy
companies and the naval forces patrolling piracy hotspots to build a clear, near real-
time picture for domain awareness. The value of this information should a vessel be
hijacked is obvious: knowing the last whereabouts of a vessel provides responders with
a starting point should a hijacked vessel’s tracking system be disabled by pirates.
50 Today’s pirates know that many commercial vessels are tracked, especially those
would be targets sailing in what are known to be hostile waters. So disabling vessel tracking
equipment on board is a sensible action for said pirates after a hijacked ship’s crew
have been subdued and because most tracking units are powered by the vessel, finding
and cutting the power supply isn’t hard. RockFLEET, however, is the only device of its
55 kind with an internal battery backup, so it can continue to transmit position for up to
two weeks if external power is cut.
With facility to mount covertly, this makes it especially suitable for vessels
traversing piracy hotspots.
Available at: <http://maritime-connector.com/from-security-to-efficiency-modern-vessel-tracking/>.
Retrieved on: Jan, 7th, 2015. Adapted.
The fragment in the text “we have technical ships magnificently operating with equipment
that wouldn’t look out of place in a NASA lab” (lines 3-4) means that some of the equipment
used on technical ships
a) should be used in a NASA lab.
b) cannot be found in a NASA lab.
c) seem to be appropriate for a NASA lab.
d) would not look suitable for a NASA lab.
e) lack the resources found in equipment in a NASA lab.
identified during transit then the early or late arrival can be negated or at least planned
for. Likewise, if by knowing the positions of your fleet of workboats means that you can
route the closest vessel to the next job, then significant fuel cost savings can be made.
With modern tracking systems, the way data is used is just as important as knowing
15 where a vessel is at all times. But there are countless ways to apply the data to the
benefit of efficiency for a single ship or fleet. So providing easy and reliable access to
position reports is essential.
A new tracking unit
RockFLEET is an advanced new tracking unit for the professional maritime
20 environment. During its design phase, the team decided that in order for the position
data it provides to be of the most use, as well as being available via Rock Seven’s own 35
fleet viewer ‘The Core,’ it must also be available in any software system the user chooses.
Using a standards-based API (Application Programming Interface), the customer can
integrate tracking data from RockFLEET into their own applications. Typically this
25 means that RockFLEET tracked assets can be added to existing fleet management
identified during transit then the early or late arrival can be negated or at least planned
for. Likewise, if by knowing the positions of your fleet of workboats means that you can
route the closest vessel to the next job, then significant fuel cost savings can be made.
With modern tracking systems, the way data is used is just as important as knowing
15 where a vessel is at all times. But there are countless ways to apply the data to the
benefit of efficiency for a single ship or fleet. So providing easy and reliable access to
position reports is essential.
A new tracking unit
RockFLEET is an advanced new tracking unit for the professional maritime
20 environment. During its design phase, the team decided that in order for the position
data it provides to be of the most use, as well as being available via Rock Seven’s own 35
fleet viewer ‘The Core,’ it must also be available in any software system the user chooses.
Using a standards-based API (Application Programming Interface), the customer can
integrate tracking data from RockFLEET into their own applications. Typically this
25 means that RockFLEET tracked assets can be added to existing fleet management
With precise vessel location data available, the opportunities are unlimited and
only down to the creativity of the user. For instance, a current Rock Seven customer
uses location data to manage payroll of personnel. Essentially, personnel get paid
30 different amounts depending on whether the ship is at sea, in international waters, in
port or transiting regions with high piracy incidents.
RockFLEET, a unique device
The above user is a private security company involved in anti-piracy operations. It
actually gets location data using RockSTAR, the handheld version of RockFLEET, which
35 is a new fixed unit that can be fitted anywhere on board. Completely waterproof and
with no moving parts, it is a robust, ultra-compact (13cm diameter/4cm high) device
with multiple mounting options. The physical design of RockFLEET was in part driven by
the security challenges faced by vessels facing the issues of modern piracy.
The unit itself is designed to look anonymous; as standard there’s no name on the
40 outside. It works from ship’s power, but it uniquely has a backup battery inside. Which is
important should a vessel be hijacked and the main power cut.
Knowing the location of all friendly vessels in a region is vital to organisations with
a stake in ensuring safe passage through known piracy hotspots. With an operational
vessel/fleet tracking system, ship owners and fleet managers will know where their
45 ships are at all times. This information can be fed to authorities, private anti-piracy
companies and the naval forces patrolling piracy hotspots to build a clear, near real-
time picture for domain awareness. The value of this information should a vessel be
hijacked is obvious: knowing the last whereabouts of a vessel provides responders with
a starting point should a hijacked vessel’s tracking system be disabled by pirates.
50 Today’s pirates know that many commercial vessels are tracked, especially those
would be targets sailing in what are known to be hostile waters. So disabling vessel tracking
equipment on board is a sensible action for said pirates after a hijacked ship’s crew
have been subdued and because most tracking units are powered by the vessel, finding
and cutting the power supply isn’t hard. RockFLEET, however, is the only device of its
55 kind with an internal battery backup, so it can continue to transmit position for up to
two weeks if external power is cut.
With facility to mount covertly, this makes it especially suitable for vessels
traversing piracy hotspots.
Available at: <http://maritime-connector.com/from-security-to-efficiency-modern-vessel-tracking/>.
Retrieved on: Jan, 7th, 2015. Adapted.
In the fragment of the text “The physical design of RockFLEET was in part driven by the
security challenges faced by vessels facing the issues of modern piracy” (lines 37-38),
driven by can be replaced, without change in meaning, by
a) controlled by.
b) motivated by.
c) neglected by.
d) dependent on.
e) prevented from.
identified during transit then the early or late arrival can be negated or at least planned
for. Likewise, if by knowing the positions of your fleet of workboats means that you can
route the closest vessel to the next job, then significant fuel cost savings can be made.
With modern tracking systems, the way data is used is just as important as knowing
15 where a vessel is at all times. But there are countless ways to apply the data to the
benefit of efficiency for a single ship or fleet. So providing easy and reliable access to
position reports is essential.
A new tracking unit
RockFLEET is an advanced new tracking unit for the professional maritime
20 environment. During its design phase, the team decided that in order for the position
data it provides to be of the most use, as well as being available via Rock Seven’s own 35
fleet viewer ‘The Core,’ it must also be available in any software system the user chooses.
Using a standards-based API (Application Programming Interface), the customer can
integrate tracking data from RockFLEET into their own applications. Typically this
25 means that RockFLEET tracked assets can be added to existing fleet management
According to the text, vessel tracking systems can be used to provide all the benefits below,
EXCEPT
a) identifying the location of all pirate vessels in hostile waters.
b) knowing the accurate position of all vessels in a fleet.
c) using location data to manage payroll of personnel.
d) enhancing the efficiency of a single ship or fleet.
e) allowing significant savings in fuel costs.
identified during transit then the early or late arrival can be negated or at least planned
for. Likewise, if by knowing the positions of your fleet of workboats means that you can
route the closest vessel to the next job, then significant fuel cost savings can be made.
With modern tracking systems, the way data is used is just as important as knowing
15 where a vessel is at all times. But there are countless ways to apply the data to the
benefit of efficiency for a single ship or fleet. So providing easy and reliable access to
position reports is essential.
A new tracking unit
RockFLEET is an advanced new tracking unit for the professional maritime
20 environment. During its design phase, the team decided that in order for the position
data it provides to be of the most use, as well as being available via Rock Seven’s own 35
fleet viewer ‘The Core,’ it must also be available in any software system the user chooses.
Using a standards-based API (Application Programming Interface), the customer can
integrate tracking data from RockFLEET into their own applications. Typically this
25 means that RockFLEET tracked assets can be added to existing fleet management
With precise vessel location data available, the opportunities are unlimited and
only down to the creativity of the user. For instance, a current Rock Seven customer
uses location data to manage payroll of personnel. Essentially, personnel get paid
30 different amounts depending on whether the ship is at sea, in international waters, in
port or transiting regions with high piracy incidents.
RockFLEET, a unique device
The above user is a private security company involved in anti-piracy operations. It
actually gets location data using RockSTAR, the handheld version of RockFLEET, which
35 is a new fixed unit that can be fitted anywhere on board. Completely waterproof and
with no moving parts, it is a robust, ultra-compact (13cm diameter/4cm high) device
with multiple mounting options. The physical design of RockFLEET was in part driven by
the security challenges faced by vessels facing the issues of modern piracy.
The unit itself is designed to look anonymous; as standard there’s no name on the
40 outside. It works from ship’s power, but it uniquely has a backup battery inside. Which is
important should a vessel be hijacked and the main power cut.
Knowing the location of all friendly vessels in a region is vital to organisations with
a stake in ensuring safe passage through known piracy hotspots. With an operational
vessel/fleet tracking system, ship owners and fleet managers will know where their
45 ships are at all times. This information can be fed to authorities, private anti-piracy
companies and the naval forces patrolling piracy hotspots to build a clear, near real-
time picture for domain awareness. The value of this information should a vessel be
hijacked is obvious: knowing the last whereabouts of a vessel provides responders with
a starting point should a hijacked vessel’s tracking system be disabled by pirates.
50 Today’s pirates know that many commercial vessels are tracked, especially those
would be targets sailing in what are known to be hostile waters. So disabling vessel tracking
equipment on board is a sensible action for said pirates after a hijacked ship’s crew
have been subdued and because most tracking units are powered by the vessel, finding
and cutting the power supply isn’t hard. RockFLEET, however, is the only device of its
55 kind with an internal battery backup, so it can continue to transmit position for up to
two weeks if external power is cut.
With facility to mount covertly, this makes it especially suitable for vessels
traversing piracy hotspots.
Available at: <http://maritime-connector.com/from-security-to-efficiency-modern-vessel-tracking/>.
Retrieved on: Jan, 7th, 2015. Adapted.
The expression in bold and the item in italics convey equivalent ideas in
a) “Unless it becomes mandated by the IMO (International Maritime Organization)” (lines
5-6) – Because.
b) “Vessel tracking is a partial exception to the rule though” (line 6) – as usual.
c) “If a ship arrives early or late, more often than not there will be an associated cost” (lines
9-10) – Whenever.
d) “For instance, a current Rock Seven customer uses location data to manage payroll of
personnel” (lines 28-29) – Moreover.
e) “So disabling vessel tracking equipment on board is a sensible action for said pirates
after a hijacked ship’s crew have been subdued” (lines 51-53) – Thus.
identified during transit then the early or late arrival can be negated or at least planned
for. Likewise, if by knowing the positions of your fleet of workboats means that you can
route the closest vessel to the next job, then significant fuel cost savings can be made.
With modern tracking systems, the way data is used is just as important as knowing
15 where a vessel is at all times. But there are countless ways to apply the data to the
benefit of efficiency for a single ship or fleet. So providing easy and reliable access to
position reports is essential.
A new tracking unit
RockFLEET is an advanced new tracking unit for the professional maritime
20 environment. During its design phase, the team decided that in order for the position
data it provides to be of the most use, as well as being available via Rock Seven’s own 35
fleet viewer ‘The Core,’ it must also be available in any software system the user chooses.
Using a standards-based API (Application Programming Interface), the customer can
integrate tracking data from RockFLEET into their own applications. Typically this
25 means that RockFLEET tracked assets can be added to existing fleet management
software, which invariably is designed around an owner or operators own logistics.
With precise vessel location data available, the opportunities are unlimited and
only down to the creativity of the user. For instance, a current Rock Seven customer
uses location data to manage payroll of personnel. Essentially, personnel get paid
30 different amounts depending on whether the ship is at sea, in international waters, in
port or transiting regions with high piracy incidents.
RockFLEET, a unique device
The above user is a private security company involved in anti-piracy operations. It
actually gets location data using RockSTAR, the handheld version of RockFLEET, which
35 is a new fixed unit that can be fitted anywhere on board. Completely waterproof and
with no moving parts, it is a robust, ultra-compact (13cm diameter/4cm high) device
with multiple mounting options. The physical design of RockFLEET was in part driven by
the security challenges faced by vessels facing the issues of modern piracy.
The unit itself is designed to look anonymous; as standard there’s no name on the
40 outside. It works from ship’s power, but it uniquely has a backup battery inside. Which is
important should a vessel be hijacked and the main power cut.
Knowing the location of all friendly vessels in a region is vital to organisations with
a stake in ensuring safe passage through known piracy hotspots. With an operational
vessel/fleet tracking system, ship owners and fleet managers will know where their
45 ships are at all times. This information can be fed to authorities, private anti-piracy
companies and the naval forces patrolling piracy hotspots to build a clear, near real-
time picture for domain awareness. The value of this information should a vessel be
hijacked is obvious: knowing the last whereabouts of a vessel provides responders with
a starting point should a hijacked vessel’s tracking system be disabled by pirates.
50 Today’s pirates know that many commercial vessels are tracked, especially those
would be targets sailing in what are known to be hostile waters. So disabling vessel tracking
equipment on board is a sensible action for said pirates after a hijacked ship’s crew
have been subdued and because most tracking units are powered by the vessel, finding
and cutting the power supply isn’t hard. RockFLEET, however, is the only device of its
55 kind with an internal battery backup, so it can continue to transmit position for up to
two weeks if external power is cut.
With facility to mount covertly, this makes it especially suitable for vessels
traversing piracy hotspots.
Available at: <http://maritime-connector.com/from-security-to-efficiency-modern-vessel-tracking/>.
Retrieved on: Jan, 7th, 2015. Adapted.
Based on the meanings in the text, one notices that the words
a) countless (line 15) and unlimited are antonyms.
b) reliable (line 16) and questionable are synonyms.
c) ensuring (line 43) and securing express similar ideas.
d) disabled (line 49) and destroyed express opposing ideas.
e) subdued (line 53) and defeated do not have equivalent meanings.
In 1973, the year the Arab Oil Embargo caused a steep rise in oil prices, the United
States produced 17 percent of its electricity using petroleum. When the oil price
increased, the price of electricity increased too. This increase in price prompted greater
interest in domestic sources of electricity, like coal, nuclear, and renewable energy.
15 Due in part to the turn away from oil in the 70s, today the United States produces
just 0.7 percent of its electricity using petroleum. Therefore, the price of oil has no direct
impact on the price of electricity. Most electricity comes from coal (39 percent) and
natural gas (27 percent), with the remainder coming from nuclear, hydroelectric, wind,
and other renewables. The fuel with the most direct impact on the price of electricity
20 is natural gas, because natural gas generation often sets the price of electricity in
the market. To gauge how low oil prices might affect the price of electricity, it’s really
important to think about how they might affect the price of natural gas.
Although oil and natural gas prices have decoupled in recent years, there is still
an indirect link between the price of oil and the price of natural gas, because both oil
25 and natural gas are often produced from the same well. While most U.S. natural gas is
produced from wells drilled for the express purpose of extracting gas, a portion comes
from wells that are drilled to extract oil, but produce natural gas as a byproduct. This
“associated gas” or “casinghead gas” is often flared in regions like the Bakken in North
Dakota, which has limited pipeline infrastructure. However, in regions like Texas’s Eagle
30 Ford and Permian Basin, this gas is often injected into the existing pipeline network.
Because drillers are really after the more-valuable oil, associated natural gas is often
simply dumped into the pipelines at little or no cost — depressing the overall price of
natural gas.
The Railroad Commission of Texas, which regulates the oil and gas industry, collects
35 separate data on natural gas produced from gas wells and natural gas produced as a
byproduct from oil wells. These data show that, while overall Texas natural gas production
has increased since 2008, the amount of gas produced from purpose-drilled gas wells
has actually declined. On the other hand, natural gas associated with oil production has
increased markedly since 2008.
Available at: <http://blogs.scientificamerican.com/plugged-in/low-oil-prices-could-be-good-for-electri-
city-and-renewables/>. Retrieved on: Nov. 10th, 2015. Adapted.
In the fragment of the text “Thankfully, this time around, the outlook for renewable energy
isn’t so bleak” (line 7), the word bleak can be replaced, with no change in meaning, by
a) encouraging.
b) cheerful.
c) optimistic.
d) desolate.
e) promising.
10 make a meaningful long-term contribution to the U.S. economy, nor would it increase
U.S. energy security or help to lower gas prices, which have already declined dramatically
over the last year.
TransCanada said in a statement that it “would review all of its options in light
of a permit denial for Keystone XL,” including the possibility of filing a new permit
15 application for a pipeline.
“TransCanada and its shippers remain absolutely committed to building this
important energy infrastructure project,” TransCanada CEO Russ Girling said in a
statement.
State Department officials said at a news conference Friday that TransCanada is
20 free to apply for a new permit to build a cross-border pipeline and it is up to the company
to do so.
The $8 billion Keystone XL pipeline was slated to stretch 1,179 miles from
east-central Alberta, Canada, to the Texas Gulf Coast. It would transport 830,000 barrels
of crude oil per day from the Canadian tar sands to refineries near Houston. Proposed
25 in 2008, the 875-mile section between the Canadian border and Steele City, Neb., needed
State Department approval because it crossed an international border. Other parts
of TransCanada’s Keystone Project between central Nebraska and Texas have already
been built and are carrying tar sands oil to refineries along the Gulf Coast today.
Environmental advocates have rallied against the unbuilt portion and urged the
30 Obama administration to reject it, saying emissions from the production and burning of
tar sands oil it would carry could worsen climate change.
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency calculated that the tar sands oil the
pipeline would carry is highly damaging to the climate, emitting about 1.3 billion
more tons of greenhouse emissions over the pipeline’s 50-year lifespan than if it were
35 carrying conventional crude oil. The production of tar sands oil releases 17 percent more
CO2 into the atmosphere than the average barrel of crude oil produced elsewhere,
according to the State Department.
“Construction of the Keystone XL pipeline would be inconsistent with stabilizing
global warming below dangerous levels,” Penn State University climate scientist
40 Michael Mann said. “I am pleased that the administration has made good on their
promise to take seriously the task of acting on climate by rejecting the construction of
the pipeline.”
Available at: <http://www.scientifi camerican.com/article/obama-rejects-keystone-xl-pipeline/>. Retrie-
ved on: Nov. 10th, 2015. Adapted.
In the fragment of the text “nor would it increase U.S. energy security or help to lower
gas prices, which have already declined dramatically over the last year” (lines 10-12), the
adverb dramatically can be replaced, with no change in meaning, by
a) theatrically.
b) greatly.
c) trivially.
d) lightly.
e) discreetly.
Although oil and natural gas prices have decoupled in recent years, there is still
25 an indirect link between the price of oil and the price of natural gas, because both oil
and natural gas are often produced from the same well. While most U.S. natural gas is
produced from wells drilled for the express purpose of extracting gas, a portion comes
from wells that are drilled to extract oil, but produce natural gas as a byproduct. This
“associated gas” or “casinghead gas” is often flared in regions like the Bakken in North
30 Dakota, which has limited pipeline infrastructure. However, in regions like Texas’s Eagle
Ford and Permian Basin, this gas is often injected into the existing pipeline network.
Because drillers are really after the more-valuable oil, associated natural gas is often
simply dumped into the pipelines at little or no cost — depressing the overall price of
natural gas.
35 The Railroad Commission of Texas, which regulates the oil and gas industry, collects
separate data on natural gas produced from gas wells and natural gas produced as a
byproduct from oil wells. These data show that, while overall Texas natural gas production
has increased since 2008, the amount of gas produced from purpose-drilled gas wells
has actually declined. On the other hand, natural gas associated with oil production has
increased markedly since 2008.
Available at: <http://blogs.scientificamerican.com/plugged-in/low-oil-prices-could-be-good-for-electri-
city-and-renewables/>. Retrieved on: Nov. 10th, 2015. Adapted.
From the fragment of the text “Although oil and natural gas prices have decoupled in recent
years, there is still an indirect link between the price of oil and the price of natural gas,
because both oil and natural gas are often produced from the same well” (lines 24-26), it
can be inferred that
a) oil and natural gas are seldom extracted from the same wells.
b) oil and natural gas produced from the same well have their prices often determined by
government decisions.
c) oil and natural gas extracted from the same wells bring as an effect an indirect link
between their prices.
d) oil and natural gas prices have been increasingly independent in recent years because
they are often produced from the same well.
e) oil and natural gas prices have been increasingly dependent in recent years because they
are often produced from the same well.
Because drillers are really after the more-valuable oil, associated natural gas is often
simply dumped into the pipelines at little or no cost — depressing the overall price of
natural gas.
35 The Railroad Commission of Texas, which regulates the oil and gas industry, collects
separate data on natural gas produced from gas wells and natural gas produced as a
byproduct from oil wells. These data show that, while overall Texas natural gas production
has increased since 2008, the amount of gas produced from purpose-drilled gas wells
has actually declined. On the other hand, natural gas associated with oil production has
increased markedly since 2008.
Available at: <http://blogs.scientificamerican.com/plugged-in/low-oil-prices-could-be-good-for-electri-
city-and-renewables/>. Retrieved on: Nov. 10th, 2015. Adapted.
TransCanada said in a statement that it “would review all of its options in light
of a permit denial for Keystone XL,” including the possibility of filing a new permit
15 application for a pipeline.
“TransCanada and its shippers remain absolutely committed to building this
important energy infrastructure project,” TransCanada CEO Russ Girling said in a
statement.
State Department officials said at a news conference Friday that TransCanada is
20 free to apply for a new permit to build a cross-border pipeline and it is up to the company
to do so.
The $8 billion Keystone XL pipeline was slated to stretch 1,179 miles from
east-central Alberta, Canada, to the Texas Gulf Coast. It would transport 830,000 barrels
of crude oil per day from the Canadian tar sands to refineries near Houston. Proposed
25 in 2008, the 875-mile section between the Canadian border and Steele City, Neb., needed
State Department approval because it crossed an international border. Other parts
of TransCanada’s Keystone Project between central Nebraska and Texas have already
been built and are carrying tar sands oil to refineries along the Gulf Coast today.
Environmental advocates have rallied against the unbuilt portion and urged the
30 Obama administration to reject it, saying emissions from the production and burning of
tar sands oil it would carry could worsen climate change.
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency calculated that the tar sands oil the
pipeline would carry is highly damaging to the climate, emitting about 1.3 billion
more tons of greenhouse emissions over the pipeline’s 50-year lifespan than if it were
35 carrying conventional crude oil. The production of tar sands oil releases 17 percent more
CO2 into the atmosphere than the average barrel of crude oil produced elsewhere,
according to the State Department.
“Construction of the Keystone XL pipeline would be inconsistent with stabilizing
global warming below dangerous levels,” Penn State University climate scientist
40 Michael Mann said. “I am pleased that the administration has made good on their
promise to take seriously the task of acting on climate by rejecting the construction of
the pipeline.”
Available at: <http://www.scientifi camerican.com/article/obama-rejects-keystone-xl-pipeline/>. Retrie-
ved on: Nov. 10th, 2015. Adapted.
U.S. energy security or help to lower gas prices, which have already declined dramatically
over the last year.
TransCanada said in a statement that it “would review all of its options in light
of a permit denial for Keystone XL,” including the possibility of filing a new permit
15 application for a pipeline.
to do so.
The $8 billion Keystone XL pipeline was slated to stretch 1,179 miles from
east-central Alberta, Canada, to the Texas Gulf Coast. It would transport 830,000 barrels
of crude oil per day from the Canadian tar sands to refineries near Houston. Proposed
25 in 2008, the 875-mile section between the Canadian border and Steele City, Neb., needed
30 Obama administration to reject it, saying emissions from the production and burning of
tar sands oil it would carry could worsen climate change.
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency calculated that the tar sands oil the
pipeline would carry is highly damaging to the climate, emitting about 1.3 billion
more tons of greenhouse emissions over the pipeline’s 50-year lifespan than if it were
35 carrying conventional crude oil. The production of tar sands oil releases 17 percent more
CO2 into the atmosphere than the average barrel of crude oil produced elsewhere,
according to the State Department.
“Construction of the Keystone XL pipeline would be inconsistent with stabilizing
global warming below dangerous levels,” Penn State University climate scientist
40 Michael Mann said. “I am pleased that the administration has made good on their
promise to take seriously the task of acting on climate by rejecting the construction of
the pipeline.”
Available at: <http://www.scientifi camerican.com/article/obama-rejects-keystone-xl-pipeline/>. Retrie-
ved on: Nov. 10th, 2015. Adapted.
From the fragment “Obama said America is a global leader on taking action on climate
change, and approving Keystone XL would have undercut that leadership” (lines 5-6), one
can infer that
a) the United States is not concerned with the impact of the pipeline on climate change.
b) the United States is trying to achieve leadership on taking action on climate change.
c) according to the American government, the construction of the pipeline causes mild
impact on the climate.
d) the American government sees no relation between the construction of the Keystone
XL and climate change.
e) the approval of the Keystone XL would contradict American concerns with climate change.
of Labor Statistics, the Great Recession caused millennials to stray from historic
10 patterns when it comes to purchasing a home and having children, and a fear of credit
cards could be another symptom of the economic environment of the times.
And there’s much data when it comes to proving that millennials grew up on shaky
economic ground. The Pew Research Center reports that 36% of millennials lived at
home with their parents in 2012. Meanwhile, the unemployment rate for people ages
15 16 to 24 was 14.2% (more than twice the national rate) in early 2014, according to the
BLS. With those figures, it’s no wonder that millennials are skittish when it comes to
credit cards. It makes sense that young people would be afraid to take on any new forms
of debt.
A Generation Plagued with Student Loan Debt
20 But the Great Recession isn’t the only reason millennials could be fearful of credit.
Many experts believe that the nation’s student loan debt level might be related to it.
According to the Institute for College Access & Success, 71% of millennials (or 1.3 million
students) who graduated from college in 2012 left school with at least some student
loan debt, with the average amount owed around $29,400.
25 With so much debt already under their belts, millennials are worried about adding
any credit card debt to the pile. After all, many adults with student loan debt need to
make payments for years, and even decades.
How Millennials Can Build Credit Without a Credit Card
The fact that millennials are smart enough to avoid credit card debt is a good
30 thing, but that doesn’t mean the decision has its drawbacks. According to Experian, most
adults need a positive credit history in order to qualify for an auto loan or mortgage.
Even worse, having no credit history is almost as bad as having a negative credit history
in some cases.
Still, there are plenty of ways millennials can build a credit history without a credit
35 card. A few tips:
• Make payments on installment loans on time. Whether it’s a car loan, student loan
or personal loan, make sure to mail in those payments on time and pay at least the
minimum amount required.
• Put at least one household or utility bill in your name. Paying your utility or household
40 bills on time can help you build a positive credit history.
• Get a secured credit card. Unlike traditional credit cards, the funds secured credit
cards offer are backed by money the user deposits. Signing up for a secured card is
one way to build a positive credit history without any risk.
The fact that millennials are leery of credit cards is probably a good thing in the
45 long run. After all, not having a credit card is the perfect way to stay out of credit card
debt. Even though it might be harder to build a credit history without credit cards, the
vast majority of millennials have decided that the plastic just isn’t worth it.
In the sentence of the text “the Great Recession caused millennials to stray from historic
patterns when it comes to purchasing a home and having children” (lines 9–10), the word
stray can be replaced, with no change in meaning, by
a) stem.
b) start.
c) range.
d) follow.
e) deviate.
20 But the Great Recession isn’t the only reason millennials could be fearful of credit.
Many experts believe that the nation’s student loan debt level might be related to it.
According to the Institute for College Access & Success, 71% of millennials (or 1.3 million
students) who graduated from college in 2012 left school with at least some student
loan debt, with the average amount owed around $29,400.
25 With so much debt already under their belts, millennials are worried about adding
any credit card debt to the pile. After all, many adults with student loan debt need to
make payments for years, and even decades.
How Millennials Can Build Credit Without a Credit Card
The fact that millennials are smart enough to avoid credit card debt is a good
30 thing, but that doesn’t mean the decision has its drawbacks. According to Experian, most
adults need a positive credit history in order to qualify for an auto loan or mortgage.
Even worse, having no credit history is almost as bad as having a negative credit history
in some cases.
Still, there are plenty of ways millennials can build a credit history without a credit
35 card. A few tips:
• Make payments on installment loans on time. Whether it’s a car loan, student loan
or personal loan, make sure to mail in those payments on time and pay at least the
minimum amount required.
• Put at least one household or utility bill in your name. Paying your utility or household
40 bills on time can help you build a positive credit history.
• Get a secured credit card. Unlike traditional credit cards, the funds secured credit
cards offer are backed by money the user deposits. Signing up for a secured card is
one way to build a positive credit history without any risk.
The fact that millennials are leery of credit cards is probably a good thing in the
45 long run. After all, not having a credit card is the perfect way to stay out of credit card
debt. Even though it might be harder to build a credit history without credit cards, the
vast majority of millennials have decided that the plastic just isn’t worth it.
The word skittish, in the sentence of the text “With those figures, it’s no wonder that
millennials are skittish when it comes to credit cards” (lines 16–17), can be replaced, with
no change in meaning, by
a) uncertain.
b) enthusiastic.
c) depressed.
d) determined.
e) secure.
Even worse, having no credit history is almost as bad as having a negative credit history
in some cases.
Still, there are plenty of ways millennials can build a credit history without a credit
35 card. A few tips:
• Make payments on installment loans on time. Whether it’s a car loan, student loan
or personal loan, make sure to mail in those payments on time and pay at least the
minimum amount required.
• Put at least one household or utility bill in your name. Paying your utility or household
40 bills on time can help you build a positive credit history.
• Get a secured credit card. Unlike traditional credit cards, the funds secured credit
cards offer are backed by money the user deposits. Signing up for a secured card is
one way to build a positive credit history without any risk.
The fact that millennials are leery of credit cards is probably a good thing in the
45 long run. After all, not having a credit card is the perfect way to stay out of credit card
debt. Even though it might be harder to build a credit history without credit cards, the
vast majority of millennials have decided that the plastic just isn’t worth it.
In the sentence of the text “Still, there are plenty of ways millennials can build a credit
history without a credit card” (lines 34–35), the quantifier plenty of can be replaced, with
no change in meaning, by
a) some.
b) few.
c) a few.
d) a little.
e) lots of.
In the fragment of the text “Hence, the efficient allocation of economic resources” (lines
11-12), the connector Hence conveys an idea of
a) emphasis.
b) time sequence.
c) contrast.
d) conclusion.
e) addition.
The modal verb may in the fragment of the text “It may be years before the economic
benefits of natural gas vehicles can be realized” (lines 22-23) is associated with the idea of
a) permission.
b) obligation.
c) certainty.
d) inference.
e) probability.
you 40 miles on one gallon, the same vehicle running on compressed natural gas can do
it for about $1.50 less at today’s prices. To that savings add lower maintenance costs. A
study of New York City cabs running on natural gas found that oil changes need not be
as frequent because of the clean burn of the fuel, and exhaustsystem parts last longer
15 because natural gas is less corrosive than other fuels.
Today, those economic benefits are nullified by the initial cost of a natural gas
vehicle — 20 to 30 percent more than a comparable gasoline-engine vehicle. But were
production to increase significantly, economies of scale would bring prices down. In
an interview by phone, Jon Coleman, fleet sustainability manager at the Ford Motor
20 Company, said that given sufficient volume, the selling price of natural gas vehicles could
be comparable to that of conventional vehicles.
It may be years before the economic benefits of natural gas vehicles can be
realized, but the environmental benefits appear to be immediate. According to the
Energy Department’s website, natural gas vehicles have smaller carbon footprints
25 than gasoline or diesel automobiles, even when taking into account the natural gas
production process, which releases carbon-rich methane into the atmosphere.
The United States government appears to favor natural gas as a motor vehicle fuel.
To promote the production of vehicles with fewer carbon emissions, it has allowed
automakers to count certain vehicle types more than once when calculating their
30 Corporate Average Fuel Economy, under regulations mandating a fleet average of 54.5
miles per gallon by 2025. Plug-in hybrids and natural gas vehicles can be counted 1.6
times under the CAFE standards, and electric vehicles can be counted twice.
Adapting natural gas as a vehicle fuel introduces engineering challenges. While the
fuel burns clean, it is less energy dense than gasoline, so if it is burned in an engine
35 designed to run on conventional fuel, performance and efficiency are degraded.
But since natural gas has an octane rating of 130, compared with 93 for the best
gasoline, an engine designed for it can run with very high cylinder pressure, which
would cause a regular gasoline engine to knock from premature ignition. More cylinder
pressure yields more power, and thus the energy-density advantage of gasoline can be
40 nullified. [...]
Until the pressurized fuel tanks of natural gas vehicles can be easily and quickly
refueled, the fleet cannot grow substantially. The number of commercial refueling
stations for compressed natural gas has been increasing at a rate of 16 percent yearly,
the Energy Department says. And, while the total is still small, advances in refueling
45 equipment should increase the rate of expansion. Much of the infrastructure is already
in place: America has millions of miles of natural gas pipeline. Connecting that network
to refueling equipment is not difficult.
According to the paragraph limited by lines 9-15 in the text, one can infer that
a) gasoline is as expensive as diesel in New York City.
b) a car running on natural gas will pay $1.50 on one gallon of the fuel.
c) every car running on natural gas will afford to save $3.00 on a 60-mile drive.
d) the cost of oil changes can improve savings in natural gas-fueled vehicles.
e) natural gas cannot be associated with corrosion in car’s exhaust-system parts.
In the sentence of the text “Although commercial refueling stations will be necessary to
support a substantial fleet of natural gas vehicles, home refueling may be the magic bullet
that makes the vehicles practical” (lines 48-50), the word although implies facts that are
a) simultaneous.
b) sequential.
c) alternate.
d) opposing.
e) proportional.
The sentence of the text “But were production to increase significantly, economies of scale
would bring prices down” (lines 17-18) has the same meaning as:
a) Economies of scale would reduce production and prices significantly.
b) Economies of scale would be one of the conditions for the decrease of prices.
c) Production would increase unless economies of scale brought prices down.
d) Production would increase significantly if economies of scale didn’t bring the prices down.
e) Prices would not go down although the production increased.
According to the 9th paragraph in the text (lines 41-47), refueling stations in the United
States
a) should go through an increase at their rate of expansion.
b) require pipeline infrastructure that has been growing 16% every year.
c) do not rely on infrastructure available for their expansion.
d) cannot grow substantially because of miles of natural gas pipeline.
e) cannot be expanded through the country because of their potential damage against nature.
Adapting natural gas as a vehicle fuel introduces engineering challenges. While the
fuel burns clean, it is less energy dense than gasoline, so if it is burned in an engine
35 designed to run on conventional fuel, performance and efficiency are degraded.
But since natural gas has an octane rating of 130, compared with 93 for the best
gasoline, an engine designed for it can run with very high cylinder pressure, which
would cause a regular gasoline engine to knock from premature ignition. More cylinder
pressure yields more power, and thus the energy-density advantage of gasoline can be
40 nullified. [...]
Until the pressurized fuel tanks of natural gas vehicles can be easily and quickly
refueled, the fleet cannot grow substantially. The number of commercial refueling
stations for compressed natural gas has been increasing at a rate of 16 percent yearly,
the Energy Department says. And, while the total is still small, advances in refueling
45 equipment should increase the rate of expansion. Much of the infrastructure is already
in place: America has millions of miles of natural gas pipeline. Connecting that network
to refueling equipment is not difficult.
Although commercial refueling stations will be necessary to support a substantial
fleet of natural gas vehicles, home refueling may be the magic bullet that makes the
50 vehicles practical. Electric vehicles depend largely on home charging and most have less
than half the range of a fully fueled natural gas vehicle. Some compressed natural gas
home refueling products are available, but they can cost as much as $5,000. Seeking to
change that, the Energy Department has awarded grants to a number of companies in
an effort to develop affordable home-refueling equipment. [...]
Available at: https://www.nytimes.com/2013/10/30/automobiles/natural-gas-waits-for-its-moment.
html. Retrieved on: Sept 3rd, 2014. Adapted.
Adapting natural gas as a vehicle fuel introduces engineering challenges. While the
fuel burns clean, it is less energy dense than gasoline, so if it is burned in an engine
35 designed to run on conventional fuel, performance and efficiency are degraded.
But since natural gas has an octane rating of 130, compared with 93 for the best
gasoline, an engine designed for it can run with very high cylinder pressure, which
would cause a regular gasoline engine to knock from premature ignition. More cylinder
pressure yields more power, and thus the energy-density advantage of gasoline can be
40 nullified. [...]
Until the pressurized fuel tanks of natural gas vehicles can be easily and quickly
refueled, the fleet cannot grow substantially. The number of commercial refueling
stations for compressed natural gas has been increasing at a rate of 16 percent yearly,
the Energy Department says. And, while the total is still small, advances in refueling
45 equipment should increase the rate of expansion. Much of the infrastructure is already
in place: America has millions of miles of natural gas pipeline. Connecting that network
to refueling equipment is not difficult.
Although commercial refueling stations will be necessary to support a substantial
fleet of natural gas vehicles, home refueling may be the magic bullet that makes the
50 vehicles practical. Electric vehicles depend largely on home charging and most have less
than half the range of a fully fueled natural gas vehicle. Some compressed natural gas
home refueling products are available, but they can cost as much as $5,000. Seeking to
change that, the Energy Department has awarded grants to a number of companies in
an effort to develop affordable home-refueling equipment. [...]
Available at: https://www.nytimes.com/2013/10/30/automobiles/natural-gas-waits-for-its-moment.
html. Retrieved on: Sept 3rd, 2014. Adapted.
In the 5th paragraph, limited by lines 22-26 in the text, the author defends the idea that
a) economic and environmental benefits of natural gas vehicles are both immediate results
of smaller footprints than those of gasoline or diesel automobiles.
b) economic benefits of natural gas vehicles are not as considerable as the environmental
benefits because of the cost of the natural gas production process.
c) natural gas vehicles produce smaller footprints than those of gasoline or diesel automobiles
because they bring more environmental benefits.
d) environmental benefits of natural gas vehicles are remarkable despite the carbon-rich
methane released into the atmosphere in the production process.
e) environmental benefits of natural gas vehicles are not as considerable as the economic
benefits because of the cost of the carbon-rich methane released into the atmosphere
in the production process.
Adapting natural gas as a vehicle fuel introduces engineering challenges. While the
fuel burns clean, it is less energy dense than gasoline, so if it is burned in an engine
35 designed to run on conventional fuel, performance and efficiency are degraded.
But since natural gas has an octane rating of 130, compared with 93 for the best
gasoline, an engine designed for it can run with very high cylinder pressure, which
would cause a regular gasoline engine to knock from premature ignition. More cylinder
pressure yields more power, and thus the energy-density advantage of gasoline can be
40 nullified. [...]
Until the pressurized fuel tanks of natural gas vehicles can be easily and quickly
refueled, the fleet cannot grow substantially. The number of commercial refueling
stations for compressed natural gas has been increasing at a rate of 16 percent yearly,
the Energy Department says. And, while the total is still small, advances in refueling
45 equipment should increase the rate of expansion. Much of the infrastructure is already
in place: America has millions of miles of natural gas pipeline. Connecting that network
to refueling equipment is not difficult.
Although commercial refueling stations will be necessary to support a substantial
fleet of natural gas vehicles, home refueling may be the magic bullet that makes the
50 vehicles practical. Electric vehicles depend largely on home charging and most have less
than half the range of a fully fueled natural gas vehicle. Some compressed natural gas
home refueling products are available, but they can cost as much as $5,000. Seeking to
change that, the Energy Department has awarded grants to a number of companies in
an effort to develop affordable home-refueling equipment. [...]
Available at: https://www.nytimes.com/2013/10/30/automobiles/natural-gas-waits-for-its-moment.
html. Retrieved on: Sept 3rd, 2014. Adapted.
According to the 6th paragraph in the text (lines 27-32), one of the Corporate Average Fuel
Economy goals for the fleet in the United States is average 54.5 miles per gallon
a) in 2025.
b) prior 2025.
c) around 2025.
d) sometime before 2025.
e) not later than 2025.
Adapting natural gas as a vehicle fuel introduces engineering challenges. While the
fuel burns clean, it is less energy dense than gasoline, so if it is burned in an engine
35 designed to run on conventional fuel, performance and efficiency are degraded.
But since natural gas has an octane rating of 130, compared with 93 for the best
gasoline, an engine designed for it can run with very high cylinder pressure, which
would cause a regular gasoline engine to knock from premature ignition. More cylinder
pressure yields more power, and thus the energy-density advantage of gasoline can be
40 nullified. [...]
Until the pressurized fuel tanks of natural gas vehicles can be easily and quickly
refueled, the fleet cannot grow substantially. The number of commercial refueling
stations for compressed natural gas has been increasing at a rate of 16 percent yearly,
the Energy Department says. And, while the total is still small, advances in refueling
45 equipment should increase the rate of expansion. Much of the infrastructure is already
in place: America has millions of miles of natural gas pipeline. Connecting that network
to refueling equipment is not difficult.
Although commercial refueling stations will be necessary to support a substantial
fleet of natural gas vehicles, home refueling may be the magic bullet that makes the
50 vehicles practical. Electric vehicles depend largely on home charging and most have less
than half the range of a fully fueled natural gas vehicle. Some compressed natural gas
home refueling products are available, but they can cost as much as $5,000. Seeking to
change that, the Energy Department has awarded grants to a number of companies in
an effort to develop affordable home-refueling equipment. [...]
Available at: https://www.nytimes.com/2013/10/30/automobiles/natural-gas-waits-for-its-moment.
html. Retrieved on: Sept 3rd, 2014. Adapted.
In the statement “As of 2009, Argentina had more than 1.8 million in operation and almost
2,000 natural gas filling stations” (lines 3-4), the expression as of means:
a) In 2009.
b) Since 2009.
c) Around 2009.
d) Before 2009.
e) Comparing to 2009.
The relative pronoun which in the fragment of the text “which include banks, insurance
companies, pension funds, organized exchanges, and the many other companies” (lines 15-
16) refers to
a) financial institutions (lines 18).
b) other companies (line 16).
c) purposes (line 13).
d) return (line 13).
e) products and services (line 14).
• to collect and disperse information that allows the most efficient allocation of
economic resources;
• to create and maintain financial markets that provide prices, which indicates how
30 well investments are performing, which also determines the subsequent allocation of
resources, and to maintain economic stability.
Available at: <http://thismatter.com/money/banking/financial-system.htm>. Retrieved on: July 27th,
2015.
According to the text, a definition for the expression “the efficient allocation of economic
resources” (line 4) is:
a) provision of the most desirable consumer goods and services in limited amounts.
b) provision of the most desirable consumer goods and services in unlimited amounts.
c) production of economic resources in unlimited ways.
d) production of economic resources in sufficient amounts.
e) provision of the most desirable consumer goods and services in the most desirable
amounts.
In the fragment of the text “the efficient allocation of economic resources is achieved
by a financial system that allocates money to those people and for those purposes that
will yield the greatest return” (lines 11-13), the verb form yield can be replaced, without
change in meaning, by
a) produce.
b) slow down.
c) cut.
d) interrupt.
e) diminish.
From the sentence of the text “The financial system of an economy provides the means to
collect money from the people who have it and distribute it to those who can use it best”
(lines 10-11), it can be inferred that people who
a) can use the money most efficiently are those who have much money.
b) operate the financial system of an economy collect and distribute money the best way.
c) receive the distributed money don’t know how to use it best.
d) have much money and know how to use it best are the same.
e) operate the financial system of an economy collect the money and keep it.
LÍNGUA PORTUGUESA
1048. (CESGRANRIO/2023/BANCO DO ESTADO DO RIO GRANDE DO SUL – BANRISUL/
ESCRITURÁRIO/QUESTÃO 6)
Implantação do código de ética nas empresas
1. Desde a infância, estamos sujeitos à influência de nosso meio social, por intermédio
da família, da escola, dos amigos, dos meios de comunicação de massa. Ao nascer, o
homem já se defronta com um conjunto de regras, normas e valores aceitos em seu
grupo social. As palavras “ética” e “moral” indicam costumes acumulados — conjunto
de normas e valores dos grupos sociais em um contexto.
2. A ética é um conjunto de princípios e disposições cujo objetivo é balizar as ações
humanas. A ética existe como uma referência para os seres humanos em sociedade, de
modo tal que a sociedade possa se tornar cada vez mais humana. Ela pode e deve ser
incorporada pelos indivíduos, sob a forma de uma atitude diante da vida cotidiana. Mas
ela não é um conjunto de verdades fixas, imutáveis. A ética se move historicamente, se
amplia e se adensa. Para entendermos como isso acontece na história da humanidade,
basta lembrarmos que, um dia, a escravidão foi considerada “natural”.
3. Ética é o que diz respeito à ação quando ela é refletida, pensada. A ética preocupa-
se com o certo e com o errado, mas não é um conjunto simples de normas de conduta
como a moral. Ela promove um estilo de ação que procura refletir sobre o melhor
modo de agir que não abale a vida em sociedade e não desrespeite a individualidade
dos outros.
4. As empresas precisam desenvolver-se de tal forma que a conduta ética de seus
integrantes, bem como os valores e convicções primários da organização, se tornem
parte de sua cultura. Assim, a ética vem sendo vista como uma espécie de requisito
para a sobrevivência das empresas no mundo moderno e pode ser definida como a
transparência nas relações e a preocupação com o impacto das suas atividades na
sociedade.
5. Muitos exemplos poderiam ser citados de empresas que estão começando a valorizar
e a alertar seus funcionários sobre a ética. Algumas empresas já implantaram, inclusive,
um comitê de ética, o qual se destina à proteção da imagem da companhia. É preciso,
portanto, que haja uma conscientização da importância de uma conduta ética ou mesmo
a implantação de um código de ética nas organizações, pois a cada dia que passa a ética
tem mostrado ser um dos caminhos para o sucesso e para o bem comum, agregando
valor moral ao patrimônio da organização.
6. O Código de Ética é um instrumento de realização dos princípios, da visão e da missão
da empresa. Serve para orientar as ações de seus colaboradores e explicitar a postura
social da empresa em face dos diferentes públicos com os quais interage. É da máxima
importância que seu conteúdo seja refletido nas atitudes das pessoas a que se dirige
e encontre respaldo na alta administração da empresa, que, tanto quanto o último
empregado contratado, tem a responsabilidade de vivenciá-lo.
7. As relações com os funcionários, desde o processo de contratação, desenvolvimento
profissional, lealdade mútua, respeito entre chefes e subordinados, saúde e segurança,
propriedade da informação, assédio profissional e sexual, alcoolismo, uso de drogas,
entre outros, são aspectos que costumam ser abordados em um Código de Ética.
Cumprir horários, entregar o trabalho no prazo, dar o seu melhor ao executar uma tarefa
e manter a palavra dada são exemplos de atitudes que mostram aos superiores e aos
colegas que o funcionário valoriza os princípios éticos da empresa ou da instituição.
8. O Código também pode envolver situações de relacionamento com clientes,
fornecedores, acionistas, investidores, comunidade vizinha, concorrentes e mídia.
O Código de Ética pode estabelecer ações de responsabilidade social dirigidas ao
desenvolvimento social de comunidades vizinhas, bem como apoio a projetos de
educação voltados ao crescimento pessoal e profissional de jovens carentes. Também
pode fazer referência à participação da empresa na comunidade, dando diretrizes
sobre as relações com os sindicatos, outros órgãos da esfera pública, relações com o
governo, entre outras.
9. Portanto, conclui-se que o Código de Ética se fundamenta em deveres para com os
colegas, clientes, profissão, sociedade e para consigo próprio.
MARTINS,Rosemir. UFPR, 2003. Disponível em: https://acervodigital.ufpr.br. Acesso em: 16 nov. 2022.
Adaptado.
com todas as letras, nossa língua é sepultura mesmo, tudo o que a gente fizer vai para
debaixo da terra, desaparece!
7. Calmamente ele pousou o cigarro no cinzeiro ao lado. Pegou os óculos. O soneto é
muito bonito, disse me encarando com severidade. Feio é isso, filha, isso de querer
renegar a própria língua. Se você chegar a escrever bem, não precisa ser em italiano ou
espanhol ou alemão, você ficará na nossa língua mesmo, está me compreendendo? E
as traduções? Renegar a língua é renegar o país, guarde isso nessa cabecinha. E depois
(ele voltou a abrir o livro), olha que beleza o que o poeta escreveu em seguida, Amo-te
assim, desconhecida e obscura, veja que confissão de amor ele fez à nossa língua! Tem
mais, ele precisava da rima para sepultura e calhou tão bem essa obscura, entendeu
agora? – acrescentou e levantou-se. Deu alguns passos e ficou olhando a borboleta que
entrou na varanda: Já fez a sua lição de casa?
8. Fechei o livro e recuei. Sempre que meu pai queria mudar de assunto ele mudava
de lugar: saía da poltrona e ia para a cadeira de vime. Saía da cadeira de vime e ia para
a rede ou simplesmente começava a andar. Era o sinal, Não quero falar nisso, chega.
Então a gente falava noutra coisa ou ficava quieta.
9. Tantos anos depois, quando me avisaram lá do pequeno hotel em Jacareí que ele
tinha morrido, fiquei pensando nisso, ah! se quando a morte entrou, se nesse instante
ele tivesse mudado de lugar. Mudar depressa de lugar e de assunto. Depressa, pai, saia
da cama e fique na cadeira ou vá pra rua e feche a porta!
TELLES, Lygia Fagundes. Durante aquele estranho chá: perdidos e achados. Rio de Janeiro: Rocco, 2002,
p.109-111. Fragmento adaptado.
a rede ou simplesmente começava a andar. Era o sinal, Não quero falar nisso, chega.
Então a gente falava noutra coisa ou ficava quieta.
9. Tantos anos depois, quando me avisaram lá do pequeno hotel em Jacareí que ele
tinha morrido, fiquei pensando nisso, ah! se quando a morte entrou, se nesse instante
ele tivesse mudado de lugar. Mudar depressa de lugar e de assunto. Depressa, pai, saia
da cama e fique na cadeira ou vá pra rua e feche a porta!
TELLES, Lygia Fagundes. Durante aquele estranho chá: perdidos e achados. Rio de Janeiro: Rocco, 2002,
p.109-111. Fragmento adaptado.
No parágrafo 6, “nossa língua é sepultura mesmo, tudo o que a gente fizer vai para debaixo
da terra, desaparece!”, o segmento em destaque pode articular-se com o segmento anterior,
sem alteração do sentido original, empregando-se o conector
a) quando.
b) portanto.
c) enquanto.
d) embora.
e) ou.
“Estamos há décadas inseridos nesse modelo agrário, e estudos mensurando seus reais
custos socioambientais são raros ou inexistentes”, diz.
4. Seja na agricultura familiar, seja nas grandes propriedades rurais, “os impactos dos
agrotóxicos na saúde pública abrangem vastos territórios e envolvem diferentes grupos
populacionais”, afirma dossiê publicado pela Associação Brasileira de Saúde Coletiva
(Abrasco), entidade que reúne pesquisadores de diversas universidades do país.
5. Não são apenas agricultores e suas famílias que integram grupos de risco. Todos os
milhares de pro fissionais envolvidos no comércio e na manipulação dessas substâncias
são potenciais vítimas. E, além deles, “todos nós, diariamente, a cada refeição, in-
gerimos princípios ativos de agrotóxicos em nossos alimentos”, garante uma médica
da Universidade Federal do Ceará (UFC). “Hoje, todo mundo come veneno”, afirma um
agricultor.
6. Produtores e especialistas alinhados ao modelo convencional de produção agrícola
insistem: sem agrotóxicos seria impossível alimentar uma população mundial em
constante expansão. Esses venenos seriam, portanto, um mal necessário, de acordo
com esses produtores. Agricultores garantem que não há nenhuma dificuldade em
produzir alimentos orgânicos, sem agrotóxicos, para alimentar a população. Segundo
eles, “a humanidade domina a agricultura há pelo menos 10 mil anos, e o modelo imposto
no século 20 vem apagando a herança e o acúmulo de conhecimento dos métodos
tradicionais.”
7. Mas a pergunta que não quer calar é: será que um modelo dito “alternativo” teria
potencial para alimentar uma população que, até 2050, deverá chegar a 9 bilhões?
Certamente tem muito mais potencial do que o agronegócio que, hoje, não dá conta nem
de alimentar 7 bilhões, retrucam estudiosos. Sistemas de produção descentralizados
têm muito mais condições de produzir e distribuir alimentos em quantidade e qualidade.
Precisamos de outra estrutura agrária – baseada em propriedades menores, com
produção diversificada, privilegiando mercados locais e contemplando a conservação
da biodiversidade. A engenheira agrônoma Flávia Londres assina embaixo e defende
que “Monoculturas são grandes desertos verdes. A agroecologia, portanto, requer
uma mudança paradigmática no modelo agrário, que resultaria, na verdade, em uma
mudança cultural”.
KUGLER, H. Revista Ciência Hoje, n. 296, v. 50. RJ: SBPC. set. 2012. Adaptado.
No trecho “Em seu melhor economês, ele garante que as ‘externalidades negativas’ de
nosso modelo agrário continuam de fora dos cálculos” (parágrafo 2), a expressão destacada
refere-se a
a) prejuízos sociais e ambientais causados pelo uso dos agrotóxicos.
b) opiniões dos produtores sobre os benefícios dos agrotóxicos.
c) lucros obtidos com o grande crescimento do agronegócio.
d) influências negativas de outros países na economia agrária.
e) efeitos do aumento das commodities na economia brasileira.
a rede ou simplesmente começava a andar. Era o sinal, Não quero falar nisso, chega.
Então a gente falava noutra coisa ou ficava quieta.
9. Tantos anos depois, quando me avisaram lá do pequeno hotel em Jacareí que ele
tinha morrido, fiquei pensando nisso, ah! se quando a morte entrou, se nesse instante
ele tivesse mudado de lugar. Mudar depressa de lugar e de assunto. Depressa, pai, saia
da cama e fique na cadeira ou vá pra rua e feche a porta!
TELLES, Lygia Fagundes. Durante aquele estranho chá: perdidos e achados. Rio de Janeiro: Rocco, 2002,
p.109-111. Fragmento adaptado.
Em “O soneto é muito bonito, disse me encarando com severidade” (parágrafo 7), a palavra
que pode substituir severidade, sem alteração no sentido da frase, é
a) firmeza.
b) rispidez.
c) discrição.
d) desgosto.
e) incompreensão.
No trecho “ao acordar do sonho de uma economia agrária pujante, o país desperta para o
pesadelo de ser, pelo quinto ano consecutivo, o maior consumidor de agrotóxicos do planeta”
(parágrafo 1), a palavra destacada pode ser substituída, sem prejuízo do sentido, por
a) apreciada.
b) incipiente.
c) inoperante.
d) possante.
e) moderna.
mais, ele precisava da rima para sepultura e calhou tão bem essa obscura, entendeu
agora? – acrescentou e levantou-se. Deu alguns passos e ficou olhando a borboleta que
entrou na varanda: Já fez a sua lição de casa?
8. Fechei o livro e recuei. Sempre que meu pai queria mudar de assunto ele mudava
de lugar: saía da poltrona e ia para a cadeira de vime. Saía da cadeira de vime e ia para
a rede ou simplesmente começava a andar. Era o sinal, Não quero falar nisso, chega.
Então a gente falava noutra coisa ou ficava quieta.
9. Tantos anos depois, quando me avisaram lá do pequeno hotel em Jacareí que ele
tinha morrido, fiquei pensando nisso, ah! se quando a morte entrou, se nesse instante
ele tivesse mudado de lugar. Mudar depressa de lugar e de assunto. Depressa, pai, saia
da cama e fique na cadeira ou vá pra rua e feche a porta!
TELLES, Lygia Fagundes. Durante aquele estranho chá: perdidos e achados. Rio de Janeiro: Rocco, 2002,
p.109-111. Fragmento adaptado.
A frase em que as vírgulas estão empregadas com a mesma função que em “Não esquecer
que a minha avó, Pedrina Perucchi, era italiana” (parágrafo 5) é:
a) Mude de lugar, meu pai, porque a morte vai chegar.
b) A filha, preocupada e triste, questionava a própria língua materna.
c) A língua portuguesa, embora inculta, constrói belos textos literários.
d) Os poemas, textos de uma beleza sem igual, encantam seus leitores.
e) Colocou os óculos e, caminhando pela sala, revelou a beleza do poema.
5. Meu pai fixou em mim o olhar verde. Viagens, só pelo Brasil, meus avós é que tinham
feito aquelas longas viagens de navio, Portugal, França, Itália... Não esquecer que a minha
avó, Pedrina Perucchi, era italiana, ele acrescentou. Mas por que essa curiosidade?
6. Sentei-me ao lado dele, respirei fundo e comecei a gaguejar, é que seria tão bom
se ambos tivessem nascido lá longe e assim eu estaria hoje escrevendo em italiano,
italiano! – fiquei repetindo e abri o livro que trazia na mão: Olha aí, pai, o poeta escreveu
com todas as letras, nossa língua é sepultura mesmo, tudo o que a gente fizer vai para
debaixo da terra, desaparece!
7. Calmamente ele pousou o cigarro no cinzeiro ao lado. Pegou os óculos. O soneto é
muito bonito, disse me encarando com severidade. Feio é isso, filha, isso de querer
renegar a própria língua. Se você chegar a escrever bem, não precisa ser em italiano ou
espanhol ou alemão, você ficará na nossa língua mesmo, está me compreendendo? E
as traduções? Renegar a língua é renegar o país, guarde isso nessa cabecinha. E depois
(ele voltou a abrir o livro), olha que beleza o que o poeta escreveu em seguida, Amo-te
assim, desconhecida e obscura, veja que confissão de amor ele fez à nossa língua! Tem
mais, ele precisava da rima para sepultura e calhou tão bem essa obscura, entendeu
agora? – acrescentou e levantou-se. Deu alguns passos e ficou olhando a borboleta que
entrou na varanda: Já fez a sua lição de casa?
8. Fechei o livro e recuei. Sempre que meu pai queria mudar de assunto ele mudava
de lugar: saía da poltrona e ia para a cadeira de vime. Saía da cadeira de vime e ia para
a rede ou simplesmente começava a andar. Era o sinal, Não quero falar nisso, chega.
Então a gente falava noutra coisa ou ficava quieta.
9. Tantos anos depois, quando me avisaram lá do pequeno hotel em Jacareí que ele
tinha morrido, fiquei pensando nisso, ah! se quando a morte entrou, se nesse instante
ele tivesse mudado de lugar. Mudar depressa de lugar e de assunto. Depressa, pai, saia
da cama e fique na cadeira ou vá pra rua e feche a porta!
TELLES, Lygia Fagundes. Durante aquele estranho chá: perdidos e achados. Rio de Janeiro: Rocco, 2002,
p.109-111. Fragmento adaptado.
a rede ou simplesmente começava a andar. Era o sinal, Não quero falar nisso, chega.
Então a gente falava noutra coisa ou ficava quieta.
9. Tantos anos depois, quando me avisaram lá do pequeno hotel em Jacareí que ele
tinha morrido, fiquei pensando nisso, ah! se quando a morte entrou, se nesse instante
ele tivesse mudado de lugar. Mudar depressa de lugar e de assunto. Depressa, pai, saia
da cama e fique na cadeira ou vá pra rua e feche a porta!
TELLES, Lygia Fagundes. Durante aquele estranho chá: perdidos e achados. Rio de Janeiro: Rocco, 2002,
p.109-111. Fragmento adaptado.
italiano! – fiquei repetindo e abri o livro que trazia na mão: Olha aí, pai, o poeta escreveu
com todas as letras, nossa língua é sepultura mesmo, tudo o que a gente fizer vai para
debaixo da terra, desaparece!
7. Calmamente ele pousou o cigarro no cinzeiro ao lado. Pegou os óculos. O soneto é
muito bonito, disse me encarando com severidade. Feio é isso, filha, isso de querer
renegar a própria língua. Se você chegar a escrever bem, não precisa ser em italiano ou
espanhol ou alemão, você ficará na nossa língua mesmo, está me compreendendo? E
as traduções? Renegar a língua é renegar o país, guarde isso nessa cabecinha. E depois
(ele voltou a abrir o livro), olha que beleza o que o poeta escreveu em seguida, Amo-te
assim, desconhecida e obscura, veja que confissão de amor ele fez à nossa língua! Tem
mais, ele precisava da rima para sepultura e calhou tão bem essa obscura, entendeu
agora? – acrescentou e levantou-se. Deu alguns passos e ficou olhando a borboleta que
entrou na varanda: Já fez a sua lição de casa?
8. Fechei o livro e recuei. Sempre que meu pai queria mudar de assunto ele mudava
de lugar: saía da poltrona e ia para a cadeira de vime. Saía da cadeira de vime e ia para
a rede ou simplesmente começava a andar. Era o sinal, Não quero falar nisso, chega.
Então a gente falava noutra coisa ou ficava quieta.
9. Tantos anos depois, quando me avisaram lá do pequeno hotel em Jacareí que ele
tinha morrido, fiquei pensando nisso, ah! se quando a morte entrou, se nesse instante
ele tivesse mudado de lugar. Mudar depressa de lugar e de assunto. Depressa, pai, saia
da cama e fique na cadeira ou vá pra rua e feche a porta!
TELLES, Lygia Fagundes. Durante aquele estranho chá: perdidos e achados. Rio de Janeiro: Rocco, 2002,
p.109-111. Fragmento adaptado.
No trecho “Esses venenos seriam, portanto, um mal necessário, de acordo com esses
produtores.” (parágrafo 6), a palavra destacada veicula a relação lógica de
a) adição.
b) conclusão.
c) concessão.
d) explicação.
e) temporalidade.
2. “Pergunta difícil”, diz o economista Wagner Soa res, do Instituto Brasileiro de Geografia
e Estatística (IBGE). A Bolsa de Chicago define o preço da soja; mas não considera
que, para se produzir cada saca, são aplicadas generosas doses de agrotóxicos que
permanecem no ambiente natural – e no ser humano – por anos ou mesmo décadas. “Ao
final das contas, quem paga pela intoxicação dos trabalhadores e pela contaminação
ambiental é a sociedade”, afirma Soares. Em seu melhor economês, ele garante que as
“externalidades negativas” de nosso modelo agrário continuam de fora dos cálculos.
3. Segundo o economista do IBGE, que estudou propriedades rurais no Paraná, cada
dólar gasto na compra de agrotóxicos pode custar aos cofres públicos 1,28 dólar
em futuros gastos com a saúde de camponeses intoxicados. Mas este é um valor
subestimado. Afinal, Soares contabilizou apenas os custos referentes a intoxicações
agudas. Levando-se em conta os casos crônicos, acrescidos da contaminação ambiental
difusa nos ecossistemas, os prejuízos podem atingir cifras assustadoramente maiores.
“Estamos há décadas inseridos nesse modelo agrário, e estudos mensurando seus reais
custos socioambientais são raros ou inexistentes”, diz.
4. Seja na agricultura familiar, seja nas grandes propriedades rurais, “os impactos dos
agrotóxicos na saúde pública abrangem vastos territórios e envolvem diferentes grupos
populacionais”, afirma dossiê publicado pela Associação Brasileira de Saúde Coletiva
(Abrasco), entidade que reúne pesquisadores de diversas universidades do país.
5. Não são apenas agricultores e suas famílias que integram grupos de risco. Todos os
milhares de pro fissionais envolvidos no comércio e na manipulação dessas substâncias
são potenciais vítimas. E, além deles, “todos nós, diariamente, a cada refeição, in-
gerimos princípios ativos de agrotóxicos em nossos alimentos”, garante uma médica
da Universidade Federal do Ceará (UFC). “Hoje, todo mundo come veneno”, afirma um
agricultor.
6. Produtores e especialistas alinhados ao modelo convencional de produção agrícola
insistem: sem agrotóxicos seria impossível alimentar uma população mundial em
constante expansão. Esses venenos seriam, portanto, um mal necessário, de acordo
com esses produtores. Agricultores garantem que não há nenhuma dificuldade em
produzir alimentos orgânicos, sem agrotóxicos, para alimentar a população. Segundo
eles, “a humanidade domina a agricultura há pelo menos 10 mil anos, e o modelo imposto
no século 20 vem apagando a herança e o acúmulo de conhecimento dos métodos
tradicionais.”
7. Mas a pergunta que não quer calar é: será que um modelo dito “alternativo” teria
potencial para alimentar uma população que, até 2050, deverá chegar a 9 bilhões?
Certamente tem muito mais potencial do que o agronegócio que, hoje, não dá conta nem
de alimentar 7 bilhões, retrucam estudiosos. Sistemas de produção descentralizados
ambiental é a sociedade”, afirma Soares. Em seu melhor economês, ele garante que as
“externalidades negativas” de nosso modelo agrário continuam de fora dos cálculos.
3. Segundo o economista do IBGE, que estudou propriedades rurais no Paraná, cada
dólar gasto na compra de agrotóxicos pode custar aos cofres públicos 1,28 dólar
em futuros gastos com a saúde de camponeses intoxicados. Mas este é um valor
subestimado. Afinal, Soares contabilizou apenas os custos referentes a intoxicações
agudas. Levando-se em conta os casos crônicos, acrescidos da contaminação ambiental
difusa nos ecossistemas, os prejuízos podem atingir cifras assustadoramente maiores.
“Estamos há décadas inseridos nesse modelo agrário, e estudos mensurando seus reais
custos socioambientais são raros ou inexistentes”, diz.
4. Seja na agricultura familiar, seja nas grandes propriedades rurais, “os impactos dos
agrotóxicos na saúde pública abrangem vastos territórios e envolvem diferentes grupos
populacionais”, afirma dossiê publicado pela Associação Brasileira de Saúde Coletiva
(Abrasco), entidade que reúne pesquisadores de diversas universidades do país.
5. Não são apenas agricultores e suas famílias que integram grupos de risco. Todos os
milhares de pro fissionais envolvidos no comércio e na manipulação dessas substâncias
são potenciais vítimas. E, além deles, “todos nós, diariamente, a cada refeição, in-
gerimos princípios ativos de agrotóxicos em nossos alimentos”, garante uma médica
da Universidade Federal do Ceará (UFC). “Hoje, todo mundo come veneno”, afirma um
agricultor.
6. Produtores e especialistas alinhados ao modelo convencional de produção agrícola
insistem: sem agrotóxicos seria impossível alimentar uma população mundial em
constante expansão. Esses venenos seriam, portanto, um mal necessário, de acordo
com esses produtores. Agricultores garantem que não há nenhuma dificuldade em
produzir alimentos orgânicos, sem agrotóxicos, para alimentar a população. Segundo
eles, “a humanidade domina a agricultura há pelo menos 10 mil anos, e o modelo imposto
no século 20 vem apagando a herança e o acúmulo de conhecimento dos métodos
tradicionais.”
7. Mas a pergunta que não quer calar é: será que um modelo dito “alternativo” teria
potencial para alimentar uma população que, até 2050, deverá chegar a 9 bilhões?
Certamente tem muito mais potencial do que o agronegócio que, hoje, não dá conta nem
de alimentar 7 bilhões, retrucam estudiosos. Sistemas de produção descentralizados
têm muito mais condições de produzir e distribuir alimentos em quantidade e qualidade.
Precisamos de outra estrutura agrária – baseada em propriedades menores, com
produção diversificada, privilegiando mercados locais e contemplando a conservação
da biodiversidade. A engenheira agrônoma Flávia Londres assina embaixo e defende
que “Monoculturas são grandes desertos verdes. A agroecologia, portanto, requer
“Estamos há décadas inseridos nesse modelo agrário, e estudos mensurando seus reais
custos socioambientais são raros ou inexistentes”, diz.
4. Seja na agricultura familiar, seja nas grandes propriedades rurais, “os impactos dos
agrotóxicos na saúde pública abrangem vastos territórios e envolvem diferentes grupos
populacionais”, afirma dossiê publicado pela Associação Brasileira de Saúde Coletiva
(Abrasco), entidade que reúne pesquisadores de diversas universidades do país.
5. Não são apenas agricultores e suas famílias que integram grupos de risco. Todos os
milhares de pro fissionais envolvidos no comércio e na manipulação dessas substâncias
são potenciais vítimas. E, além deles, “todos nós, diariamente, a cada refeição, in-
gerimos princípios ativos de agrotóxicos em nossos alimentos”, garante uma médica
da Universidade Federal do Ceará (UFC). “Hoje, todo mundo come veneno”, afirma um
agricultor.
6. Produtores e especialistas alinhados ao modelo convencional de produção agrícola
insistem: sem agrotóxicos seria impossível alimentar uma população mundial em
constante expansão. Esses venenos seriam, portanto, um mal necessário, de acordo
com esses produtores. Agricultores garantem que não há nenhuma dificuldade em
produzir alimentos orgânicos, sem agrotóxicos, para alimentar a população. Segundo
eles, “a humanidade domina a agricultura há pelo menos 10 mil anos, e o modelo imposto
no século 20 vem apagando a herança e o acúmulo de conhecimento dos métodos
tradicionais.”
7. Mas a pergunta que não quer calar é: será que um modelo dito “alternativo” teria
potencial para alimentar uma população que, até 2050, deverá chegar a 9 bilhões?
Certamente tem muito mais potencial do que o agronegócio que, hoje, não dá conta nem
de alimentar 7 bilhões, retrucam estudiosos. Sistemas de produção descentralizados
têm muito mais condições de produzir e distribuir alimentos em quantidade e qualidade.
Precisamos de outra estrutura agrária – baseada em propriedades menores, com
produção diversificada, privilegiando mercados locais e contemplando a conservação
da biodiversidade. A engenheira agrônoma Flávia Londres assina embaixo e defende
que “Monoculturas são grandes desertos verdes. A agroecologia, portanto, requer
uma mudança paradigmática no modelo agrário, que resultaria, na verdade, em uma
mudança cultural”.
KUGLER, H. Revista Ciência Hoje, n. 296, v. 50. RJ: SBPC. set. 2012. Adaptado.
O texto pode ser dividido em duas grandes partes. Na primeira parte, apresenta-se a
explicação sobre as características do lixo marinho. Na segunda parte, a partir do quarto
parágrafo, apresentam-se
a) campanhas de educação ambiental nas escolas.
b) comparações com outros países sobre ações legais.
c) fenômenos da natureza provocados por essa poluição.
d) iniciativas de estudo e redução dos impactos ambientais.
e) leis criadas para reduzir o impacto no meio ambiente.
2. O lixo de origem humana que entra no mar está presente nas imagens, hoje comuns,
de animais emaranhados em materiais de todo tipo ou que ingeriram ou sufocaram
com diferentes itens. Também é conhecida a imensa mancha de lixo que se acumula no
chamado “giro” do oceano Pacífico Norte – os giros, existentes em todos os oceanos,
são áreas em torno das quais se deslocam as correntes marinhas. Nas zonas centrais
desses giros, as correntes têm baixa intensidade e quase não há ventos. Os resíduos
que chegam ali ficam retidos e se acumulam, gerando enormes “lixões” oceânicos.
3. Detritos orgânicos (vegetais, animais, fezes e restos de alimento) não são considerados
lixo marinho, porque em geral se decompõem rapidamente e se tornam nutrientes
e alimentos para outros organismos. As fontes do lixo oceânico são comumente
classificadas como “marinhas” (descartes por embarcações e plataformas de petróleo
e gás) e “terrestres” (depósitos e descartes incorretos feitos em terra e levados para
os rios pelas chuvas e daí para o mar, onde também chegam carregados pelo vento e
até pelo gelo).
4. Apesar do sensacionalismo em torno desse tema, o estudo do lixo marinho tem bases
científicas e envolve, em todo o mundo, cada vez mais pesquisadores e tomadores de
decisão. Todos engajados na luta pela diminuição desse problema social e ambiental.
5. Os impactos ligados à presença do lixo no mar começaram a ser observados a partir
da década de 1950, mas somente em 1975 foi definido o termo “lixo marinho”, hoje
consagrado. Essa definição, da Academia Nacional de Ciências dos Estados Unidos, diz
que é lixo marinho todo material sólido de origem humana descartado nos oceanos ou
que os atinge por rios, córregos, esgotos e descargas domésticas e industriais.
6. O número de publicações mundiais, científicas e não científicas, sobre lixo marinho
começou a aumentar a partir da década de 1980. Esse aumento se deve a três processos:
1) a contínua e crescente substituição, em vários tipos de utensílios, de materiais naturais
pelos sintéticos – estes, como o plástico, resistem por mais tempo à degradação no
ambiente marinho e tendem a se acumular; 2) o baixo custo dos materiais sintéticos,
que não incentiva sua reciclagem e favorece o descarte no ambiente e 3) o aumento,
na zona costeira, do número de habitantes e embarcações, que podem contribuir para
o descarte de lixo no ambiente marinho.
7. Mas como evitar que o “lixo nosso de cada dia” chegue ao mar? E como retirar o que
já está lá? É nesse ponto que a conservação marinha e a gestão de resíduos sólidos se
encontram e se complementam.
8. Em 2013, realizou-se no Brasil a IV Conferência Nacional de Meio Ambiente, que
formalizou 60 propostas sobre o meio ambiente. Duas enfocam o lixo marinho: a
primeira está ligada à redução de impactos ambientais e a segunda é ligada à educação
ambiental, com campanhas educativas de sensibilização sobre as consequências da
disposição incorreta do lixo, com ênfase no ambiente marinho e nos danos causados à
população humana.
OLIVEIRA, A. et al. Revista Ciência Hoje, n. 313, v. 53. Rio de Janeiro: SBPC. Abril 2014. Adaptado.
O trecho que apresenta uma descrição das fontes terrestres de lixo marinho é:
a) “Os oceanos suportam toda essa sobrecarga? A resposta vem de análises que constatam
sérios danos aos ecossistemas oceânicos: o lixo marinho, portanto, já é um grave problema
ambiental.” (parágrafo 1)
b) “O lixo de origem humana que entra no mar está presente nas imagens, hoje comuns,
de animais emaranhados em materiais de todo tipo ou que ingeriram ou sufocaram com
diferentes itens.” (parágrafo 2)
c) “Também é conhecida a imensa mancha de lixo que se acumula no chamado ‘giro’ do
oceano Pacífico Norte – os giros, existentes em todos os oceanos, são áreas em torno das
quais se deslocam as correntes marinhas.” (parágrafo 2)
d) “Detritos orgânicos (vegetais, animais, fezes e restos de alimento) não são considerados
lixo marinho, porque em geral se decompõem rapidamente e se tornam nutrientes e
alimentos para outros organismos.” (parágrafo 3)
e) “depósitos e descartes incorretos feitos em terra e levados para os rios pelas chuvas e
daí para o mar, onde também chegam carregados pelo vento e até pelo gelo.” (parágrafo 3)
O trecho do texto que aponta uma das causas para o aumento da preocupação mundial
sobre o lixo marinho a partir da década de 80 é:
a) “O lixo de origem humana que entra no mar está presente nas imagens, hoje comuns,
de animais emaranhados em materiais de todo tipo ou que ingeriram ou sufocaram com
diferentes itens.” (parágrafo 2)
b) “Também é conhecida a imensa mancha de lixo que se acumula no chamado ‘giro’ do
oceano Pacífico Norte – os giros, existentes em todos os oceanos, são áreas em torno das
da década de 1950, mas somente em 1975 foi definido o termo “lixo marinho”, hoje
consagrado. Essa definição, da Academia Nacional de Ciências dos Estados Unidos, diz
que é lixo marinho todo material sólido de origem humana descartado nos oceanos ou
que os atinge por rios, córregos, esgotos e descargas domésticas e industriais.
6. O número de publicações mundiais, científicas e não científicas, sobre lixo marinho
começou a aumentar a partir da década de 1980. Esse aumento se deve a três processos:
1) a contínua e crescente substituição, em vários tipos de utensílios, de materiais naturais
pelos sintéticos – estes, como o plástico, resistem por mais tempo à degradação no
ambiente marinho e tendem a se acumular; 2) o baixo custo dos materiais sintéticos,
que não incentiva sua reciclagem e favorece o descarte no ambiente e 3) o aumento,
na zona costeira, do número de habitantes e embarcações, que podem contribuir para
o descarte de lixo no ambiente marinho.
7. Mas como evitar que o “lixo nosso de cada dia” chegue ao mar? E como retirar o que
já está lá? É nesse ponto que a conservação marinha e a gestão de resíduos sólidos se
encontram e se complementam.
8. Em 2013, realizou-se no Brasil a IV Conferência Nacional de Meio Ambiente, que
formalizou 60 propostas sobre o meio ambiente. Duas enfocam o lixo marinho: a
primeira está ligada à redução de impactos ambientais e a segunda é ligada à educação
ambiental, com campanhas educativas de sensibilização sobre as consequências da
disposição incorreta do lixo, com ênfase no ambiente marinho e nos danos causados à
população humana.
OLIVEIRA, A. et al. Revista Ciência Hoje, n. 313, v. 53. Rio de Janeiro: SBPC. Abril 2014. Adaptado.
O sinal grave indicativo de crase está empregado de acordo com a norma-padrão da língua
portuguesa em:
a) As atitudes dos defensores do meio ambiente revelam que eles são favoráveis à projetos
que assegurem a defesa de maior qualidade de vida para todos.
b) As pesquisas relativas ao lixo marinho têm sido incentivadas por meio da realização de
estudos destinados à preservar os oceanos.
c) Os detritos que resistem, por maior período de tempo, à decomposição nas águas dos
oceanos são o petróleo e os plásticos.
d) Os especialistas estão dedicados à realizar pesquisas para elaborar um tipo de plástico
que se dissolva ao entrar em contato com a água salgada dos oceanos.
e) Os maiores obstáculos à serem superados, para evitar que o lixo contamine as águas do
mar, são os detritos terrestres carregados pelos rios e pelas chuvas.
são áreas em torno das quais se deslocam as correntes marinhas. Nas zonas centrais
desses giros, as correntes têm baixa intensidade e quase não há ventos. Os resíduos
que chegam ali ficam retidos e se acumulam, gerando enormes “lixões” oceânicos.
3. Detritos orgânicos (vegetais, animais, fezes e restos de alimento) não são considerados
lixo marinho, porque em geral se decompõem rapidamente e se tornam nutrientes
e alimentos para outros organismos. As fontes do lixo oceânico são comumente
classificadas como “marinhas” (descartes por embarcações e plataformas de petróleo
e gás) e “terrestres” (depósitos e descartes incorretos feitos em terra e levados para
os rios pelas chuvas e daí para o mar, onde também chegam carregados pelo vento e
até pelo gelo).
4. Apesar do sensacionalismo em torno desse tema, o estudo do lixo marinho tem bases
científicas e envolve, em todo o mundo, cada vez mais pesquisadores e tomadores de
decisão. Todos engajados na luta pela diminuição desse problema social e ambiental.
5. Os impactos ligados à presença do lixo no mar começaram a ser observados a partir
da década de 1950, mas somente em 1975 foi definido o termo “lixo marinho”, hoje
consagrado. Essa definição, da Academia Nacional de Ciências dos Estados Unidos, diz
que é lixo marinho todo material sólido de origem humana descartado nos oceanos ou
que os atinge por rios, córregos, esgotos e descargas domésticas e industriais.
6. O número de publicações mundiais, científicas e não científicas, sobre lixo marinho
começou a aumentar a partir da década de 1980. Esse aumento se deve a três processos:
1) a contínua e crescente substituição, em vários tipos de utensílios, de materiais naturais
pelos sintéticos – estes, como o plástico, resistem por mais tempo à degradação no
ambiente marinho e tendem a se acumular; 2) o baixo custo dos materiais sintéticos,
que não incentiva sua reciclagem e favorece o descarte no ambiente e 3) o aumento,
na zona costeira, do número de habitantes e embarcações, que podem contribuir para
o descarte de lixo no ambiente marinho.
7. Mas como evitar que o “lixo nosso de cada dia” chegue ao mar? E como retirar o que
já está lá? É nesse ponto que a conservação marinha e a gestão de resíduos sólidos se
encontram e se complementam.
8. Em 2013, realizou-se no Brasil a IV Conferência Nacional de Meio Ambiente, que
formalizou 60 propostas sobre o meio ambiente. Duas enfocam o lixo marinho: a
primeira está ligada à redução de impactos ambientais e a segunda é ligada à educação
ambiental, com campanhas educativas de sensibilização sobre as consequências da
disposição incorreta do lixo, com ênfase no ambiente marinho e nos danos causados à
população humana.
OLIVEIRA, A. et al. Revista Ciência Hoje, n. 313, v. 53. Rio de Janeiro: SBPC. Abril 2014. Adaptado.
4. Apesar do sensacionalismo em torno desse tema, o estudo do lixo marinho tem bases
científicas e envolve, em todo o mundo, cada vez mais pesquisadores e tomadores de
decisão. Todos engajados na luta pela diminuição desse problema social e ambiental.
5. Os impactos ligados à presença do lixo no mar começaram a ser observados a partir
da década de 1950, mas somente em 1975 foi definido o termo “lixo marinho”, hoje
consagrado. Essa definição, da Academia Nacional de Ciências dos Estados Unidos, diz
que é lixo marinho todo material sólido de origem humana descartado nos oceanos ou
que os atinge por rios, córregos, esgotos e descargas domésticas e industriais.
6. O número de publicações mundiais, científicas e não científicas, sobre lixo marinho
começou a aumentar a partir da década de 1980. Esse aumento se deve a três processos:
1) a contínua e crescente substituição, em vários tipos de utensílios, de materiais naturais
pelos sintéticos – estes, como o plástico, resistem por mais tempo à degradação no
ambiente marinho e tendem a se acumular; 2) o baixo custo dos materiais sintéticos,
que não incentiva sua reciclagem e favorece o descarte no ambiente e 3) o aumento,
na zona costeira, do número de habitantes e embarcações, que podem contribuir para
o descarte de lixo no ambiente marinho.
7. Mas como evitar que o “lixo nosso de cada dia” chegue ao mar? E como retirar o que
já está lá? É nesse ponto que a conservação marinha e a gestão de resíduos sólidos se
encontram e se complementam.
8. Em 2013, realizou-se no Brasil a IV Conferência Nacional de Meio Ambiente, que
formalizou 60 propostas sobre o meio ambiente. Duas enfocam o lixo marinho: a
primeira está ligada à redução de impactos ambientais e a segunda é ligada à educação
ambiental, com campanhas educativas de sensibilização sobre as consequências da
disposição incorreta do lixo, com ênfase no ambiente marinho e nos danos causados à
população humana.
OLIVEIRA, A. et al. Revista Ciência Hoje, n. 313, v. 53. Rio de Janeiro: SBPC. Abril 2014. Adaptado.
No trecho “Todos engajados na luta pela diminuição desse problema” (parágrafo 4), a
palavra destacada pode ser substituída, sem prejuízo do sentido, por
a) comprometidos.
b) contratados.
c) admitidos.
d) atraídos.
e) inscritos.
No trecho “Apesar do sensacionalismo em torno desse tema, o estudo do lixo marinho tem
bases científicas” (parágrafo 4), a expressão destacada veicula a relação de
a) causa.
b) concessão.
c) conclusão.
d) condição.
e) consequência.
a) mas.
b) porque.
c) quando.
d) embora.
e) portanto.
com que uma mulher apanhe uma flor e a coloque no cabelo?” E elas sorriram e olharam
umas para as outras.
9. De novo o silêncio. E, de novo, a voz de outra mulher... “Essas mãos... Como são
grandes! Que será que fizeram? Brincaram com crianças? Navegaram mares? Travaram
batalhas? Construíram casas? Essas mãos: será que elas sabiam deslizar sobre o rosto
de uma mulher, será que elas sabiam abraçar e acariciar o seu corpo?”
10. Aí todas elas riram que riram, suas faces vermelhas, e se surpreenderam ao perceber
que o enterro estava se transformando numa ressurreição: sonhos esquecidos, que
pensavam mortos, retornavam, cinzas virando fogo, os corpos vivos de novo e os rostos
opacos brilhando com a luz da alegria.
11. Os maridos, de fora, observavam o que estava acontecendo e ficaram com ciúmes do
afogado, ao perceberem que um morto tinha um poder que eles mesmos não tinham
mais. E pensaram nos sonhos que nunca haviam tido, nos poemas que nunca haviam
escrito, nos mares que nunca tinham navegado, nas mulheres que nunca haviam desejado.
12. A história termina dizendo que finalmente enterraram o morto. Mas a aldeia nunca
mais foi a mesma.
ALVES, R. Sobre como da morte brota a vida. F. de São Paulo. Cotidiano. Disponível em: https://www1.folha.
uol.com.br. Acesso em: 20 abr. 2023. Adaptado.
De acordo com o narrador, a justificativa para recontar a história de Gabriel García Márquez é
a) o aprendizado da antropofagia com Murilo Mendes.
b) a história original do conto ter sido escrita com sangue.
c) o conto pertencer a ele depois de tê-lo lido e devorado.
d) o caso de um homem afogado ter chamado sua atenção.
e) os livros serem feitos com carne e sangue de seus autores.
vazios, os mesmos corpos opacos, a excitação do amor sendo algo de que ninguém
mais se lembrava...
4. Aconteceu que, num dia como todos os outros, um menino viu uma forma estranha
flutuando longe no mar. E ele gritou. Todos correram. Num lugar como aquele até uma
forma estranha é motivo de festa. E ali ficaram na praia, olhando, esperando. Até que o
mar, sem pressa, trouxe a coisa e a colocou na areia, para o desapontamento de todos:
era um homem morto.
5. Todos os homens mortos são parecidos porque há apenas uma coisa a se fazer com
eles: enterrar. E, naquela vila, o costume era que as mulheres preparassem os mortos
para o sepultamento. Assim, carregaram o cadáver para uma casa, as mulheres dentro,
os homens fora. E o silêncio era grande enquanto o limpavam das algas e liquens,
mortalhas verdes do mar.
6. Mas, repentinamente, uma voz quebrou o silêncio. Uma mulher balbuciou: “Se ele
tivesse vivido entre nós, ele teria de ter curvado a cabeça sempre ao entrar em nossas
casas. Ele é muito alto...”.
7. Todas as mulheres, sérias e silenciosas, fizeram sim com a cabeça.
8. De novo o silêncio foi profundo, até que uma outra voz foi ouvida. Outra mulher...
“Fico pensando em como teria sido a sua voz... Como o sussurro da brisa? Como o trovão
das ondas? Será que ele conhecia aquela palavra secreta que, quando pronunciada, faz
com que uma mulher apanhe uma flor e a coloque no cabelo?” E elas sorriram e olharam
umas para as outras.
9. De novo o silêncio. E, de novo, a voz de outra mulher... “Essas mãos... Como são
grandes! Que será que fizeram? Brincaram com crianças? Navegaram mares? Travaram
batalhas? Construíram casas? Essas mãos: será que elas sabiam deslizar sobre o rosto
de uma mulher, será que elas sabiam abraçar e acariciar o seu corpo?”
10. Aí todas elas riram que riram, suas faces vermelhas, e se surpreenderam ao perceber
que o enterro estava se transformando numa ressurreição: sonhos esquecidos, que
pensavam mortos, retornavam, cinzas virando fogo, os corpos vivos de novo e os rostos
opacos brilhando com a luz da alegria.
11. Os maridos, de fora, observavam o que estava acontecendo e ficaram com ciúmes do
afogado, ao perceberem que um morto tinha um poder que eles mesmos não tinham
mais. E pensaram nos sonhos que nunca haviam tido, nos poemas que nunca haviam
escrito, nos mares que nunca tinham navegado, nas mulheres que nunca haviam desejado.
12. A história termina dizendo que finalmente enterraram o morto. Mas a aldeia nunca
mais foi a mesma.
ALVES, R. Sobre como da morte brota a vida. F. de São Paulo. Cotidiano. Disponível em: https://www1.folha.
uol.com.br. Acesso em: 20 abr. 2023. Adaptado.
No conto recontado, os ciúmes que o morto provocou nos maridos da vila foi motivado
pelo fato de ele ter
a) chamado a atenção por ser muito alto.
b) vivido amores intensos e inesquecíveis.
c) navegado por mares e oceanos distantes.
d) realizado sonhos considerados impossíveis.
e) despertado nas mulheres sentimentos esquecidos.
8. De novo o silêncio foi profundo, até que uma outra voz foi ouvida. Outra mulher...
“Fico pensando em como teria sido a sua voz... Como o sussurro da brisa? Como o trovão
das ondas? Será que ele conhecia aquela palavra secreta que, quando pronunciada, faz
com que uma mulher apanhe uma flor e a coloque no cabelo?” E elas sorriram e olharam
umas para as outras.
9. De novo o silêncio. E, de novo, a voz de outra mulher... “Essas mãos... Como são
grandes! Que será que fizeram? Brincaram com crianças? Navegaram mares? Travaram
batalhas? Construíram casas? Essas mãos: será que elas sabiam deslizar sobre o rosto
de uma mulher, será que elas sabiam abraçar e acariciar o seu corpo?”
10. Aí todas elas riram que riram, suas faces vermelhas, e se surpreenderam ao perceber
que o enterro estava se transformando numa ressurreição: sonhos esquecidos, que
pensavam mortos, retornavam, cinzas virando fogo, os corpos vivos de novo e os rostos
opacos brilhando com a luz da alegria.
11. Os maridos, de fora, observavam o que estava acontecendo e ficaram com ciúmes do
afogado, ao perceberem que um morto tinha um poder que eles mesmos não tinham
mais. E pensaram nos sonhos que nunca haviam tido, nos poemas que nunca haviam
escrito, nos mares que nunca tinham navegado, nas mulheres que nunca haviam desejado.
12. A história termina dizendo que finalmente enterraram o morto. Mas a aldeia nunca
mais foi a mesma.
ALVES, R. Sobre como da morte brota a vida. F. de São Paulo. Cotidiano. Disponível em: https://www1.folha.
uol.com.br. Acesso em: 20 abr. 2023. Adaptado.
O “enfado” (parágrafo 3) a que o autor faz referência diz respeito a uma rotina caracterizada
pelo(a)
a) temor.
b) apatia.
c) atribulação.
d) insegurança.
e) desconfiança.
10. Aí todas elas riram que riram, suas faces vermelhas, e se surpreenderam ao perceber
que o enterro estava se transformando numa ressurreição: sonhos esquecidos, que
pensavam mortos, retornavam, cinzas virando fogo, os corpos vivos de novo e os rostos
opacos brilhando com a luz da alegria.
11. Os maridos, de fora, observavam o que estava acontecendo e ficaram com ciúmes do
afogado, ao perceberem que um morto tinha um poder que eles mesmos não tinham
mais. E pensaram nos sonhos que nunca haviam tido, nos poemas que nunca haviam
escrito, nos mares que nunca tinham navegado, nas mulheres que nunca haviam desejado.
12. A história termina dizendo que finalmente enterraram o morto. Mas a aldeia nunca
mais foi a mesma.
ALVES, R. Sobre como da morte brota a vida. F. de São Paulo. Cotidiano. Disponível em: https://www1.folha.
uol.com.br. Acesso em: 20 abr. 2023. Adaptado.
A reescrita de “Eu li e devorei. Agora é meu. Eu o reconto” (parágrafo 2) que preserva o seu
sentido no texto é:
a) Eu li e devorei, então agora é meu, se eu o reconto.
b) Eu li e devorei, pois agora é meu, enquanto eu o reconto.
c) Eu li e devorei, por isso agora é meu, então eu o reconto.
d) Eu li e devorei, mas agora é meu, à medida que eu o reconto.
e) Eu li e devorei, de modo que agora é meu, mas eu o reconto.
10. Aí todas elas riram que riram, suas faces vermelhas, e se surpreenderam ao perceber
que o enterro estava se transformando numa ressurreição: sonhos esquecidos, que
pensavam mortos, retornavam, cinzas virando fogo, os corpos vivos de novo e os rostos
opacos brilhando com a luz da alegria.
11. Os maridos, de fora, observavam o que estava acontecendo e ficaram com ciúmes do
afogado, ao perceberem que um morto tinha um poder que eles mesmos não tinham
mais. E pensaram nos sonhos que nunca haviam tido, nos poemas que nunca haviam
escrito, nos mares que nunca tinham navegado, nas mulheres que nunca haviam desejado.
12. A história termina dizendo que finalmente enterraram o morto. Mas a aldeia nunca
mais foi a mesma.
ALVES, R. Sobre como da morte brota a vida. F. de São Paulo. Cotidiano. Disponível em: https://www1.folha.
uol.com.br. Acesso em: 20 abr. 2023. Adaptado.
Que imagem ilustra a atmosfera vivida pelos moradores da vila antes do aparecimento do
homem morto?
a) O novo dia já nascendo velho.
b) O mar depositando um corpo na areia.
c) O corpo sendo preparado para o sepultamento.
d) Os maridos observando as mulheres de fora da casa.
e) Os rostos das mulheres brilhando com a luz da alegria.
mar, sem pressa, trouxe a coisa e a colocou na areia, para o desapontamento de todos:
era um homem morto.
5. Todos os homens mortos são parecidos porque há apenas uma coisa a se fazer com
eles: enterrar. E, naquela vila, o costume era que as mulheres preparassem os mortos
para o sepultamento. Assim, carregaram o cadáver para uma casa, as mulheres dentro,
os homens fora. E o silêncio era grande enquanto o limpavam das algas e liquens,
mortalhas verdes do mar.
6. Mas, repentinamente, uma voz quebrou o silêncio. Uma mulher balbuciou: “Se ele
tivesse vivido entre nós, ele teria de ter curvado a cabeça sempre ao entrar em nossas
casas. Ele é muito alto...”.
7. Todas as mulheres, sérias e silenciosas, fizeram sim com a cabeça.
8. De novo o silêncio foi profundo, até que uma outra voz foi ouvida. Outra mulher...
“Fico pensando em como teria sido a sua voz... Como o sussurro da brisa? Como o trovão
das ondas? Será que ele conhecia aquela palavra secreta que, quando pronunciada, faz
com que uma mulher apanhe uma flor e a coloque no cabelo?” E elas sorriram e olharam
umas para as outras.
9. De novo o silêncio. E, de novo, a voz de outra mulher... “Essas mãos... Como são
grandes! Que será que fizeram? Brincaram com crianças? Navegaram mares? Travaram
batalhas? Construíram casas? Essas mãos: será que elas sabiam deslizar sobre o rosto
de uma mulher, será que elas sabiam abraçar e acariciar o seu corpo?”
10. Aí todas elas riram que riram, suas faces vermelhas, e se surpreenderam ao perceber
que o enterro estava se transformando numa ressurreição: sonhos esquecidos, que
pensavam mortos, retornavam, cinzas virando fogo, os corpos vivos de novo e os rostos
opacos brilhando com a luz da alegria.
11. Os maridos, de fora, observavam o que estava acontecendo e ficaram com ciúmes do
afogado, ao perceberem que um morto tinha um poder que eles mesmos não tinham
mais. E pensaram nos sonhos que nunca haviam tido, nos poemas que nunca haviam
escrito, nos mares que nunca tinham navegado, nas mulheres que nunca haviam desejado.
12. A história termina dizendo que finalmente enterraram o morto. Mas a aldeia nunca
mais foi a mesma.
ALVES, R. Sobre como da morte brota a vida. F. de São Paulo. Cotidiano. Disponível em: https://www1.folha.
uol.com.br. Acesso em: 20 abr. 2023. Adaptado.
6. Mas, repentinamente, uma voz quebrou o silêncio. Uma mulher balbuciou: “Se ele
tivesse vivido entre nós, ele teria de ter curvado a cabeça sempre ao entrar em nossas
casas. Ele é muito alto...”.
7. Todas as mulheres, sérias e silenciosas, fizeram sim com a cabeça.
8. De novo o silêncio foi profundo, até que uma outra voz foi ouvida. Outra mulher...
“Fico pensando em como teria sido a sua voz... Como o sussurro da brisa? Como o trovão
das ondas? Será que ele conhecia aquela palavra secreta que, quando pronunciada, faz
com que uma mulher apanhe uma flor e a coloque no cabelo?” E elas sorriram e olharam
umas para as outras.
9. De novo o silêncio. E, de novo, a voz de outra mulher... “Essas mãos... Como são
grandes! Que será que fizeram? Brincaram com crianças? Navegaram mares? Travaram
batalhas? Construíram casas? Essas mãos: será que elas sabiam deslizar sobre o rosto
de uma mulher, será que elas sabiam abraçar e acariciar o seu corpo?”
10. Aí todas elas riram que riram, suas faces vermelhas, e se surpreenderam ao perceber
que o enterro estava se transformando numa ressurreição: sonhos esquecidos, que
pensavam mortos, retornavam, cinzas virando fogo, os corpos vivos de novo e os rostos
opacos brilhando com a luz da alegria.
11. Os maridos, de fora, observavam o que estava acontecendo e ficaram com ciúmes do
afogado, ao perceberem que um morto tinha um poder que eles mesmos não tinham
mais. E pensaram nos sonhos que nunca haviam tido, nos poemas que nunca haviam
escrito, nos mares que nunca tinham navegado, nas mulheres que nunca haviam desejado.
12. A história termina dizendo que finalmente enterraram o morto. Mas a aldeia nunca
mais foi a mesma.
ALVES, R. Sobre como da morte brota a vida. F. de São Paulo. Cotidiano. Disponível em: https://www1.folha.
uol.com.br. Acesso em: 20 abr. 2023. Adaptado.
O trecho do texto em que a vírgula tem a mesma função dos dois pontos empregados em
“Todos os homens mortos são parecidos porque há apenas uma coisa a se fazer com eles:
enterrar” (parágrafo 5) é:
a) “Depois que os devoro, deixam de pertencer ao autor.” (parágrafo 1)
b) “Aconteceu que, num dia como todos os outros, um menino viu uma forma estranha
flutuando longe no mar.” (parágrafo 4)
c) “E o silêncio era grande enquanto o limpavam das algas e liquens, mortalhas verdes do
mar.” (parágrafo 5)
d) “Se ele tivesse vivido entre nós, ele teria de ter curvado a cabeça sempre ao entrar em
nossas casas.” (parágrafo 6)
e) “Todas as mulheres, sérias e silenciosas, fizeram sim com a cabeça.” (parágrafo 7)
5. Em 1826, aos 17 anos, ainda estudante, Braille começou a dar aulas. Embora seu
método fizesse sucesso entre os alunos, não podia ensiná-lo na sala de aula, pois ainda
não era reconhecido oficialmente. Por isso, Braille dava aulas do revolucionário sistema
escondido no quarto, que logo se transformou numa segunda sala de aula.
6. O braile é lido passando-se a ponta dos dedos sobre os sinais de relevo. Normalmente
se usa a mão direita com um ou mais dedos, conforme a habilidade do leitor, enquanto a
mão esquerda procura o início da outra linha. Aplica-se a qualquer língua, sem exceção,
e também à estenografia, à música – Braille, por sinal, era ainda exímio pianista – e às
notações científicas em geral. A escrita é feita mediante o uso da reglete, também
idealizada por Braille: trata-se de uma régua especial, de duas linhas, com uma série
de janelas de seis furos cada, correspondentes às células braile.
7. Louis Braille morreu de tuberculose em 1852, com apenas 43 anos. Temia que seu
método desaparecesse com ele, mas, finalmente, em 1854 foi oficializado pelo governo
francês. No ano seguinte, foi apresentado ao mundo, na Exposição Internacional de
Paris, por ordem do imperador Napoleão III (1808-1873), que programou ainda uma
série de concertos de piano com ex-alunos de Braille. O sucesso foi imediato, e o sistema
se espalhou pelo mundo. Em 1952, o governo francês transferiu os restos mortais de
Braille para o Panthéon, em Paris, onde estão sepultados os heróis nacionais.
ATANES, Silvio. Super Interessante. Disponível em: https://super.abril.com.br/historia/. Acesso em: 23 out.
2022. Adaptado.
Em “No ano seguinte, foi apresentado ao mundo, na Exposição Internacional de Paris, por
ordem do imperador Napoleão III (1808-1873), que programou ainda uma série de concertos
de piano com ex-alunos de Braille” (parágrafo 7), a palavra em destaque apresenta o mesmo
sentido que em:
a) Louis Braille criou um método revolucionário e ainda era excelente pianista.
b) Vencer barreiras relacionadas à acessibilidade ainda é um desafio.
c) O método Braille ainda era desconhecido por muitas pessoas.
d) Os restos mortais de Braille ainda estão no Panthéon.
e) A reglete ainda é usada por deficientes visuais.
No trecho “Ainda que não exista uma concepção única sobre o empreendedorismo social”
(parágrafo 1), a expressão destacada pode ser substituída, sem prejuízo do sentido do
texto, por
a) À medida que.
b) Contanto que.
c) De modo que.
d) Mesmo que.
e) Por causa de.
a feira da semana e os churros na esquina você paga com “dinheiro vivo”, certo? Um
dos fatores que escoram a circulação de papel-moeda no Brasil é a informalidade.
4. Atrelada a isso está a situação dos desbancarizados. A dificuldade que muita gente teve
para receber o auxílio emergencial, durante a pandemia, jogou luz sobre um problema
notado há tempos: a enorme quantidade de brasileiros que não têm acesso a serviços
bancários. O pouco de dinheiro que entra no orçamento dessas pessoas precisa ser
gasto rapidamente para subsistência. Não há base financeira suficiente para justificar
movimentações bancárias. Também pesa para o time dos “sem-banco” o baixo nível de
educação ou a falta de familiaridade com a tecnologia.
5. O fator cultural também favorece a circulação do dinheiro em espécie. É provável que
você conheça alguém que, mesmo tendo boa renda, prefere pagar boletos ou receber
pagamentos com cédulas simplesmente por estar acostumado a elas. Para muita gente
que faz parte dessa turma, dinheiro vivo é dinheiro recebido ou pago na hora. Não é
preciso esperar a TED cair ou o dia virar para o boleto ser compensado. Isso pesa mais
do que a conveniência de se livrar da fila da lotérica.
6. Embora o Brasil tenha um sistema bancário que suporta vários tipos de transações,
o país estava ficando para trás no que diz respeito a pagamentos instantâneos. O Pix
veio para preencher essa lacuna. A modalidade permite transações em qualquer horário
e dia, incluindo finais de semana e feriados. Essa característica, por si só, já é capaz
de mudar a forma como lidamos com o dinheiro, pois implica envio ou recebimento
imediato: as transações via Pix são concluídas rapidamente.
7. É o fim do papel-moeda? Não é tão simples assim. O Pix não foi idealizado com o
propósito exclusivo de acabar com os meios de pagamento e transferência atuais,
muito menos com o papel-moeda, mas para fazer o sistema financeiro do Brasil evoluir
e ficar mais competitivo.
8. Apesar disso, não é exagero esperar que, à medida que a população incorpore o
sistema à sua rotina, o uso de DOC, TED, boletos e cartões caia. Eventualmente, algum
desses meios poderá ser descontinuado, mas isso não acontecerá tão cedo — vide o
exemplo do cheque, que não “morreu” com a chegada do cartão.
9. No caso das cédulas, especialistas do mercado financeiro apontam para uma
diminuição de circulação, mas não para um futuro próximo em que o papel-moeda
deixará de existir. Para que esse cenário se torne realidade, é necessário, sobretudo,
atacar a desbancarização. O medo ou a pouca familiaridade com a tecnologia podem ser
obstáculos, mas o Pix é tão interessante para o país que o próprio comércio incentiva
o público mais resistente a aderir a ele.
ALECRIM, E. Disponível em: https://tecnoblog.net/especiais/pix-fim-dinheiro-especie-brasil/. Publicado
em novembro de 2020. Acesso em: 2 dez. 2022. Adaptado.
muito menos com o papel-moeda, mas para fazer o sistema financeiro do Brasil evoluir
e ficar mais competitivo.
8. Apesar disso, não é exagero esperar que, à medida que a população incorpore o
sistema à sua rotina, o uso de DOC, TED, boletos e cartões caia. Eventualmente, algum
desses meios poderá ser descontinuado, mas isso não acontecerá tão cedo — vide o
exemplo do cheque, que não “morreu” com a chegada do cartão.
9. No caso das cédulas, especialistas do mercado financeiro apontam para uma
diminuição de circulação, mas não para um futuro próximo em que o papel-moeda
deixará de existir. Para que esse cenário se torne realidade, é necessário, sobretudo,
atacar a desbancarização. O medo ou a pouca familiaridade com a tecnologia podem ser
obstáculos, mas o Pix é tão interessante para o país que o próprio comércio incentiva
o público mais resistente a aderir a ele.
ALECRIM, E. Disponível em: https://tecnoblog.net/especiais/pix-fim-dinheiro-especie-brasil/. Publicado
em novembro de 2020. Acesso em: 2 dez. 2022. Adaptado.
não era reconhecido oficialmente. Por isso, Braille dava aulas do revolucionário sistema
escondido no quarto, que logo se transformou numa segunda sala de aula.
6. O braile é lido passando-se a ponta dos dedos sobre os sinais de relevo. Normalmente
se usa a mão direita com um ou mais dedos, conforme a habilidade do leitor, enquanto a
mão esquerda procura o início da outra linha. Aplica-se a qualquer língua, sem exceção,
e também à estenografia, à música – Braille, por sinal, era ainda exímio pianista – e às
notações científicas em geral. A escrita é feita mediante o uso da reglete, também
idealizada por Braille: trata-se de uma régua especial, de duas linhas, com uma série
de janelas de seis furos cada, correspondentes às células braile.
7. Louis Braille morreu de tuberculose em 1852, com apenas 43 anos. Temia que seu
método desaparecesse com ele, mas, finalmente, em 1854 foi oficializado pelo governo
francês. No ano seguinte, foi apresentado ao mundo, na Exposição Internacional de
Paris, por ordem do imperador Napoleão III (1808-1873), que programou ainda uma
série de concertos de piano com ex-alunos de Braille. O sucesso foi imediato, e o sistema
se espalhou pelo mundo. Em 1952, o governo francês transferiu os restos mortais de
Braille para o Panthéon, em Paris, onde estão sepultados os heróis nacionais.
ATANES, Silvio. Super Interessante. Disponível em: https://super.abril.com.br/historia/. Acesso em: 23 out.
2022. Adaptado.
O pronome oblíquo átono está colocado de acordo com a norma-padrão da língua portuguesa em:
a) Me surpreende a história de vida de Braille.
b) Seu método não trouxe-lhe reconhecimento em vida.
c) O menino cego aos cinco anos tornar-se-ia um herói nacional na França.
d) Quantos impressionaram-nos como Braille?
e) Braille recebia os alunos e sempre auxiliava-os com o método criado.
7. Uma das propostas para que se possa evitar o tipping point é o reflorestamento.
Com esse objetivo, o Brasil se comprometeu, na Conferência da ONU sobre Clima em
Paris, em 2015, a reflorestar 12 milhões de hectares até 2030.
CALIXTO, B. O Globo. Sociedade. Rio de Janeiro, 22 fev. 2018. Adaptado.
No trecho “ela pode se descaracterizar de tal forma que deixaria de ser uma floresta e se
transformaria em área de savana” (parágrafo 1), os elementos destacados são responsáveis
por expressar a ideia de
a) adição.
b) concessão.
c) condição.
d) consequência.
e) temporalidade.
a implantação de um código de ética nas organizações, pois a cada dia que passa a ética
tem mostrado ser um dos caminhos para o sucesso e para o bem comum, agregando
valor moral ao patrimônio da organização.
6. O Código de Ética é um instrumento de realização dos princípios, da visão e da missão
da empresa. Serve para orientar as ações de seus colaboradores e explicitar a postura
social da empresa em face dos diferentes públicos com os quais interage. É da máxima
importância que seu conteúdo seja refletido nas atitudes das pessoas a que se dirige
e encontre respaldo na alta administração da empresa, que, tanto quanto o último
empregado contratado, tem a responsabilidade de vivenciá-lo.
7. As relações com os funcionários, desde o processo de contratação, desenvolvimento
profissional, lealdade mútua, respeito entre chefes e subordinados, saúde e segurança,
propriedade da informação, assédio profissional e sexual, alcoolismo, uso de drogas,
entre outros, são aspectos que costumam ser abordados em um Código de Ética.
Cumprir horários, entregar o trabalho no prazo, dar o seu melhor ao executar uma tarefa
e manter a palavra dada são exemplos de atitudes que mostram aos superiores e aos
colegas que o funcionário valoriza os princípios éticos da empresa ou da instituição.
8. O Código também pode envolver situações de relacionamento com clientes,
fornecedores, acionistas, investidores, comunidade vizinha, concorrentes e mídia.
O Código de Ética pode estabelecer ações de responsabilidade social dirigidas ao
desenvolvimento social de comunidades vizinhas, bem como apoio a projetos de
educação voltados ao crescimento pessoal e profissional de jovens carentes. Também
pode fazer referência à participação da empresa na comunidade, dando diretrizes
sobre as relações com os sindicatos, outros órgãos da esfera pública, relações com o
governo, entre outras.
9. Portanto, conclui-se que o Código de Ética se fundamenta em deveres para com os
colegas, clientes, profissão, sociedade e para consigo próprio.
MARTINS, Rosemir. UFPR, 2003. Disponível em: https://acervodigital.ufpr.br. Acesso em: 16 nov. 2022. Adaptado.
5. Em 1826, aos 17 anos, ainda estudante, Braille começou a dar aulas. Embora seu
método fizesse sucesso entre os alunos, não podia ensiná-lo na sala de aula, pois ainda
não era reconhecido oficialmente. Por isso, Braille dava aulas do revolucionário sistema
escondido no quarto, que logo se transformou numa segunda sala de aula.
6. O braile é lido passando-se a ponta dos dedos sobre os sinais de relevo. Normalmente
se usa a mão direita com um ou mais dedos, conforme a habilidade do leitor, enquanto a
mão esquerda procura o início da outra linha. Aplica-se a qualquer língua, sem exceção,
e também à estenografia, à música – Braille, por sinal, era ainda exímio pianista – e às
notações científicas em geral. A escrita é feita mediante o uso da reglete, também
idealizada por Braille: trata-se de uma régua especial, de duas linhas, com uma série
de janelas de seis furos cada, correspondentes às células braile.
7. Louis Braille morreu de tuberculose em 1852, com apenas 43 anos. Temia que seu
método desaparecesse com ele, mas, finalmente, em 1854 foi oficializado pelo governo
francês. No ano seguinte, foi apresentado ao mundo, na Exposição Internacional de
Paris, por ordem do imperador Napoleão III (1808-1873), que programou ainda uma
série de concertos de piano com ex-alunos de Braille. O sucesso foi imediato, e o sistema
se espalhou pelo mundo. Em 1952, o governo francês transferiu os restos mortais de
Braille para o Panthéon, em Paris, onde estão sepultados os heróis nacionais.
ATANES, Silvio. Super Interessante. Disponível em: https://super.abril.com.br/historia/. Acesso em: 23 out.
2022. Adaptado.
resultado foi uma infecção que, seis meses depois, afetaria também o olho direito. Aos
5 anos, o garoto estava completamente cego.
2. A tragédia não o impediu, porém, de frequentar a escola por dois anos e de se
tornar ainda um aluno brilhante. Por essa razão, ele ganhou uma bolsa de estudos
no Instituto Nacional para Jovens Cegos, em Paris, um colégio interno fundado por
Valentin Haüy (1745- 1822). Além do currículo normal, Haüy introduzira um sistema
especial de alfabetização, no qual letras de forma impressas em relevo, em papelão,
eram reconhecidas pelos contornos. Desde o início do curso, Braille destacou-se como
o melhor aluno da turma e logo começou a ajudar os colegas. Em 1821, aos 12 anos,
conheceu um método inventado pouco antes por Charles Barbier de La Serre, oficial
do Exército francês.
3. O método Barbier, também chamado escrita noturna, era um código de pontos e
traços em relevo impressos também em papelão. Destinava-se a enviar ordens cifradas
a sentinelas em postos avançados. Estes decodificariam a mensagem até no escuro.
Mas, como a ideia não pegou na tropa, Barbier adaptou o método para a leitura de
cegos, com o nome de grafia sonora. O sistema permitia a comunicação entre os cegos,
pois com ele era possível escrever, algo que o método de Haüy não possibilitava. O de
Barbier era fonético: registrava sons e não letras. Dessa forma, as palavras não podiam
ser soletradas. Além disso, o fato de um grande número de sinais ser usado para uma
única palavra tornava o sistema muito complicado. Apesar dos inconvenientes, foi
adotado como método auxiliar por Haüy.
4. Pesquisando a fundo a grafia sonora, Braille percebeu suas limitações e pôs-se a
aperfeiçoá-la. Em 1824, seu método estava pronto. Primeiro, eliminou os traços, para
evitar erros de leitura: em seguida, criou uma célula de seis pontos, divididos em duas
colunas de três pontos cada, que podem ser combinados de 63 maneiras diferentes.
A posição dos pontos na célula está ao lado.
5. Em 1826, aos 17 anos, ainda estudante, Braille começou a dar aulas. Embora seu
método fizesse sucesso entre os alunos, não podia ensiná-lo na sala de aula, pois ainda
não era reconhecido oficialmente. Por isso, Braille dava aulas do revolucionário sistema
escondido no quarto, que logo se transformou numa segunda sala de aula.
6. O braile é lido passando-se a ponta dos dedos sobre os sinais de relevo. Normalmente
se usa a mão direita com um ou mais dedos, conforme a habilidade do leitor, enquanto a
mão esquerda procura o início da outra linha. Aplica-se a qualquer língua, sem exceção,
e também à estenografia, à música – Braille, por sinal, era ainda exímio pianista – e às
notações científicas em geral. A escrita é feita mediante o uso da reglete, também
idealizada por Braille: trata-se de uma régua especial, de duas linhas, com uma série
de janelas de seis furos cada, correspondentes às células braile.
7. Louis Braille morreu de tuberculose em 1852, com apenas 43 anos. Temia que seu
método desaparecesse com ele, mas, finalmente, em 1854 foi oficializado pelo governo
francês. No ano seguinte, foi apresentado ao mundo, na Exposição Internacional de
Paris, por ordem do imperador Napoleão III (1808-1873), que programou ainda uma
série de concertos de piano com ex-alunos de Braille. O sucesso foi imediato, e o sistema
se espalhou pelo mundo. Em 1952, o governo francês transferiu os restos mortais de
Braille para o Panthéon, em Paris, onde estão sepultados os heróis nacionais.
ATANES, Silvio. Super Interessante. Disponível em: https://super.abril.com.br/historia/. Acesso em: 23 out.
2022. Adaptado.
Mas, como a ideia não pegou na tropa, Barbier adaptou o método para a leitura de
cegos, com o nome de grafia sonora. O sistema permitia a comunicação entre os cegos,
pois com ele era possível escrever, algo que o método de Haüy não possibilitava. O de
Barbier era fonético: registrava sons e não letras. Dessa forma, as palavras não podiam
ser soletradas. Além disso, o fato de um grande número de sinais ser usado para uma
única palavra tornava o sistema muito complicado. Apesar dos inconvenientes, foi
adotado como método auxiliar por Haüy.
4. Pesquisando a fundo a grafia sonora, Braille percebeu suas limitações e pôs-se a
aperfeiçoá-la. Em 1824, seu método estava pronto. Primeiro, eliminou os traços, para
evitar erros de leitura: em seguida, criou uma célula de seis pontos, divididos em duas
colunas de três pontos cada, que podem ser combinados de 63 maneiras diferentes.
A posição dos pontos na célula está ao lado.
5. Em 1826, aos 17 anos, ainda estudante, Braille começou a dar aulas. Embora seu
método fizesse sucesso entre os alunos, não podia ensiná-lo na sala de aula, pois ainda
não era reconhecido oficialmente. Por isso, Braille dava aulas do revolucionário sistema
escondido no quarto, que logo se transformou numa segunda sala de aula.
6. O braile é lido passando-se a ponta dos dedos sobre os sinais de relevo. Normalmente
se usa a mão direita com um ou mais dedos, conforme a habilidade do leitor, enquanto a
mão esquerda procura o início da outra linha. Aplica-se a qualquer língua, sem exceção,
e também à estenografia, à música – Braille, por sinal, era ainda exímio pianista – e às
notações científicas em geral. A escrita é feita mediante o uso da reglete, também
idealizada por Braille: trata-se de uma régua especial, de duas linhas, com uma série
de janelas de seis furos cada, correspondentes às células braile.
7. Louis Braille morreu de tuberculose em 1852, com apenas 43 anos. Temia que seu
método desaparecesse com ele, mas, finalmente, em 1854 foi oficializado pelo governo
francês. No ano seguinte, foi apresentado ao mundo, na Exposição Internacional de
Paris, por ordem do imperador Napoleão III (1808-1873), que programou ainda uma
série de concertos de piano com ex-alunos de Braille. O sucesso foi imediato, e o sistema
se espalhou pelo mundo. Em 1952, o governo francês transferiu os restos mortais de
Braille para o Panthéon, em Paris, onde estão sepultados os heróis nacionais.
ATANES, Silvio. Super Interessante. Disponível em: https://super.abril.com.br/historia/. Acesso em: 23 out.
2022. Adaptado.
b) Embora pesquisasse a fundo a grafia sonora, Braille percebeu suas limitações e pôs-se
a aperfeiçoá-la.
c) Quando pesquisava a fundo a grafia sonora, Braille percebeu suas limitações e pôs-se a
aperfeiçoá-la.
d) Apesar de pesquisar a fundo a grafia sonora, Braille percebia suas limitações e punha-se
a aperfeiçoá-la.
e) Se pesquisasse a fundo a grafia sonora, Braille perceberia suas limitações e pôr-se-ia a
aperfeiçoá-la.
única palavra tornava o sistema muito complicado. Apesar dos inconvenientes, foi
adotado como método auxiliar por Haüy.
4. Pesquisando a fundo a grafia sonora, Braille percebeu suas limitações e pôs-se a
aperfeiçoá-la. Em 1824, seu método estava pronto. Primeiro, eliminou os traços, para
evitar erros de leitura: em seguida, criou uma célula de seis pontos, divididos em duas
colunas de três pontos cada, que podem ser combinados de 63 maneiras diferentes.
A posição dos pontos na célula está ao lado.
5. Em 1826, aos 17 anos, ainda estudante, Braille começou a dar aulas. Embora seu
método fizesse sucesso entre os alunos, não podia ensiná-lo na sala de aula, pois ainda
não era reconhecido oficialmente. Por isso, Braille dava aulas do revolucionário sistema
escondido no quarto, que logo se transformou numa segunda sala de aula.
6. O braile é lido passando-se a ponta dos dedos sobre os sinais de relevo. Normalmente
se usa a mão direita com um ou mais dedos, conforme a habilidade do leitor, enquanto a
mão esquerda procura o início da outra linha. Aplica-se a qualquer língua, sem exceção,
e também à estenografia, à música – Braille, por sinal, era ainda exímio pianista – e às
notações científicas em geral. A escrita é feita mediante o uso da reglete, também
idealizada por Braille: trata-se de uma régua especial, de duas linhas, com uma série
de janelas de seis furos cada, correspondentes às células braile.
7. Louis Braille morreu de tuberculose em 1852, com apenas 43 anos. Temia que seu
método desaparecesse com ele, mas, finalmente, em 1854 foi oficializado pelo governo
francês. No ano seguinte, foi apresentado ao mundo, na Exposição Internacional de
Paris, por ordem do imperador Napoleão III (1808-1873), que programou ainda uma
série de concertos de piano com ex-alunos de Braille. O sucesso foi imediato, e o sistema
se espalhou pelo mundo. Em 1952, o governo francês transferiu os restos mortais de
Braille para o Panthéon, em Paris, onde estão sepultados os heróis nacionais.
ATANES, Silvio. Super Interessante. Disponível em: https://super.abril.com.br/historia/. Acesso em: 23 out.
2022. Adaptado.
No trecho do parágrafo 2, “conheceu um método inventado pouco antes por Charles Barbier
de La Serre, oficial do Exército francês”, a vírgula está empregada com a mesma função
que em:
a) A cegueira não o impediu, no entanto, de estudar.
b) Perspicaz, Braille percebeu falhas no método de Barbier.
c) A infecção, seis meses depois, afetou o segundo olho de Braille.
d) Escrita noturna, método de Barbier, não teve sucesso quando criado.
e) No Instituto Nacional para Jovens Cegos, Braille desenvolveu seus estudos.
5. Em 1826, aos 17 anos, ainda estudante, Braille começou a dar aulas. Embora seu
método fizesse sucesso entre os alunos, não podia ensiná-lo na sala de aula, pois ainda
não era reconhecido oficialmente. Por isso, Braille dava aulas do revolucionário sistema
escondido no quarto, que logo se transformou numa segunda sala de aula.
6. O braile é lido passando-se a ponta dos dedos sobre os sinais de relevo. Normalmente
se usa a mão direita com um ou mais dedos, conforme a habilidade do leitor, enquanto a
mão esquerda procura o início da outra linha. Aplica-se a qualquer língua, sem exceção,
e também à estenografia, à música – Braille, por sinal, era ainda exímio pianista – e às
notações científicas em geral. A escrita é feita mediante o uso da reglete, também
idealizada por Braille: trata-se de uma régua especial, de duas linhas, com uma série
de janelas de seis furos cada, correspondentes às células braile.
7. Louis Braille morreu de tuberculose em 1852, com apenas 43 anos. Temia que seu
método desaparecesse com ele, mas, finalmente, em 1854 foi oficializado pelo governo
francês. No ano seguinte, foi apresentado ao mundo, na Exposição Internacional de
Paris, por ordem do imperador Napoleão III (1808-1873), que programou ainda uma
série de concertos de piano com ex-alunos de Braille. O sucesso foi imediato, e o sistema
se espalhou pelo mundo. Em 1952, o governo francês transferiu os restos mortais de
Braille para o Panthéon, em Paris, onde estão sepultados os heróis nacionais.
ATANES, Silvio. Super Interessante. Disponível em: https://super.abril.com.br/historia/. Acesso em: 23 out.
2022. Adaptado.
Em “Mas, como a ideia não pegou na tropa, Barbier adaptou o método para a leitura de
cegos” (parágrafo 3), a oração destacada apresenta o valor semântico de
a) fim.
b) causa.
c) tempo.
d) proporção.
e) consequência.
usado para perfurar o couro, escapou-lhe da mão e atingiu o seu olho esquerdo. O
resultado foi uma infecção que, seis meses depois, afetaria também o olho direito. Aos
5 anos, o garoto estava completamente cego.
2. A tragédia não o impediu, porém, de frequentar a escola por dois anos e de se
tornar ainda um aluno brilhante. Por essa razão, ele ganhou uma bolsa de estudos
no Instituto Nacional para Jovens Cegos, em Paris, um colégio interno fundado por
Valentin Haüy (1745- 1822). Além do currículo normal, Haüy introduzira um sistema
especial de alfabetização, no qual letras de forma impressas em relevo, em papelão,
eram reconhecidas pelos contornos. Desde o início do curso, Braille destacou-se como
o melhor aluno da turma e logo começou a ajudar os colegas. Em 1821, aos 12 anos,
conheceu um método inventado pouco antes por Charles Barbier de La Serre, oficial
do Exército francês.
3. O método Barbier, também chamado escrita noturna, era um código de pontos e
traços em relevo impressos também em papelão. Destinava-se a enviar ordens cifradas
a sentinelas em postos avançados. Estes decodificariam a mensagem até no escuro.
Mas, como a ideia não pegou na tropa, Barbier adaptou o método para a leitura de
cegos, com o nome de grafia sonora. O sistema permitia a comunicação entre os cegos,
pois com ele era possível escrever, algo que o método de Haüy não possibilitava. O de
Barbier era fonético: registrava sons e não letras. Dessa forma, as palavras não podiam
ser soletradas. Além disso, o fato de um grande número de sinais ser usado para uma
única palavra tornava o sistema muito complicado. Apesar dos inconvenientes, foi
adotado como método auxiliar por Haüy.
4. Pesquisando a fundo a grafia sonora, Braille percebeu suas limitações e pôs-se a
aperfeiçoá-la. Em 1824, seu método estava pronto. Primeiro, eliminou os traços, para
evitar erros de leitura: em seguida, criou uma célula de seis pontos, divididos em duas
colunas de três pontos cada, que podem ser combinados de 63 maneiras diferentes.
A posição dos pontos na célula está ao lado.
5. Em 1826, aos 17 anos, ainda estudante, Braille começou a dar aulas. Embora seu
método fizesse sucesso entre os alunos, não podia ensiná-lo na sala de aula, pois ainda
não era reconhecido oficialmente. Por isso, Braille dava aulas do revolucionário sistema
escondido no quarto, que logo se transformou numa segunda sala de aula.
6. O braile é lido passando-se a ponta dos dedos sobre os sinais de relevo. Normalmente
se usa a mão direita com um ou mais dedos, conforme a habilidade do leitor, enquanto a
mão esquerda procura o início da outra linha. Aplica-se a qualquer língua, sem exceção,
e também à estenografia, à música – Braille, por sinal, era ainda exímio pianista – e às
notações científicas em geral. A escrita é feita mediante o uso da reglete, também
idealizada por Braille: trata-se de uma régua especial, de duas linhas, com uma série
de janelas de seis furos cada, correspondentes às células braile.
7. Louis Braille morreu de tuberculose em 1852, com apenas 43 anos. Temia que seu
método desaparecesse com ele, mas, finalmente, em 1854 foi oficializado pelo governo
francês. No ano seguinte, foi apresentado ao mundo, na Exposição Internacional de
Paris, por ordem do imperador Napoleão III (1808-1873), que programou ainda uma
série de concertos de piano com ex-alunos de Braille. O sucesso foi imediato, e o sistema
se espalhou pelo mundo. Em 1952, o governo francês transferiu os restos mortais de
Braille para o Panthéon, em Paris, onde estão sepultados os heróis nacionais.
ATANES, Silvio. Super Interessante. Disponível em: https://super.abril.com.br/historia/. Acesso em: 23 out.
2022. Adaptado.
conheceu um método inventado pouco antes por Charles Barbier de La Serre, oficial
do Exército francês.
3. O método Barbier, também chamado escrita noturna, era um código de pontos e
traços em relevo impressos também em papelão. Destinava-se a enviar ordens cifradas
a sentinelas em postos avançados. Estes decodificariam a mensagem até no escuro.
Mas, como a ideia não pegou na tropa, Barbier adaptou o método para a leitura de
cegos, com o nome de grafia sonora. O sistema permitia a comunicação entre os cegos,
pois com ele era possível escrever, algo que o método de Haüy não possibilitava. O de
Barbier era fonético: registrava sons e não letras. Dessa forma, as palavras não podiam
ser soletradas. Além disso, o fato de um grande número de sinais ser usado para uma
única palavra tornava o sistema muito complicado. Apesar dos inconvenientes, foi
adotado como método auxiliar por Haüy.
4. Pesquisando a fundo a grafia sonora, Braille percebeu suas limitações e pôs-se a
aperfeiçoá-la. Em 1824, seu método estava pronto. Primeiro, eliminou os traços, para
evitar erros de leitura: em seguida, criou uma célula de seis pontos, divididos em duas
colunas de três pontos cada, que podem ser combinados de 63 maneiras diferentes.
A posição dos pontos na célula está ao lado.
5. Em 1826, aos 17 anos, ainda estudante, Braille começou a dar aulas. Embora seu
método fizesse sucesso entre os alunos, não podia ensiná-lo na sala de aula, pois ainda
não era reconhecido oficialmente. Por isso, Braille dava aulas do revolucionário sistema
escondido no quarto, que logo se transformou numa segunda sala de aula.
6. O braile é lido passando-se a ponta dos dedos sobre os sinais de relevo. Normalmente
se usa a mão direita com um ou mais dedos, conforme a habilidade do leitor, enquanto a
mão esquerda procura o início da outra linha. Aplica-se a qualquer língua, sem exceção,
e também à estenografia, à música – Braille, por sinal, era ainda exímio pianista – e às
notações científicas em geral. A escrita é feita mediante o uso da reglete, também
idealizada por Braille: trata-se de uma régua especial, de duas linhas, com uma série
de janelas de seis furos cada, correspondentes às células braile.
7. Louis Braille morreu de tuberculose em 1852, com apenas 43 anos. Temia que seu
método desaparecesse com ele, mas, finalmente, em 1854 foi oficializado pelo governo
francês. No ano seguinte, foi apresentado ao mundo, na Exposição Internacional de
Paris, por ordem do imperador Napoleão III (1808-1873), que programou ainda uma
série de concertos de piano com ex-alunos de Braille. O sucesso foi imediato, e o sistema
se espalhou pelo mundo. Em 1952, o governo francês transferiu os restos mortais de
Braille para o Panthéon, em Paris, onde estão sepultados os heróis nacionais.
ATANES, Silvio. Super Interessante. Disponível em: https://super.abril.com.br/historia/. Acesso em: 23 out.
2022. Adaptado.
6. Embora o Brasil tenha um sistema bancário que suporta vários tipos de transações,
o país estava ficando para trás no que diz respeito a pagamentos instantâneos. O Pix
veio para preencher essa lacuna. A modalidade permite transações em qualquer horário
e dia, incluindo finais de semana e feriados. Essa característica, por si só, já é capaz
de mudar a forma como lidamos com o dinheiro, pois implica envio ou recebimento
imediato: as transações via Pix são concluídas rapidamente.
7. É o fim do papel-moeda? Não é tão simples assim. O Pix não foi idealizado com o
propósito exclusivo de acabar com os meios de pagamento e transferência atuais,
muito menos com o papel-moeda, mas para fazer o sistema financeiro do Brasil evoluir
e ficar mais competitivo.
8. Apesar disso, não é exagero esperar que, à medida que a população incorpore o
sistema à sua rotina, o uso de DOC, TED, boletos e cartões caia. Eventualmente, algum
desses meios poderá ser descontinuado, mas isso não acontecerá tão cedo — vide o
exemplo do cheque, que não “morreu” com a chegada do cartão.
9. No caso das cédulas, especialistas do mercado financeiro apontam para uma diminuição
de circulação, mas não para um futuro próximo em que o papel-moeda deixará de existir.
Para que esse cenário se torne realidade, é necessário, sobretudo, atacar a desbancarização.
O medo ou a pouca familiaridade com a tecnologia podem ser obstáculos, mas o Pix é
tão interessante para o país que o próprio comércio incentiva o público mais resistente
a aderir a ele.
ALECRIM, E. Disponível em: https://tecnoblog.net/especiais/pix-fim-dinheiro-especie-brasil/. Publicado
em novembro de 2020. Acesso em: 2 dez. 2022. Adaptado.
muito menos com o papel-moeda, mas para fazer o sistema financeiro do Brasil evoluir
e ficar mais competitivo.
8. Apesar disso, não é exagero esperar que, à medida que a população incorpore o
sistema à sua rotina, o uso de DOC, TED, boletos e cartões caia. Eventualmente, algum
desses meios poderá ser descontinuado, mas isso não acontecerá tão cedo — vide o
exemplo do cheque, que não “morreu” com a chegada do cartão.
9. No caso das cédulas, especialistas do mercado financeiro apontam para uma diminuição
de circulação, mas não para um futuro próximo em que o papel-moeda deixará de existir.
Para que esse cenário se torne realidade, é necessário, sobretudo, atacar a desbancarização.
O medo ou a pouca familiaridade com a tecnologia podem ser obstáculos, mas o Pix é
tão interessante para o país que o próprio comércio incentiva o público mais resistente
a aderir a ele.
ALECRIM, E. Disponível em: https://tecnoblog.net/especiais/pix-fim-dinheiro-especie-brasil/. Publicado
em novembro de 2020. Acesso em: 2 dez. 2022. Adaptado.
no supermercado com cartão de crédito ou usam QR Code para pagar a farmácia. Mas
a feira da semana e os churros na esquina você paga com “dinheiro vivo”, certo? Um
dos fatores que escoram a circulação de papel-moeda no Brasil é a informalidade.
4. Atrelada a isso está a situação dos desbancarizados. A dificuldade que muita gente teve
para receber o auxílio emergencial, durante a pandemia, jogou luz sobre um problema
notado há tempos: a enorme quantidade de brasileiros que não têm acesso a serviços
bancários. O pouco de dinheiro que entra no orçamento dessas pessoas precisa ser
gasto rapidamente para subsistência. Não há base financeira suficiente para justificar
movimentações bancárias. Também pesa para o time dos “sem-banco” o baixo nível de
educação ou a falta de familiaridade com a tecnologia.
5. O fator cultural também favorece a circulação do dinheiro em espécie. É provável que
você conheça alguém que, mesmo tendo boa renda, prefere pagar boletos ou receber
pagamentos com cédulas simplesmente por estar acostumado a elas. Para muita gente
que faz parte dessa turma, dinheiro vivo é dinheiro recebido ou pago na hora. Não é
preciso esperar a TED cair ou o dia virar para o boleto ser compensado. Isso pesa mais
do que a conveniência de se livrar da fila da lotérica.
6. Embora o Brasil tenha um sistema bancário que suporta vários tipos de transações,
o país estava ficando para trás no que diz respeito a pagamentos instantâneos. O Pix
veio para preencher essa lacuna. A modalidade permite transações em qualquer horário
e dia, incluindo finais de semana e feriados. Essa característica, por si só, já é capaz
de mudar a forma como lidamos com o dinheiro, pois implica envio ou recebimento
imediato: as transações via Pix são concluídas rapidamente.
7. É o fim do papel-moeda? Não é tão simples assim. O Pix não foi idealizado com o
propósito exclusivo de acabar com os meios de pagamento e transferência atuais,
muito menos com o papel-moeda, mas para fazer o sistema financeiro do Brasil evoluir
e ficar mais competitivo.
8. Apesar disso, não é exagero esperar que, à medida que a população incorpore o
sistema à sua rotina, o uso de DOC, TED, boletos e cartões caia. Eventualmente, algum
desses meios poderá ser descontinuado, mas isso não acontecerá tão cedo — vide o
exemplo do cheque, que não “morreu” com a chegada do cartão.
9. No caso das cédulas, especialistas do mercado financeiro apontam para uma diminuição
de circulação, mas não para um futuro próximo em que o papel-moeda deixará de existir.
Para que esse cenário se torne realidade, é necessário, sobretudo, atacar a desbancarização.
O medo ou a pouca familiaridade com a tecnologia podem ser obstáculos, mas o Pix é
tão interessante para o país que o próprio comércio incentiva o público mais resistente
a aderir a ele.
ALECRIM, E. Disponível em: https://tecnoblog.net/especiais/pix-fim-dinheiro-especie-brasil/. Publicado
em novembro de 2020. Acesso em: 2 dez. 2022. Adaptado.
No parágrafo 2, o trecho “Essa é uma pergunta sem resposta fácil” refere-se ao seguinte
questionamento:
a) “É o fim do DOC e da TED?” (parágrafo 1).
b) “O boleto bancário está ainda mais ameaçado de extinção?” (parágrafo 1).
c) “E o velho cheque vai resistir a esses novos tempos?” (parágrafo 1).
d) “o Pix pode reduzir ou acabar com a circulação das notas de real?” (parágrafo 2).
e) “E por que o dinheiro em espécie resiste?” (parágrafo 3).
6. Embora o Brasil tenha um sistema bancário que suporta vários tipos de transações,
o país estava ficando para trás no que diz respeito a pagamentos instantâneos. O Pix
veio para preencher essa lacuna. A modalidade permite transações em qualquer horário
e dia, incluindo finais de semana e feriados. Essa característica, por si só, já é capaz
de mudar a forma como lidamos com o dinheiro, pois implica envio ou recebimento
imediato: as transações via Pix são concluídas rapidamente.
7. É o fim do papel-moeda? Não é tão simples assim. O Pix não foi idealizado com o
propósito exclusivo de acabar com os meios de pagamento e transferência atuais,
muito menos com o papel-moeda, mas para fazer o sistema financeiro do Brasil evoluir
e ficar mais competitivo.
8. Apesar disso, não é exagero esperar que, à medida que a população incorpore o
sistema à sua rotina, o uso de DOC, TED, boletos e cartões caia. Eventualmente, algum
desses meios poderá ser descontinuado, mas isso não acontecerá tão cedo — vide o
exemplo do cheque, que não “morreu” com a chegada do cartão.
9. No caso das cédulas, especialistas do mercado financeiro apontam para uma diminuição
de circulação, mas não para um futuro próximo em que o papel-moeda deixará de existir.
Para que esse cenário se torne realidade, é necessário, sobretudo, atacar a desbancarização.
O medo ou a pouca familiaridade com a tecnologia podem ser obstáculos, mas o Pix é
tão interessante para o país que o próprio comércio incentiva o público mais resistente
a aderir a ele.
ALECRIM, E. Disponível em: https://tecnoblog.net/especiais/pix-fim-dinheiro-especie-brasil/. Publicado
em novembro de 2020. Acesso em: 2 dez. 2022. Adaptado.
muito menos com o papel-moeda, mas para fazer o sistema financeiro do Brasil evoluir
e ficar mais competitivo.
8. Apesar disso, não é exagero esperar que, à medida que a população incorpore o
sistema à sua rotina, o uso de DOC, TED, boletos e cartões caia. Eventualmente, algum
desses meios poderá ser descontinuado, mas isso não acontecerá tão cedo — vide o
exemplo do cheque, que não “morreu” com a chegada do cartão.
9. No caso das cédulas, especialistas do mercado financeiro apontam para uma diminuição
de circulação, mas não para um futuro próximo em que o papel-moeda deixará de existir.
Para que esse cenário se torne realidade, é necessário, sobretudo, atacar a desbancarização.
O medo ou a pouca familiaridade com a tecnologia podem ser obstáculos, mas o Pix é
tão interessante para o país que o próprio comércio incentiva o público mais resistente
a aderir a ele.
ALECRIM, E. Disponível em: https://tecnoblog.net/especiais/pix-fim-dinheiro-especie-brasil/. Publicado
em novembro de 2020. Acesso em: 2 dez. 2022. Adaptado.
a feira da semana e os churros na esquina você paga com “dinheiro vivo”, certo? Um
dos fatores que escoram a circulação de papel-moeda no Brasil é a informalidade.
4. Atrelada a isso está a situação dos desbancarizados. A dificuldade que muita gente teve
para receber o auxílio emergencial, durante a pandemia, jogou luz sobre um problema
notado há tempos: a enorme quantidade de brasileiros que não têm acesso a serviços
bancários. O pouco de dinheiro que entra no orçamento dessas pessoas precisa ser
gasto rapidamente para subsistência. Não há base financeira suficiente para justificar
movimentações bancárias. Também pesa para o time dos “sem-banco” o baixo nível de
educação ou a falta de familiaridade com a tecnologia.
5. O fator cultural também favorece a circulação do dinheiro em espécie. É provável que
você conheça alguém que, mesmo tendo boa renda, prefere pagar boletos ou receber
pagamentos com cédulas simplesmente por estar acostumado a elas. Para muita gente
que faz parte dessa turma, dinheiro vivo é dinheiro recebido ou pago na hora. Não é
preciso esperar a TED cair ou o dia virar para o boleto ser compensado. Isso pesa mais
do que a conveniência de se livrar da fila da lotérica.
6. Embora o Brasil tenha um sistema bancário que suporta vários tipos de transações,
o país estava ficando para trás no que diz respeito a pagamentos instantâneos. O Pix
veio para preencher essa lacuna. A modalidade permite transações em qualquer horário
e dia, incluindo finais de semana e feriados. Essa característica, por si só, já é capaz
de mudar a forma como lidamos com o dinheiro, pois implica envio ou recebimento
imediato: as transações via Pix são concluídas rapidamente.
7. É o fim do papel-moeda? Não é tão simples assim. O Pix não foi idealizado com o
propósito exclusivo de acabar com os meios de pagamento e transferência atuais,
muito menos com o papel-moeda, mas para fazer o sistema financeiro do Brasil evoluir
e ficar mais competitivo.
8. Apesar disso, não é exagero esperar que, à medida que a população incorpore o
sistema à sua rotina, o uso de DOC, TED, boletos e cartões caia. Eventualmente, algum
desses meios poderá ser descontinuado, mas isso não acontecerá tão cedo — vide o
exemplo do cheque, que não “morreu” com a chegada do cartão.
9. No caso das cédulas, especialistas do mercado financeiro apontam para uma diminuição
de circulação, mas não para um futuro próximo em que o papel-moeda deixará de existir.
Para que esse cenário se torne realidade, é necessário, sobretudo, atacar a desbancarização.
O medo ou a pouca familiaridade com a tecnologia podem ser obstáculos, mas o Pix é
tão interessante para o país que o próprio comércio incentiva o público mais resistente
a aderir a ele.
ALECRIM, E. Disponível em: https://tecnoblog.net/especiais/pix-fim-dinheiro-especie-brasil/. Publicado
em novembro de 2020. Acesso em: 2 dez. 2022. Adaptado.
No trecho “os empreendimentos sociais analisam seu desempenho” (parágrafo 2), a palavra
destacada se refere a
a) problema.
b) comunidade.
c) daquele grupo.
d) retorno financeiro.
e) empreendimentos sociais.
b) “os empreendimentos sociais analisam seu desempenho a partir do impacto social gerado
por sua atuação”. (parágrafo 2)
c) “ser inovadora; realizável; autossustentável; contar com a participação de diversos
segmentos da sociedade”. (parágrafo 4)
d) “Quem tem interesse de atuar nessa área precisa trabalhar em grupo e formar parcerias”.
(parágrafo 5)
e) “o profissional precisa ter flexibilidade e vontade de explorar, pois é possível que ele acabe
exercendo um papel que não seja necessariamente na sua área de formação”. (parágrafo 6)
No trecho “Ainda que não exista uma concepção única” (parágrafo 1), a palavra destacada
pode ser substituída, sem prejuízo do sentido do texto, por
a) compreensão.
b) conciliação.
c) convivência.
d) capacidade.
e) semelhança.
No trecho “alimentar a inteligência artificial e engendrar deep fakes” (parágrafo 6), a palavra
destacada pode ser substituída, sem prejuízo do sentido do texto, por
a) arquitetar.
b) distribuir.
c) fraudar.
d) repetir.
e) utilizar.
No trecho “que, como a tradução indica, é tão bem feita que pode enganar até os mais
atentos” (parágrafo 1), as palavras destacadas contribuem para expressar, entre as duas
ideias, a relação lógica de
a) adição.
b) condição.
c) contradição.
d) consequência.
e) temporalidade.
mensagens não exigem tanta qualidade. O perigo é que, para o cidadão comum, a deep
fake pode ser o ponto de partida para uma fraude financeira, entre outros problemas.
6. A recomendação para pessoas físicas se protegerem é diminuir a exposição de
fotos com rostos e vídeos pessoais na internet. “As redes sociais devem se manter
configuradas como privadas, já que fotos, áudios ou vídeos disponíveis publicamente
podem ser utilizados para alimentar a inteligência artificial e engendrar deep fakes.”
7. Além disso, ao receber um vídeo suspeito, observe se o rosto e os lábios da pessoa
se movem em conjunto com o que ela diz. Preste atenção se a fala parece contínua
ou se em algum momento apresenta cortes entre uma palavra e outra. E considere o
contexto — ainda que tecnicamente o vídeo esteja muito bem manipulado, avalie se
faz sentido que aquela pessoa diga o que parece dizer naquele momento.
Disponível em: https://estudio.folha.uol.com.br/unico. Acesso em: 20 out. 2022. Adaptado.
3. Ética é o que diz respeito à ação quando ela é refletida, pensada. A ética preocupa-
se com o certo e com o errado, mas não é um conjunto simples de normas de conduta
como a moral. Ela promove um estilo de ação que procura refletir sobre o melhor
modo de agir que não abale a vida em sociedade e não desrespeite a individualidade
dos outros.
4. As empresas precisam desenvolver-se de tal forma que a conduta ética de seus
integrantes, bem como os valores e convicções primários da organização, se tornem
parte de sua cultura. Assim, a ética vem sendo vista como uma espécie de requisito
para a sobrevivência das empresas no mundo moderno e pode ser definida como a
transparência nas relações e a preocupação com o impacto das suas atividades na
sociedade.
5. Muitos exemplos poderiam ser citados de empresas que estão começando a valorizar
e a alertar seus funcionários sobre a ética. Algumas empresas já implantaram, inclusive,
um comitê de ética, o qual se destina à proteção da imagem da companhia. É preciso,
portanto, que haja uma conscientização da importância de uma conduta ética ou mesmo
a implantação de um código de ética nas organizações, pois a cada dia que passa a ética
tem mostrado ser um dos caminhos para o sucesso e para o bem comum, agregando
valor moral ao patrimônio da organização.
6. O Código de Ética é um instrumento de realização dos princípios, da visão e da missão
da empresa. Serve para orientar as ações de seus colaboradores e explicitar a postura
social da empresa em face dos diferentes públicos com os quais interage. É da máxima
importância que seu conteúdo seja refletido nas atitudes das pessoas a que se dirige
e encontre respaldo na alta administração da empresa, que, tanto quanto o último
empregado contratado, tem a responsabilidade de vivenciá-lo.
7. As relações com os funcionários, desde o processo de contratação, desenvolvimento
profissional, lealdade mútua, respeito entre chefes e subordinados, saúde e segurança,
propriedade da informação, assédio profissional e sexual, alcoolismo, uso de drogas,
entre outros, são aspectos que costumam ser abordados em um Código de Ética.
Cumprir horários, entregar o trabalho no prazo, dar o seu melhor ao executar uma tarefa
e manter a palavra dada são exemplos de atitudes que mostram aos superiores e aos
colegas que o funcionário valoriza os princípios éticos da empresa ou da instituição.
8. O Código também pode envolver situações de relacionamento com clientes,
fornecedores, acionistas, investidores, comunidade vizinha, concorrentes e mídia.
O Código de Ética pode estabelecer ações de responsabilidade social dirigidas ao
desenvolvimento social de comunidades vizinhas, bem como apoio a projetos de
educação voltados ao crescimento pessoal e profissional de jovens carentes. Também
pode fazer referência à participação da empresa na comunidade, dando diretrizes
sobre as relações com os sindicatos, outros órgãos da esfera pública, relações com o
governo, entre outras.
9. Portanto, conclui-se que o Código de Ética se fundamenta em deveres para com os
colegas, clientes, profissão, sociedade e para consigo próprio.
MARTINS,Rosemir. UFPR, 2003. Disponível em: https://acervodigital.ufpr.br. Acesso em: 16 nov. 2022.
Adaptado.
como a moral. Ela promove um estilo de ação que procura refletir sobre o melhor
modo de agir que não abale a vida em sociedade e não desrespeite a individualidade
dos outros.
4. As empresas precisam desenvolver-se de tal forma que a conduta ética de seus
integrantes, bem como os valores e convicções primários da organização, se tornem
parte de sua cultura. Assim, a ética vem sendo vista como uma espécie de requisito
para a sobrevivência das empresas no mundo moderno e pode ser definida como a
transparência nas relações e a preocupação com o impacto das suas atividades na
sociedade.
5. Muitos exemplos poderiam ser citados de empresas que estão começando a valorizar
e a alertar seus funcionários sobre a ética. Algumas empresas já implantaram, inclusive,
um comitê de ética, o qual se destina à proteção da imagem da companhia. É preciso,
portanto, que haja uma conscientização da importância de uma conduta ética ou mesmo
a implantação de um código de ética nas organizações, pois a cada dia que passa a ética
tem mostrado ser um dos caminhos para o sucesso e para o bem comum, agregando
valor moral ao patrimônio da organização.
6. O Código de Ética é um instrumento de realização dos princípios, da visão e da missão
da empresa. Serve para orientar as ações de seus colaboradores e explicitar a postura
social da empresa em face dos diferentes públicos com os quais interage. É da máxima
importância que seu conteúdo seja refletido nas atitudes das pessoas a que se dirige
e encontre respaldo na alta administração da empresa, que, tanto quanto o último
empregado contratado, tem a responsabilidade de vivenciá-lo.
7. As relações com os funcionários, desde o processo de contratação, desenvolvimento
profissional, lealdade mútua, respeito entre chefes e subordinados, saúde e segurança,
propriedade da informação, assédio profissional e sexual, alcoolismo, uso de drogas,
entre outros, são aspectos que costumam ser abordados em um Código de Ética.
Cumprir horários, entregar o trabalho no prazo, dar o seu melhor ao executar uma tarefa
e manter a palavra dada são exemplos de atitudes que mostram aos superiores e aos
colegas que o funcionário valoriza os princípios éticos da empresa ou da instituição.
8. O Código também pode envolver situações de relacionamento com clientes,
fornecedores, acionistas, investidores, comunidade vizinha, concorrentes e mídia.
O Código de Ética pode estabelecer ações de responsabilidade social dirigidas ao
desenvolvimento social de comunidades vizinhas, bem como apoio a projetos de
educação voltados ao crescimento pessoal e profissional de jovens carentes. Também
pode fazer referência à participação da empresa na comunidade, dando diretrizes
sobre as relações com os sindicatos, outros órgãos da esfera pública, relações com o
governo, entre outras.
O pronome oblíquo átono em destaque está colocado de acordo com a norma-padrão em:
a) A conduta ética deve ser desenvolvida nas empresas por seus funcionários, para que
conservem-se solidários com seus colegas de trabalho, o que é vantajoso para a organização.
b) No último congresso de profissionais de educação, consideramos a discussão sobre ética
tão motivadora que decidimos que, no próximo ano, incluiremo-la nos currículos escolares.
c) Desde que implantou-se o código de ética em sua organização, aquela empresa obteve
resultados surpreendentes no mercado, uma vez que foi atingida a valorização de todos
os envolvidos.
d) Na sessão de abertura do simpósio destinado a discutir a importância das tecnologias
de informação, o responsável pelo evento apresentou a programação, mas isso não deixou-
nos interessados.
e) Para promover o uso de novas tecnologias pelos funcionários que se dedicam à informática,
precisamos incentivá-los constantemente com aumentos salariais.
modo de agir que não abale a vida em sociedade e não desrespeite a individualidade
dos outros.
4. As empresas precisam desenvolver-se de tal forma que a conduta ética de seus
integrantes, bem como os valores e convicções primários da organização, se tornem
parte de sua cultura. Assim, a ética vem sendo vista como uma espécie de requisito
para a sobrevivência das empresas no mundo moderno e pode ser definida como a
transparência nas relações e a preocupação com o impacto das suas atividades na
sociedade.
5. Muitos exemplos poderiam ser citados de empresas que estão começando a valorizar
e a alertar seus funcionários sobre a ética. Algumas empresas já implantaram, inclusive,
um comitê de ética, o qual se destina à proteção da imagem da companhia. É preciso,
portanto, que haja uma conscientização da importância de uma conduta ética ou mesmo
a implantação de um código de ética nas organizações, pois a cada dia que passa a ética
tem mostrado ser um dos caminhos para o sucesso e para o bem comum, agregando
valor moral ao patrimônio da organização.
6. O Código de Ética é um instrumento de realização dos princípios, da visão e da missão
da empresa. Serve para orientar as ações de seus colaboradores e explicitar a postura
social da empresa em face dos diferentes públicos com os quais interage. É da máxima
importância que seu conteúdo seja refletido nas atitudes das pessoas a que se dirige
e encontre respaldo na alta administração da empresa, que, tanto quanto o último
empregado contratado, tem a responsabilidade de vivenciá-lo.
7. As relações com os funcionários, desde o processo de contratação, desenvolvimento
profissional, lealdade mútua, respeito entre chefes e subordinados, saúde e segurança,
propriedade da informação, assédio profissional e sexual, alcoolismo, uso de drogas,
entre outros, são aspectos que costumam ser abordados em um Código de Ética.
Cumprir horários, entregar o trabalho no prazo, dar o seu melhor ao executar uma tarefa
e manter a palavra dada são exemplos de atitudes que mostram aos superiores e aos
colegas que o funcionário valoriza os princípios éticos da empresa ou da instituição.
8. O Código também pode envolver situações de relacionamento com clientes,
fornecedores, acionistas, investidores, comunidade vizinha, concorrentes e mídia.
O Código de Ética pode estabelecer ações de responsabilidade social dirigidas ao
desenvolvimento social de comunidades vizinhas, bem como apoio a projetos de
educação voltados ao crescimento pessoal e profissional de jovens carentes. Também
pode fazer referência à participação da empresa na comunidade, dando diretrizes
sobre as relações com os sindicatos, outros órgãos da esfera pública, relações com o
governo, entre outras.
como a moral. Ela promove um estilo de ação que procura refletir sobre o melhor
modo de agir que não abale a vida em sociedade e não desrespeite a individualidade
dos outros.
4. As empresas precisam desenvolver-se de tal forma que a conduta ética de seus
integrantes, bem como os valores e convicções primários da organização, se tornem
parte de sua cultura. Assim, a ética vem sendo vista como uma espécie de requisito
para a sobrevivência das empresas no mundo moderno e pode ser definida como a
transparência nas relações e a preocupação com o impacto das suas atividades na
sociedade.
5. Muitos exemplos poderiam ser citados de empresas que estão começando a valorizar
e a alertar seus funcionários sobre a ética. Algumas empresas já implantaram, inclusive,
um comitê de ética, o qual se destina à proteção da imagem da companhia. É preciso,
portanto, que haja uma conscientização da importância de uma conduta ética ou mesmo
a implantação de um código de ética nas organizações, pois a cada dia que passa a ética
tem mostrado ser um dos caminhos para o sucesso e para o bem comum, agregando
valor moral ao patrimônio da organização.
6. O Código de Ética é um instrumento de realização dos princípios, da visão e da missão
da empresa. Serve para orientar as ações de seus colaboradores e explicitar a postura
social da empresa em face dos diferentes públicos com os quais interage. É da máxima
importância que seu conteúdo seja refletido nas atitudes das pessoas a que se dirige
e encontre respaldo na alta administração da empresa, que, tanto quanto o último
empregado contratado, tem a responsabilidade de vivenciá-lo.
7. As relações com os funcionários, desde o processo de contratação, desenvolvimento
profissional, lealdade mútua, respeito entre chefes e subordinados, saúde e segurança,
propriedade da informação, assédio profissional e sexual, alcoolismo, uso de drogas,
entre outros, são aspectos que costumam ser abordados em um Código de Ética.
Cumprir horários, entregar o trabalho no prazo, dar o seu melhor ao executar uma tarefa
e manter a palavra dada são exemplos de atitudes que mostram aos superiores e aos
colegas que o funcionário valoriza os princípios éticos da empresa ou da instituição.
8. O Código também pode envolver situações de relacionamento com clientes,
fornecedores, acionistas, investidores, comunidade vizinha, concorrentes e mídia.
O Código de Ética pode estabelecer ações de responsabilidade social dirigidas ao
desenvolvimento social de comunidades vizinhas, bem como apoio a projetos de
educação voltados ao crescimento pessoal e profissional de jovens carentes. Também
pode fazer referência à participação da empresa na comunidade, dando diretrizes
sobre as relações com os sindicatos, outros órgãos da esfera pública, relações com o
governo, entre outras.
O texto pode ser dividido em duas grandes partes. Na primeira parte, apresenta-se a
definição do conceito de “ética” e, na segunda parte, apresentam-se
a) consequências econômicas da implantação dos códigos de ética no dia a dia das empresas.
b) exemplos de ações que devem ser implementadas para atender aos códigos de ética
das empresas.
c) explicações sobre diferentes concepções de ética em função dos objetivos das empresas.
d) penalizações a serem infringidas aos funcionários que desrespeitarem o código de ética
da empresa.
e) situações concretas em que os conceitos de “ética” e “moral” se aplicam no processo de
seleção de pessoal.
5. Muitos exemplos poderiam ser citados de empresas que estão começando a valorizar
e a alertar seus funcionários sobre a ética. Algumas empresas já implantaram, inclusive,
um comitê de ética, o qual se destina à proteção da imagem da companhia. É preciso,
portanto, que haja uma conscientização da importância de uma conduta ética ou mesmo
a implantação de um código de ética nas organizações, pois a cada dia que passa a ética
tem mostrado ser um dos caminhos para o sucesso e para o bem comum, agregando
valor moral ao patrimônio da organização.
6. O Código de Ética é um instrumento de realização dos princípios, da visão e da missão
da empresa. Serve para orientar as ações de seus colaboradores e explicitar a postura
social da empresa em face dos diferentes públicos com os quais interage. É da máxima
importância que seu conteúdo seja refletido nas atitudes das pessoas a que se dirige
e encontre respaldo na alta administração da empresa, que, tanto quanto o último
empregado contratado, tem a responsabilidade de vivenciá-lo.
7. As relações com os funcionários, desde o processo de contratação, desenvolvimento
profissional, lealdade mútua, respeito entre chefes e subordinados, saúde e segurança,
propriedade da informação, assédio profissional e sexual, alcoolismo, uso de drogas,
entre outros, são aspectos que costumam ser abordados em um Código de Ética.
Cumprir horários, entregar o trabalho no prazo, dar o seu melhor ao executar uma tarefa
e manter a palavra dada são exemplos de atitudes que mostram aos superiores e aos
colegas que o funcionário valoriza os princípios éticos da empresa ou da instituição.
8. O Código também pode envolver situações de relacionamento com clientes,
fornecedores, acionistas, investidores, comunidade vizinha, concorrentes e mídia.
O Código de Ética pode estabelecer ações de responsabilidade social dirigidas ao
desenvolvimento social de comunidades vizinhas, bem como apoio a projetos de
educação voltados ao crescimento pessoal e profissional de jovens carentes. Também
pode fazer referência à participação da empresa na comunidade, dando diretrizes
sobre as relações com os sindicatos, outros órgãos da esfera pública, relações com o
governo, entre outras.
9. Portanto, conclui-se que o Código de Ética se fundamenta em deveres para com os
colegas, clientes, profissão, sociedade e para consigo próprio.
MARTINS,Rosemir. UFPR, 2003. Disponível em: https://acervodigital.ufpr.br. Acesso em: 16 nov. 2022.
Adaptado.
c) “As empresas precisam desenvolver-se de tal forma que a conduta ética de seus integrantes,
bem como os valores e convicções primários da organização, se tornem parte de sua cultura.”
(parágrafo 4)
d) “Muitos exemplos poderiam ser citados de empresas que estão começando a valorizar
e a alertar seus funcionários sobre a ética.” (parágrafo 5)
e) “É da máxima importância que seu conteúdo seja refletido nas atitudes das pessoas a
que se dirige e encontre respaldo na alta administração da empresa.” (parágrafo 6)
5. Muitos exemplos poderiam ser citados de empresas que estão começando a valorizar
e a alertar seus funcionários sobre a ética. Algumas empresas já implantaram, inclusive,
um comitê de ética, o qual se destina à proteção da imagem da companhia. É preciso,
portanto, que haja uma conscientização da importância de uma conduta ética ou mesmo
a implantação de um código de ética nas organizações, pois a cada dia que passa a ética
tem mostrado ser um dos caminhos para o sucesso e para o bem comum, agregando
valor moral ao patrimônio da organização.
6. O Código de Ética é um instrumento de realização dos princípios, da visão e da missão
da empresa. Serve para orientar as ações de seus colaboradores e explicitar a postura
social da empresa em face dos diferentes públicos com os quais interage. É da máxima
importância que seu conteúdo seja refletido nas atitudes das pessoas a que se dirige
e encontre respaldo na alta administração da empresa, que, tanto quanto o último
empregado contratado, tem a responsabilidade de vivenciá-lo.
7. As relações com os funcionários, desde o processo de contratação, desenvolvimento
profissional, lealdade mútua, respeito entre chefes e subordinados, saúde e segurança,
propriedade da informação, assédio profissional e sexual, alcoolismo, uso de drogas,
entre outros, são aspectos que costumam ser abordados em um Código de Ética.
Cumprir horários, entregar o trabalho no prazo, dar o seu melhor ao executar uma tarefa
e manter a palavra dada são exemplos de atitudes que mostram aos superiores e aos
colegas que o funcionário valoriza os princípios éticos da empresa ou da instituição.
8. O Código também pode envolver situações de relacionamento com clientes,
fornecedores, acionistas, investidores, comunidade vizinha, concorrentes e mídia.
O Código de Ética pode estabelecer ações de responsabilidade social dirigidas ao
desenvolvimento social de comunidades vizinhas, bem como apoio a projetos de
educação voltados ao crescimento pessoal e profissional de jovens carentes. Também
pode fazer referência à participação da empresa na comunidade, dando diretrizes
sobre as relações com os sindicatos, outros órgãos da esfera pública, relações com o
governo, entre outras.
9. Portanto, conclui-se que o Código de Ética se fundamenta em deveres para com os
colegas, clientes, profissão, sociedade e para consigo próprio.
MARTINS,Rosemir. UFPR, 2003. Disponível em: https://acervodigital.ufpr.br. Acesso em: 16 nov. 2022.
Adaptado.
Antes de afirmar que a ética vem sendo vista como uma espécie de requisito para a
sobrevivência das empresas no mundo moderno (parágrafo 4), o texto desenvolve a ideia
de que
a) a criação de um comitê de ética destina-se a valorizar e a alertar os funcionários sobre
a necessidade de proteção da imagem da empresa.
b) a interação com clientes, fornecedores, acionistas, investidores, comunidade vizinha,
concorrentes e mídia deve se pautar por princípios éticos.
c) a ética não é um conjunto de verdades fixas, imutáveis, mas se move historicamente, se
amplia e se adensa.
d) o Código de Ética deve explicitar a postura social da empresa em face dos diferentes
públicos com os quais interage.
O texto afirma, no parágrafo 2, que os princípios e disposições éticos têm como objetivo
“balizar as ações humanas”.
O verbo destacado tem o sentido de
a) criar particularidades.
b) definir uma sinalização.
c) estabelecer parâmetros.
d) facilitar a percepção.
e) indicar diferenças.
No trecho “a conduta ética de seus integrantes, bem como os valores e convicções primários
da organização” (parágrafo 4), a expressão destacada veicula a relação lógica de
a) adição.
b) concessão.
c) conclusão.
d) explicação.
e) temporalidade.
praia está contaminada, a gente molha só os pés e sua no resto do corpo. Se o trabalho
está duro, a gente se consola pensando no fim de semana. E se, no fim de semana, não
há muito o que fazer, a gente vai dormir cedo e ainda fica satisfeito porque tem sempre
sono atrasado.
10. A gente se acostuma para não se ralar na aspereza, para preservar a pele. Se acostuma
para evitar feridas, sangramentos, para esquivar-se de faca e baioneta, para poupar o
peito. A gente se acostuma para poupar a vida. Que aos poucos se gasta, e que, gasta
de tanto acostumar, se perde de si mesma.
COLASANTI, M. Eu sei, mas não devia. Rio de Janeiro: Rocco Editora, 1996. p. 9. Adaptado.
Embora aborde vários problemas do ser humano contemporâneo, o texto discute de forma
mais ampla uma questão relativa ao cotidiano das grandes cidades. Essa questão é o(a)
a) consumismo.
b) desamparo.
c) vaidade.
d) resignação.
e) inquietude.
5. A gente se acostuma a esperar o dia inteiro e ouvir no telefone: hoje não posso ir. A
sorrir para as pessoas sem receber um sorriso de volta. A ser ignorado quando precisava
tanto ser visto.
6. A gente se acostuma a pagar por tudo o que deseja e o de que necessita. E a lutar
para ganhar o dinheiro com que pagar. E a ganhar menos do que precisa. E a fazer fila
para pagar. E a pagar mais do que as coisas valem. E a saber que cada vez paga mais. E
a procurar mais trabalho, para ganhar mais dinheiro, para ter com que pagar nas filas
em que se cobra.
7. A gente se acostuma a andar na rua e ver cartazes. A abrir as revistas e ver anúncios.
A ligar a televisão e assistir a comerciais. A ir ao cinema e engolir publicidade. A ser
instigado, conduzido, desnorteado, lançado na infindável catarata dos produtos.
8. A gente se acostuma à poluição. Às salas fechadas de ar-condicionado e cheiro de
cigarro. À luz artificial de ligeiro tremor. Ao choque que os olhos levam na luz natural.
Às bactérias da água potável. À contaminação da água do mar. À lenta morte dos rios.
Se acostuma a não ouvir passarinho, a não ter galo de madrugada, a temer a hidrofobia
dos cães, a não colher fruta no pé, a não ter sequer uma planta.
9. A gente se acostuma a coisas de mais, para não sofrer. Em doses pequenas, tentando
não perceber, vai afastando uma dor aqui, um ressentimento ali, uma revolta acolá. Se
o cinema está cheio, a gente senta na primeira fila e torce um pouco o pescoço. Se a
praia está contaminada, a gente molha só os pés e sua no resto do corpo. Se o trabalho
está duro, a gente se consola pensando no fim de semana. E se, no fim de semana, não
há muito o que fazer, a gente vai dormir cedo e ainda fica satisfeito porque tem sempre
sono atrasado.
10. A gente se acostuma para não se ralar na aspereza, para preservar a pele. Se acostuma
para evitar feridas, sangramentos, para esquivar-se de faca e baioneta, para poupar o
peito. A gente se acostuma para poupar a vida. Que aos poucos se gasta, e que, gasta
de tanto acostumar, se perde de si mesma.
COLASANTI, M. Eu sei, mas não devia. Rio de Janeiro: Rocco Editora, 1996. p. 9. Adaptado.
praia está contaminada, a gente molha só os pés e sua no resto do corpo. Se o trabalho
está duro, a gente se consola pensando no fim de semana. E se, no fim de semana, não
há muito o que fazer, a gente vai dormir cedo e ainda fica satisfeito porque tem sempre
sono atrasado.
10. A gente se acostuma para não se ralar na aspereza, para preservar a pele. Se acostuma
para evitar feridas, sangramentos, para esquivar-se de faca e baioneta, para poupar o
peito. A gente se acostuma para poupar a vida. Que aos poucos se gasta, e que, gasta
de tanto acostumar, se perde de si mesma.
COLASANTI, M. Eu sei, mas não devia. Rio de Janeiro: Rocco Editora, 1996. p. 9. Adaptado.
5. A gente se acostuma a esperar o dia inteiro e ouvir no telefone: hoje não posso ir. A
sorrir para as pessoas sem receber um sorriso de volta. A ser ignorado quando precisava
tanto ser visto.
6. A gente se acostuma a pagar por tudo o que deseja e o de que necessita. E a lutar
para ganhar o dinheiro com que pagar. E a ganhar menos do que precisa. E a fazer fila
para pagar. E a pagar mais do que as coisas valem. E a saber que cada vez paga mais. E
a procurar mais trabalho, para ganhar mais dinheiro, para ter com que pagar nas filas
em que se cobra.
7. A gente se acostuma a andar na rua e ver cartazes. A abrir as revistas e ver anúncios.
A ligar a televisão e assistir a comerciais. A ir ao cinema e engolir publicidade. A ser
instigado, conduzido, desnorteado, lançado na infindável catarata dos produtos.
8. A gente se acostuma à poluição. Às salas fechadas de ar-condicionado e cheiro de
cigarro. À luz artificial de ligeiro tremor. Ao choque que os olhos levam na luz natural.
Às bactérias da água potável. À contaminação da água do mar. À lenta morte dos rios.
Se acostuma a não ouvir passarinho, a não ter galo de madrugada, a temer a hidrofobia
dos cães, a não colher fruta no pé, a não ter sequer uma planta.
9. A gente se acostuma a coisas de mais, para não sofrer. Em doses pequenas, tentando
não perceber, vai afastando uma dor aqui, um ressentimento ali, uma revolta acolá. Se
o cinema está cheio, a gente senta na primeira fila e torce um pouco o pescoço. Se a
praia está contaminada, a gente molha só os pés e sua no resto do corpo. Se o trabalho
está duro, a gente se consola pensando no fim de semana. E se, no fim de semana, não
há muito o que fazer, a gente vai dormir cedo e ainda fica satisfeito porque tem sempre
sono atrasado.
10. A gente se acostuma para não se ralar na aspereza, para preservar a pele. Se acostuma
para evitar feridas, sangramentos, para esquivar-se de faca e baioneta, para poupar o
peito. A gente se acostuma para poupar a vida. Que aos poucos se gasta, e que, gasta
de tanto acostumar, se perde de si mesma.
COLASANTI, M. Eu sei, mas não devia. Rio de Janeiro: Rocco Editora, 1996. p. 9. Adaptado.
“A gente se acostuma a abrir o jornal e a ler sobre a guerra. E, aceitando a guerra, aceita
os mortos” (parágrafo 4)
Nesse trecho, a oração destacada apresenta, em relação à seguinte, o valor semântico de
a) causa.
b) concessão.
c) comparação.
d) conformidade.
e) consequência.
5. A primeira estimativa de qual seria o tipping point para a Amazônia virar savana foi
feita em um estudo em 2007, e chegou à conclusão de que esse valor era de 40% de
florestas derrubadas. Só que esse estudo avaliou apenas uma variável, o desmatamento.
Se- gundo um dos autores, quando se consideram outros fatores, como os incêndios
florestais e o aquecimento global, essa margem diminui consideravelmente. Os focos de
incêndio têm aumentado. O aquecimento global já está acontecendo, com um aumento
de 1 grau Celsius na temperatura média da Amazônia.
6. De acordo com uma especialista em ciência e Amazônia, a hipótese de savanização
precisa ser encarada com seriedade, porque a floresta amazônica tem resiliência, ela
consegue resistir a algum desmatamento. Mas essa possibilidade não é infinita, chega a
um ponto que não tem retorno. Além disso, é preciso considerar a população da região,
investindo na produção com sustentabilidade.
7. Uma das propostas para que se possa evitar o tipping point é o reflorestamento.
Com esse objetivo, o Brasil se comprometeu, na Conferência da ONU sobre Clima em
Paris, em 2015, a reflorestar 12 milhões de hectares até 2030.
CALIXTO, B. O Globo. Sociedade. Rio de Janeiro, 22 fev. 2018. Adaptado.
O trecho do texto em que se estabelece uma relação lógica de condição entre as ideias,
marcada pela presença da palavra ou expressão destacada, é:
a) “Caso perca uma quantidade grande de árvores, a floresta recicla menos chuva, ficando
mais suscetível a incêndios.” (parágrafo 4)
b) “quando se consideram outros fatores, como os incêndios florestais e o aquecimento
global, essa margem diminui consideravelmente.” (parágrafo 5)
c) “a hipótese de savanização precisa ser encarada com seriedade, porque a floresta
amazônica tem resiliência, ela consegue resistir a algum desmatamento.” (parágrafo 6)
d) “Mas essa possibilidade não é infinita, chega a um ponto que não tem retorno.” (parágrafo 6)
e) “Uma das propostas para que se possa evitar o tipping point é o reflorestamento.”
(parágrafo 7)
5. A primeira estimativa de qual seria o tipping point para a Amazônia virar savana foi
feita em um estudo em 2007, e chegou à conclusão de que esse valor era de 40% de
florestas derrubadas. Só que esse estudo avaliou apenas uma variável, o desmatamento.
Se- gundo um dos autores, quando se consideram outros fatores, como os incêndios
florestais e o aquecimento global, essa margem diminui consideravelmente. Os focos de
incêndio têm aumentado. O aquecimento global já está acontecendo, com um aumento
de 1 grau Celsius na temperatura média da Amazônia.
6. De acordo com uma especialista em ciência e Amazônia, a hipótese de savanização
precisa ser encarada com seriedade, porque a floresta amazônica tem resiliência, ela
consegue resistir a algum desmatamento. Mas essa possibilidade não é infinita, chega a
um ponto que não tem retorno. Além disso, é preciso considerar a população da região,
investindo na produção com sustentabilidade.
7. Uma das propostas para que se possa evitar o tipping point é o reflorestamento.
Com esse objetivo, o Brasil se comprometeu, na Conferência da ONU sobre Clima em
Paris, em 2015, a reflorestar 12 milhões de hectares até 2030.
CALIXTO, B. O Globo. Sociedade. Rio de Janeiro, 22 fev. 2018. Adaptado.
5. A primeira estimativa de qual seria o tipping point para a Amazônia virar savana foi
feita em um estudo em 2007, e chegou à conclusão de que esse valor era de 40% de
florestas derrubadas. Só que esse estudo avaliou apenas uma variável, o desmatamento.
Se- gundo um dos autores, quando se consideram outros fatores, como os incêndios
florestais e o aquecimento global, essa margem diminui consideravelmente. Os focos de
incêndio têm aumentado. O aquecimento global já está acontecendo, com um aumento
de 1 grau Celsius na temperatura média da Amazônia.
6. De acordo com uma especialista em ciência e Amazônia, a hipótese de savanização
precisa ser encarada com seriedade, porque a floresta amazônica tem resiliência, ela
consegue resistir a algum desmatamento. Mas essa possibilidade não é infinita, chega a
um ponto que não tem retorno. Além disso, é preciso considerar a população da região,
investindo na produção com sustentabilidade.
7. Uma das propostas para que se possa evitar o tipping point é o reflorestamento.
Com esse objetivo, o Brasil se comprometeu, na Conferência da ONU sobre Clima em
Paris, em 2015, a reflorestar 12 milhões de hectares até 2030.
CALIXTO, B. O Globo. Sociedade. Rio de Janeiro, 22 fev. 2018. Adaptado.
No texto, a palavra ou expressão a que se refere o termo destacado está explicitada entre
colchetes em:
a) “O resultado desse processo ecológico é que grandes fragmentos de florestas se
transformam em savanas ou cerrados” (parágrafo 4) [fogo]
b) “Segundo um dos autores, quando se consideram outros fatores, como os incêndios
florestais e o aquecimento global, essa margem diminui consideravelmente.” (parágrafo
5) [40% de florestas derrubadas]
c) “a hipótese de savanização precisa ser encarada com seriedade, porque a floresta amazônica
tem resiliência, ela consegue resistir a algum desmatamento.” (parágrafo 6) [resiliência]
d) “Mas essa possibilidade não é infinita, chega a um ponto que não tem retorno.” (parágrafo
6) [savanização]
e) “Com esse objetivo, o Brasil se comprometeu, na Conferência da ONU sobre Clima em
Paris, em 2015, a reflorestar 12 milhões de hectares até 2030.” (parágrafo 7) [tipping point]
Esse texto, que se inicia a partir do cotidiano de uma velha senhora que tem por hábito
sentar-se na calçada observando as manhãs, constrói uma crítica
a) ao abandono dos idosos que, na velhice, se veem sozinhos, sem o apoio e o carinho de
sua família.
b) ao excesso de pessoas e carros nas ruas, que somente é percebido por quem se afasta
da cidade por um tempo e retorna.
c) às cenas diárias que repetem costumes do passado, que há muito já deveriam ter sido
abandonados pela população.
d) às grades, que hoje dominam o cenário das cidades e que foram sendo colocadas aos
poucos ao redor de todos nós.
e) às autoridades de segurança pública, que não atuam em prol do direito de ir e vir, sem
riscos, da população.
o amor é isso que você está vendo: hoje beija, amanhã não beija, depois de amanhã é
domingo e segunda-feira ninguém sabe o que será”.
5. Logo que me fiz homenzinho, deixou a dureza e se fez minha amiga: nada me
perguntava, adivinhava tudo.
6. Terna e firme, nunca lhe vi a fraqueza da pieguice. Com o gosto espontâneo da qualidade
das coisas, renunciou às vaidades mais singelas. Sensível, alegre, aprendeu a encarar
o sofrimento de olhos lúcidos. Fiel à disciplina religiosa, compreendia celestialmente
as almas que perdiam o rumo. Fé, Esperança e Caridade eram para ela a flecha e o alvo
das criaturas.
7. Tornara-se tão íntima da substância terrestre – a dor – que se fazia difícil para o
médico saber o que sentia; acabava dizendo que doía um pouco, por delicadeza.
8. Capaz de longos jejuns e abstinências, já no final da vida, podia acompanhar um casal
amigo a Copacabana, passar do bar da moda ao restaurante diferente, beber dois cafés
ou três uísques em santa serenidade e aceitar com alegria o prato exótico.
9. Gostava das pessoas erradas, consumidas de paixão, admirava São Paulo e Santo
Agostinho, acreditava que era preciso se fazer violência para entrar no reino celeste.
10. Poucas horas antes de morrer, pediu um conhaque e sorriu, destemida e doce, como
quem vai partir para o céu. Santificara-se. Deus era o dia e a noite de seu coração, o Pai,
a piedade, o fogo do espírito. Perdi quem me amava e perdoava, quem me encomendava
à compaixão do Criador e me defendia contra o mundo de revólver na mão.
Disponível em: https://cronicabrasileira.org.br/cronicas/7173/maria-jose. Acesso em: 05 fev. 2022.
Considerando-se o emprego da vírgula, a frase que está de acordo com o padrão formal
escrito da língua é
a) Eu que era frágil, sentia-me seguro, em sua presença.
b) Todos os dias, Maria José lia poemas para seu filho.
c) Seu desejo, era sempre, estar por perto para me proteger.
d) Maria José era uma mulher terna e, ao mesmo tempo firme.
e) Nem ela, nem o médico, nem eu, esperávamos aquele desfecho, triste.
poemas de Baudelaire; dizia-me sorrindo versos de Antônio Nobre que havia decorado
quando menina; discutia comigo as ideias finais de Tolstoi; escutava maternalmente
meus contos toscos. Quando me desgarrei nos primeiros envolvimentos adolescentes,
Maria José, com irônico afeto, me repetia a advertência de Drummond: “Paulo, sossegue,
o amor é isso que você está vendo: hoje beija, amanhã não beija, depois de amanhã é
domingo e segunda-feira ninguém sabe o que será”.
5. Logo que me fiz homenzinho, deixou a dureza e se fez minha amiga: nada me
perguntava, adivinhava tudo.
6. Terna e firme, nunca lhe vi a fraqueza da pieguice. Com o gosto espontâneo da qualidade
das coisas, renunciou às vaidades mais singelas. Sensível, alegre, aprendeu a encarar
o sofrimento de olhos lúcidos. Fiel à disciplina religiosa, compreendia celestialmente
as almas que perdiam o rumo. Fé, Esperança e Caridade eram para ela a flecha e o alvo
das criaturas.
7. Tornara-se tão íntima da substância terrestre – a dor – que se fazia difícil para o
médico saber o que sentia; acabava dizendo que doía um pouco, por delicadeza.
8. Capaz de longos jejuns e abstinências, já no final da vida, podia acompanhar um casal
amigo a Copacabana, passar do bar da moda ao restaurante diferente, beber dois cafés
ou três uísques em santa serenidade e aceitar com alegria o prato exótico.
9. Gostava das pessoas erradas, consumidas de paixão, admirava São Paulo e Santo
Agostinho, acreditava que era preciso se fazer violência para entrar no reino celeste.
10. Poucas horas antes de morrer, pediu um conhaque e sorriu, destemida e doce, como
quem vai partir para o céu. Santificara-se. Deus era o dia e a noite de seu coração, o Pai,
a piedade, o fogo do espírito. Perdi quem me amava e perdoava, quem me encomendava
à compaixão do Criador e me defendia contra o mundo de revólver na mão.
Disponível em: https://cronicabrasileira.org.br/cronicas/7173/maria-jose. Acesso em: 05 fev. 2022.
No trecho do parágrafo 3 “já não se importava com quem tentasse ofendê-la, mas conservava
o revólver para a defesa dos filhos e netos”, a conjunção mas pode ser substituída, sem
alteração de sentido, por
a) caso.
b) portanto.
c) logo.
d) porque.
e) porém.
Em “escutava maternalmente meus contos toscos” (parágrafo 4), a palavra toscos pode
ser substituída, sem a alteração de seu significado no contexto, por
a) criativos.
b) malfeitos.
c) primorosos.
d) incompletos.
e) sofisticados.
A frase que tem a palavra ou expressão em destaque empregada de acordo com o que
prevê a norma escrita padrão é
a) Perguntam-me porque Maria José era tão querida.
b) O céu é aonde Maria José deve estar agora.
c) Apresentou-me a muitos autores, por isso tornei-me um leitor voraz.
d) Mau ela se foi, já sinto sua falta.
e) Perdi quem me protegeu a um ano.
Em que frase o verbo irregular destacado está empregado de acordo com a norma-padrão
da Língua Portuguesa?
a) Os médicos preveram que ela teria complicações da doença. (verbo PREVER)
b) Se eu me oposse a suas orientações, ela me advertia. (verbo OPOR)
c) Minha mãe sempre me acodia nos momentos difíceis. (verbo ACUDIR)
d) Maria José sempre soube defender filhos e netos. (verbo SABER)
e) Quando entrava numa briga, ela sempre intervia em meu favor. (verbo INTERVIR)
No texto, Maria José é descrita como alguém que apresenta características muitas vezes
opostas, o que a faz possuidora de uma rica personalidade.
Um adjetivo usado para caracterizar Maria José é “terna”, que, no texto, se opõe a
a) violenta.
b) alegre.
c) caridosa.
d) doce.
e) carinhosa.
A partir da leitura do parágrafo final do texto, entende-se que, diante da morte de Maria
José, o narrador experimentou um sentimento de
a) raiva.
b) pavor.
c) alegria.
d) desamparo.
e) alívio.
De acordo com o narrador, Maria José “Era meiga quase sempre, violenta quando necessário”
(parágrafo 1)
Essa violência a que o narrador se refere pode ser comprovada no trecho:
a) “ela me gritou da sacada se eu não via a pedra que marcava o gol. Dei uma pedrada no
outro” (parágrafo 1)
b) “Tratou-me com a dureza e o carinho que mereciam a rebeldia e o verdor da minha
meninice.” (parágrafo 4)
c) “Fé, Esperança e Caridade eram para ela a flecha e o alvo das criaturas.” (parágrafo 6)
d) “Tornara-se tão íntima da substância terrestre – a dor” (parágrafo 7)
e) “Gostava das pessoas erradas, consumidas de paixão” (parágrafo 9)
No trecho: “Mas nunca deixou de ter na gaveta o revólver que recebera, menina-e-moça,
das mãos do pai, e que empunhou no quintal noturno, perseguindo um ladrão”, (parágrafo
2), a oração destacada pode ser substituída, sem prejuízo de seu significado, por
a) por isso perseguia um ladrão.
b) enquanto perseguia um ladrão.
c) embora perseguisse um ladrão.
d) desde que perseguisse um ladrão.
e) por mais que perseguisse um ladrão.
poemas de Baudelaire; dizia-me sorrindo versos de Antônio Nobre que havia decorado
quando menina; discutia comigo as ideias finais de Tolstoi; escutava maternalmente
meus contos toscos. Quando me desgarrei nos primeiros envolvimentos adolescentes,
Maria José, com irônico afeto, me repetia a advertência de Drummond: “Paulo, sossegue,
o amor é isso que você está vendo: hoje beija, amanhã não beija, depois de amanhã é
domingo e segunda-feira ninguém sabe o que será”.
5. Logo que me fiz homenzinho, deixou a dureza e se fez minha amiga: nada me
perguntava, adivinhava tudo.
6. Terna e firme, nunca lhe vi a fraqueza da pieguice. Com o gosto espontâneo da qualidade
das coisas, renunciou às vaidades mais singelas. Sensível, alegre, aprendeu a encarar
o sofrimento de olhos lúcidos. Fiel à disciplina religiosa, compreendia celestialmente
as almas que perdiam o rumo. Fé, Esperança e Caridade eram para ela a flecha e o alvo
das criaturas.
7. Tornara-se tão íntima da substância terrestre – a dor – que se fazia difícil para o
médico saber o que sentia; acabava dizendo que doía um pouco, por delicadeza.
8. Capaz de longos jejuns e abstinências, já no final da vida, podia acompanhar um casal
amigo a Copacabana, passar do bar da moda ao restaurante diferente, beber dois cafés
ou três uísques em santa serenidade e aceitar com alegria o prato exótico.
9. Gostava das pessoas erradas, consumidas de paixão, admirava São Paulo e Santo
Agostinho, acreditava que era preciso se fazer violência para entrar no reino celeste.
10. Poucas horas antes de morrer, pediu um conhaque e sorriu, destemida e doce, como
quem vai partir para o céu. Santificara-se. Deus era o dia e a noite de seu coração, o Pai,
a piedade, o fogo do espírito. Perdi quem me amava e perdoava, quem me encomendava
à compaixão do Criador e me defendia contra o mundo de revólver na mão.
Disponível em: https://cronicabrasileira.org.br/cronicas/7173/maria-jose. Acesso em: 05 fev. 2022.
No trecho do parágrafo 3 “Já perto dos setenta anos, ela explicava para um amigo meu
que tinha chegado à humildade da velhice”, percebe-se que o processo de envelhecimento
provocou mudanças em Maria José.
De acordo com o texto, o que nela NÃO mudou durante a velhice foi o(a)
a) hábito de praticar atos de caridade em prol dos necessitados.
b) gosto por iniciar as crianças da família na literatura.
c) instinto de sempre proteger os filhos e os netos.
d) capacidade de se submeter a longos jejuns e a abstinências.
e) tendência de responder às ofensas sofridas com violência.
No trecho “Tudo isso exerce um fascínio irresistível para os jovens.” (parágrafo 3), a palavra
que apresenta o sentido contrário ao da palavra destacada é
a) atração.
b) encanto.
c) repulsa.
d) sedução.
e) embevecimento.
5. É uma cena bonita, eu acho. Cena que se repete todos os dias. Parece coisa de
antigamente.
6. Parece. Não fosse por um detalhe. A senhora, sentada placidamente em sua cadeira
na calçada, observando as manhãs, está atrás das grades.
7. Meu irmão, que foi morar fora do Brasil e ficou 15 anos sem vir aqui, ao voltar só
teve um choque: as grades. Nada mais o impressionou, tudo ele achou normal. Fez
comentários vagos sobre as árvores crescidas no Aterro, sobre o excesso de gente e
carros, tudo sem muita ênfase. Mas e essas grades, me perguntou, por que todas essas
grades? E eu, espantada com seu espanto, eu que de certa forma já me acostumara à
paisagem gradeada, fiquei sem saber o que dizer.
8. Penso nisso agora, ao passar pela rua e ver aquela senhora. Todos os dias, o porteiro
coloca ali a cadeira para que ela se sente, junto ao jardim, em frente à portaria, por
trás da proteção do gradil pintado com tinta cor de cobre. E essa cena tão singela, de
sabor tão antigo, se desenrola assim, por trás de barras de ferro, que mesmo sendo
de alumínio para não enferrujar são de um ferro simbólico, que prende, constrange,
restringe.
9. Eu, da calçada, vejo-a sempre por entre as tiras verticais de metal, sua figura frágil
me fazendo lembrar os passarinhos que os porteiros guardam nas gaiolas, pendurados
nas árvores.
SEIXAS, Heloisa. Contos mínimos. Rio de Janeiro: Record, 2001.
No trecho “Nada mais o impressionou, tudo ele achou normal” (parágrafo 7), a relação
semântica construída entre as duas orações pode ser explicitada pelo conector
a) porém.
b) porque.
c) entretanto.
d) a fim de que.
e) apesar de que.
8. Penso nisso agora, ao passar pela rua e ver aquela senhora. Todos os dias, o porteiro
coloca ali a cadeira para que ela se sente, junto ao jardim, em frente à portaria, por
trás da proteção do gradil pintado com tinta cor de cobre. E essa cena tão singela, de
sabor tão antigo, se desenrola assim, por trás de barras de ferro, que mesmo sendo
de alumínio para não enferrujar são de um ferro simbólico, que prende, constrange,
restringe.
9. Eu, da calçada, vejo-a sempre por entre as tiras verticais de metal, sua figura frágil
me fazendo lembrar os passarinhos que os porteiros guardam nas gaiolas, pendurados
nas árvores.
SEIXAS, Heloisa. Contos mínimos. Rio de Janeiro: Record, 2001.
pronto a cumprimentar quem surja. No braço da cadeira de plástico branco, sua mão
repousa, mas também parece pronta a erguer-se num aceno, quando alguém passar.
5. É uma cena bonita, eu acho. Cena que se repete todos os dias. Parece coisa de
antigamente.
6. Parece. Não fosse por um detalhe. A senhora, sentada placidamente em sua cadeira
na calçada, observando as manhãs, está atrás das grades.
7. Meu irmão, que foi morar fora do Brasil e ficou 15 anos sem vir aqui, ao voltar só
teve um choque: as grades. Nada mais o impressionou, tudo ele achou normal. Fez
comentários vagos sobre as árvores crescidas no Aterro, sobre o excesso de gente e
carros, tudo sem muita ênfase. Mas e essas grades, me perguntou, por que todas essas
grades? E eu, espantada com seu espanto, eu que de certa forma já me acostumara à
paisagem gradeada, fiquei sem saber o que dizer.
8. Penso nisso agora, ao passar pela rua e ver aquela senhora. Todos os dias, o porteiro
coloca ali a cadeira para que ela se sente, junto ao jardim, em frente à portaria, por
trás da proteção do gradil pintado com tinta cor de cobre. E essa cena tão singela, de
sabor tão antigo, se desenrola assim, por trás de barras de ferro, que mesmo sendo
de alumínio para não enferrujar são de um ferro simbólico, que prende, constrange,
restringe.
9. Eu, da calçada, vejo-a sempre por entre as tiras verticais de metal, sua figura frágil
me fazendo lembrar os passarinhos que os porteiros guardam nas gaiolas, pendurados
nas árvores.
SEIXAS, Heloisa. Contos mínimos. Rio de Janeiro: Record, 2001.
A frase na qual o que cumpre somente a função de promover a continuidade do texto sem
acumular a função de retomar um antecedente é:
a) “Cena que se repete todos os dias”. (parágrafo 5)
b) “eu que de certa forma já me acostumara à paisagem gradeada”. (parágrafo 7)
c) “Todos os dias, o porteiro coloca ali a cadeira para que ela se sente”. (parágrafo 8)
d) “são de um ferro simbólico, que prende, constrange, restringe.” (parágrafo 8)
e) “os passarinhos que os porteiros guardam nas gaiolas, pendurados nas árvores.” (parágrafo 9)
8. Penso nisso agora, ao passar pela rua e ver aquela senhora. Todos os dias, o porteiro
coloca ali a cadeira para que ela se sente, junto ao jardim, em frente à portaria, por
trás da proteção do gradil pintado com tinta cor de cobre. E essa cena tão singela, de
sabor tão antigo, se desenrola assim, por trás de barras de ferro, que mesmo sendo
de alumínio para não enferrujar são de um ferro simbólico, que prende, constrange,
restringe.
9. Eu, da calçada, vejo-a sempre por entre as tiras verticais de metal, sua figura frágil
me fazendo lembrar os passarinhos que os porteiros guardam nas gaiolas, pendurados
nas árvores.
SEIXAS, Heloisa. Contos mínimos. Rio de Janeiro: Record, 2001.
“E eu, espantada com seu espanto, eu que de certa forma já me acostumara à paisagem
gradeada, fiquei sem saber o que dizer.” (parágrafo 7)
O uso do verbo em destaque no pretérito mais-que-perfeito simples do indicativo estabelece
que o fato representado por esse verbo se deu antes de outro fato passado.
Esse mesmo significado é encontrado no que está destacado em:
a) Ela já foi uma mulher alegre e jovial.
b) A mesma cena se repete ao nascer de cada manhã.
c) A velha senhora estava sentada na calçada enquanto amanhecia.
d) Na última manhã, a velha senhora chegou e o sol já tinha surgido.
e) As grades impressionariam qualquer um que chegasse à cidade.
c) A melhor maneira de proteger as povoações situadas nas margens dos rios, é procurar
soluções que impeçam o comércio ilegal.
d) O estado do Amazonas apresenta, a maior população indígena do Brasil com aproximadamente
trinta mil habitantes.
e) O número de estudiosos preocupados com o futuro do planeta, aumentou devido ao
aquecimento global.
mesmo que seja cada um na sua casa. Além disso, a pandemia ressaltou a importância
do vínculo anterior entre escolas e comunidades”.
5. Embora seja difícil prever exatamente como o fechamento das escolas vai afetar o
desenvolvimento futuro dos alunos, educadores internacionais estimam que estudantes
da educação básica já foram impactados. É preciso pensar em como agrupar esses
alunos e averiguar os que tiveram ensino mínimo ou nulo e decidir como enfrentar essa
ruptura, com aulas ou encontros extras, com anos (letivos) de transição.
IDOETA, P.A. 8 lições após um ano de ensino remoto na pandemia. Disponível em: <https://educacao.uol.
com.br/noticias/bbc/2021/04/24/8-licoes-apos-um-ano-de-ensino-remoto-apandemia. htm>. Acesso
em: 21 jul. 2021. Adaptado.
de prestações mensais que reduzem suas capacidades de consumir produtos que lhes
trariam satisfação.
3. Infelizmente, não faz parte do cotidiano da maioria das pessoas buscar informações
que as auxiliem na gestão de suas finanças. Para agravar essa situação, não há uma
cultura coletiva, ou seja, uma preocupação da sociedade organizada em torno do tema.
Nas escolas, pouco ou nada é falado sobre o assunto. As empresas, não compreendendo
a importância de ter seus funcionários alfabetizados financeiramente, também não
investem nessa área. Similar problema é encontrado nas famílias, nas quais não há o hábito
de reunir os membros para discutir e elaborar um orçamento familiar. Igualmente entre
os amigos, assuntos ligados à gestão financeira pessoal muitas vezes são considerados
invasão de privacidade e pouco se conversa em torno do tema. Enfim, embora todos
lidem diariamente com dinheiro, poucos se dedicam a gerir melhor seus recursos.
4. A educação financeira pode trazer diversos benefícios, entre os quais, possibilitar
o equilíbrio das finanças pessoais, preparar para o enfrentamento de imprevistos
financeiros e para a aposentadoria, qualificar para o bom uso do sistema financeiro,
reduzir a possibilidade de o indivíduo cair em fraudes, preparar o caminho para a
realização de sonhos, enfim, tornar a vida melhor.
BANCO CENTRAL DO BRASIL. Caderno de Educação Financeira – Gestão de Finanças Pessoais. Brasília: BCB,
2013. p. 12. Adaptado.
As vírgulas estão plenamente empregadas de acordo com o padrão formal da língua escrita em:
a) Há algumas décadas, se alguém falasse, em educação financeira, causaria um certo
estranhamento.
b) Relacionar-se bem com o dinheiro de acordo com os especialistas, é uma forma de levar
uma vida mais saudável, sem percalços.
c) É preciso criar uma cultura de discutir, na família, na escola, com os amigos, sobre como
usar melhor os recursos financeiros.
d) A educação financeira, apesar de não resolver o problema da falta de dinheiro pode
auxiliar, com um controle maior, de seu gasto.
e) Não gastar em demasia, não acumular dívidas, refletir sobre seus ganhos, e gastos,
poupar são estratégias para gerir melhor suas finanças.
econômicas.
d) Em várias regiões do nosso país, existe problemas a serem resolvidos em todas as diversas
áreas do conhecimento.
e) Para garantir a aprendizagem dos estudantes, precisam-se de equipamentos digitais
capazes de atender a demandas escolares.
salvaguardados.
6. Estamos diante de uma realidade já configurada: a coleta de informações da internet
não para, e esse é um caminho sem volta. Agora, a questão é: nós, clientes, estamos
prontos e dispostos a definir o limite da privacidade digital? O interesse maior é nosso!
Esse limite poderia ser dado pelo próprio consumidor, se ele assim quiser? O conteúdo
é realmente do usuário?
7. Se considerarmos a atmosfera das redes sociais, muito possivelmente não. Isso
porque, embora muitas pessoas não saibam, a maioria das redes sociais prevê que, a
partir do momento em que um conteúdo é postado, ele faz parte da rede e não é mais
do usuário.
8. Daí a importância da conscientização. É preciso que tanto clientes como empresas
busquem mais informação e conteúdo técnico sobre o tema. Às organizações, cabe o
desafio de orientar seus clientes, já que, na maioria das vezes, eles não sabem quais
são os limites da privacidade digital.
9. Vivemos em uma época em que todo mundo pode falar permanentemente o que
quer. Nesse contexto, a informação deixou de ser algo confiável e cabe a cada um
de nós aprender a ler isso e se proteger. Precisamos de consciência, senso crítico,
responsabilidade e cuidado para levar a internet a um outro nível. É fato que ela não é
segura, a questão, então, é como usá-la de maneira mais inteligente e contribuir para
fortalecer a privacidade digital? Essa é uma causa comum a todos os usuários da rede.
Disponível em: <https://digitalks.com.br/artigos/privacidade-digital-quais-sao-os-limites>. 7/04/2019.
Acesso em: 3 fev. 2021. Adaptado.
No trecho “Às organizações, cabe o desafio de orientar seus clientes, já que, na maioria das
vezes, eles não sabem quais são os limites da privacidade digital” (parágrafo 8), a expressão
destacada expressa a noção de
a) condição.
b) finalidade.
c) concessão.
d) causalidade.
e) comparação.
No trecho “Esse limite poderia ser dado pelo próprio consumidor, se ele assim quiser?”
(parágrafo 6), a forma verbal destacada expressa a noção de
a) dever.
b) certeza.
c) hipótese.
d) obrigação.
e) necessidade.
A palavra capaz de substituir o elemento em destaque no trecho “... e, sim, o sal” (parágrafo
2) sem alteração de sentido é
a) mesmo.
b) até.
c) logo.
d) claro.
e) portanto.
8. Ter QI, mas nenhum QA, pode ser um bloqueio para as habilidades existentes diante
de novas maneiras de trabalhar. No mundo corporativo, o QA está sendo cada vez mais
buscado na hora da contratação. Uma coisa boa do QA é que, mesmo que seja difícil
mensurá-lo, especialistas dizem que ele pode ser desenvolvido.
9. Como diz Edmondson: “Aprender a aprender é uma missão crítica. A capacidade de
aprender, mudar, crescer, experimentar se tornará muito mais importante do que o
domínio de um assunto.”
Disponível em: <https://www.bbc.com/portuguese/vert-cap-50429043>. Acesso em: 9 jul. 2021.
(Adaptado)
O trecho que evidencia a razão pela qual novos indicadores passaram a balizar o processo
de seleção das empresas é:
a) “Há algum tempo, se você quisesse avaliar as perspectivas de alguém crescer na carreira,
poderia considerar pedir um teste de QI”. (parágrafo 1)
b) “o QE é visto como um kit de habilidades que pode nos ajudar a ter sucesso em vários
aspectos da vida.” (parágrafo 2)
c) “A tecnologia mudou bastante a forma como alguns trabalhos são feitos, e a tendência
continuará.” (parágrafo 5)
d) “Seu QI o ajuda nas provas pelas quais precisa passar para se qualificar”. (parágrafo 7)
e) “Uma coisa boa do QA é que, mesmo que seja difícil mensurá-lo, especialistas dizem que
ele pode ser desenvolvido.” (parágrafo 8)
8.
Ter QI, mas nenhum QA, pode ser um bloqueio para as habilidades existentes diante
de novas maneiras de trabalhar. No mundo corporativo, o QA está sendo cada vez mais
buscado na hora da contratação. Uma coisa boa do QA é que, mesmo que seja difícil
mensurá-lo, especialistas dizem que ele pode ser desenvolvido.
9. Como diz Edmondson: “Aprender a aprender é uma missão crítica. A capacidade de
aprender, mudar, crescer, experimentar se tornará muito mais importante do que o
domínio de um assunto.”
Disponível em: <https://www.bbc.com/portuguese/vert-cap-50429043>. Acesso em: 9 jul. 2021.
(Adaptado)
8. Ter QI, mas nenhum QA, pode ser um bloqueio para as habilidades existentes diante
de novas maneiras de trabalhar. No mundo corporativo, o QA está sendo cada vez mais
buscado na hora da contratação. Uma coisa boa do QA é que, mesmo que seja difícil
mensurá-lo, especialistas dizem que ele pode ser desenvolvido.
9. Como diz Edmondson: “Aprender a aprender é uma missão crítica. A capacidade de
aprender, mudar, crescer, experimentar se tornará muito mais importante do que o
domínio de um assunto.”
Disponível em: <https://www.bbc.com/portuguese/vert-cap-50429043>. Acesso em: 9 jul. 2021.
(Adaptado)
o que é relevante, deixar para trás noções obsoletas, superar desafios e fazer um
esforço consciente para mudar. Esse quociente envolve também características como
flexibilidade, curiosidade, coragem e resiliência.
5. Amy Edmondson, professora de Administração da Harvard Business School, diz que
é a velocidade vertiginosa das mudanças no mercado de trabalho que fará o QA vencer
o QI. Automatiza-se facilmente qualquer função que envolva detectar padrões nos
dados (advogados revisando documentos legais ou médicos buscando o histórico de
um paciente, por exemplo), diz Dave Coplin, diretor da The Envisioners, consultoria de
tecnologia sediada no Reino Unido. A tecnologia mudou bastante a forma como alguns
trabalhos são feitos, e a tendência continuará. Isso ocorre porque um algoritmo pode
executar essas tarefas com mais rapidez e precisão do que um humano.
6. Para evitar a obsolescência, os trabalhadores que cumprem essas funções precisam
desenvolver novas habilidades, como a criatividade para resolver novos problemas,
empatia para se comunicar melhor e responsabilidade.
7. Edmondson diz que toda profissão vai exigir adaptabilidade e flexibilidade, do setor
bancário às artes. Digamos que você é um contador. Seu QI o ajuda nas provas pelas
quais precisa passar para se qualificar; seu QE contribui na conexão com um recrutador
e depois no relacionamento com colegas e clientes no emprego. Então, quando os
sistemas mudam ou os aspectos do trabalho são automatizados, você precisa do QA
para se acomodar a novos cenários.
8. Ter QI, mas nenhum QA, pode ser um bloqueio para as habilidades existentes diante
de novas maneiras de trabalhar. No mundo corporativo, o QA está sendo cada vez mais
buscado na hora da contratação. Uma coisa boa do QA é que, mesmo que seja difícil
mensurá-lo, especialistas dizem que ele pode ser desenvolvido.
9. Como diz Edmondson: “Aprender a aprender é uma missão crítica. A capacidade de
aprender, mudar, crescer, experimentar se tornará muito mais importante do que o
domínio de um assunto.”
Disponível em: <https://www.bbc.com/portuguese/vert-cap-50429043>. Acesso em: 9 jul. 2021.
(Adaptado)
A frase em que o verbo apresenta a mesma predicação que o verbo ocorrer em “Isso ocorre
porque um algoritmo pode executar essas tarefas” (parágrafo 5) é:
a) “Entra em cena então um novo quociente”. (parágrafo 3)
b) “Esse quociente envolve também características como flexibilidade, curiosidade, coragem
e resiliência.” (parágrafo 4)
c) “A tecnologia mudou bastante a forma como alguns trabalhos são feitos”. (parágrafo 5)
d) “você é um contador.” (parágrafo 7)
e) “Seu QI o ajuda nas provas”. (parágrafo 7)
8. Ter QI, mas nenhum QA, pode ser um bloqueio para as habilidades existentes diante
de novas maneiras de trabalhar. No mundo corporativo, o QA está sendo cada vez mais
buscado na hora da contratação. Uma coisa boa do QA é que, mesmo que seja difícil
mensurá-lo, especialistas dizem que ele pode ser desenvolvido.
9. Como diz Edmondson: “Aprender a aprender é uma missão crítica. A capacidade de
aprender, mudar, crescer, experimentar se tornará muito mais importante do que o
domínio de um assunto.”
Disponível em: <https://www.bbc.com/portuguese/vert-cap-50429043>. Acesso em: 9 jul. 2021.
(Adaptado)
de prestações mensais que reduzem suas capacidades de consumir produtos que lhes
trariam satisfação.
3. Infelizmente, não faz parte do cotidiano da maioria das pessoas buscar informações
que as auxiliem na gestão de suas finanças. Para agravar essa situação, não há uma
cultura coletiva, ou seja, uma preocupação da sociedade organizada em torno do tema.
Nas escolas, pouco ou nada é falado sobre o assunto. As empresas, não compreendendo
a importância de ter seus funcionários alfabetizados financeiramente, também não
investem nessa área. Similar problema é encontrado nas famílias, nas quais não há o hábito
de reunir os membros para discutir e elaborar um orçamento familiar. Igualmente entre
os amigos, assuntos ligados à gestão financeira pessoal muitas vezes são considerados
invasão de privacidade e pouco se conversa em torno do tema. Enfim, embora todos
lidem diariamente com dinheiro, poucos se dedicam a gerir melhor seus recursos.
4. A educação financeira pode trazer diversos benefícios, entre os quais, possibilitar
o equilíbrio das finanças pessoais, preparar para o enfrentamento de imprevistos
financeiros e para a aposentadoria, qualificar para o bom uso do sistema financeiro,
reduzir a possibilidade de o indivíduo cair em fraudes, preparar o caminho para a
realização de sonhos, enfim, tornar a vida melhor.
BANCO CENTRAL DO BRASIL. Caderno de Educação Financeira – Gestão de Finanças Pessoais. Brasília: BCB,
2013. p. 12. Adaptado.
A frase que, ao ser reescrita, guarda o mesmo sentido do trecho do parágrafo 3 “Enfim,
embora todos lidem diariamente com dinheiro, poucos se dedicam a gerir melhor seus
recursos.” é:
a) Enfim, quando todos lidam diariamente com dinheiro, poucos se dedicam a gerir melhor
seus recursos.
b) Enfim, por todos lidarem diariamente com dinheiro, poucos se dedicam a gerir melhor
seus recursos.
c) Enfim, como todos lidam diariamente com dinheiro, poucos se dedicam a gerir melhor
seus recursos.
d) Enfim, apesar de todos lidarem diariamente com dinheiro, poucos se dedicam a gerir
melhor seus recursos.
e) Enfim, desde que todos lidem diariamente com dinheiro, poucos se dedicam a gerir
melhor seus recursos.
os amigos, assuntos ligados à gestão financeira pessoal muitas vezes são considerados
invasão de privacidade e pouco se conversa em torno do tema. Enfim, embora todos
lidem diariamente com dinheiro, poucos se dedicam a gerir melhor seus recursos.
4. A educação financeira pode trazer diversos benefícios, entre os quais, possibilitar
o equilíbrio das finanças pessoais, preparar para o enfrentamento de imprevistos
financeiros e para a aposentadoria, qualificar para o bom uso do sistema financeiro,
reduzir a possibilidade de o indivíduo cair em fraudes, preparar o caminho para a
realização de sonhos, enfim, tornar a vida melhor.
BANCO CENTRAL DO BRASIL. Caderno de Educação Financeira – Gestão de Finanças Pessoais. Brasília: BCB,
2013. p. 12. Adaptado.
com alunos, com outros professores e dar mais oportunidades de trabalho coletivo,
mesmo que seja cada um na sua casa. Além disso, a pandemia ressaltou a importância
do vínculo anterior entre escolas e comunidades”.
5. Embora seja difícil prever exatamente como o fechamento das escolas vai afetar o
desenvolvimento futuro dos alunos, educadores internacionais estimam que estudantes
da educação básica já foram impactados. É preciso pensar em como agrupar esses
alunos e averiguar os que tiveram ensino mínimo ou nulo e decidir como enfrentar essa
ruptura, com aulas ou encontros extras, com anos (letivos) de transição.
IDOETA, P.A. 8 lições após um ano de ensino remoto na pandemia. Disponível em: <https://educacao.uol.
com.br/noticias/bbc/2021/04/24/8-licoes-apos-um-ano-de-ensino-remoto-apandemia. htm>. Acesso
em: 21 jul. 2021. Adaptado.
Um argumento utilizado no texto para explicar o relativo sucesso do ensino remoto durante
a pandemia é:
a) O baixo custo relacionado ao uso de aplicativos de mensagens.
b) O uso de plataformas de aprendizagem de alta tecnologia.
c) A oportunidade de utilização de imagens e áudios disponíveis na rede.
d) A possibilidade de aprofundamento dos conteúdos de várias disciplinas.
e) A qualidade do acesso às atividades devido à alta conectividade.
por meio dos aplicativos de mensagens, muito mais do que pelas próprias plataformas
de aprendizagem. Esse uso foi uma grande surpresa, mas é porque não temos outras
ferramentas de massificação. A maior parte do ensino foi feita pelo celular e, geralmente,
por um celular compartilhado (entre vários membros da família), o que é algo muito
desafiador.
4. Outro aspecto a ser considerado é que, felizmente, mensagens direcionadas são uma
forma relativamente barata de comunicação. A importância de cultivar interações entre
os estudantes, mesmo que eles não estejam no mesmo ambiente físico, também é uma
forma de motivá-los e melhorar seus resultados. Recentemente, uma pesquisadora
afirmou que “Aprendemos que precisamos dos demais: comparar estratégias, falar
com alunos, com outros professores e dar mais oportunidades de trabalho coletivo,
mesmo que seja cada um na sua casa. Além disso, a pandemia ressaltou a importância
do vínculo anterior entre escolas e comunidades”.
5. Embora seja difícil prever exatamente como o fechamento das escolas vai afetar o
desenvolvimento futuro dos alunos, educadores internacionais estimam que estudantes
da educação básica já foram impactados. É preciso pensar em como agrupar esses
alunos e averiguar os que tiveram ensino mínimo ou nulo e decidir como enfrentar essa
ruptura, com aulas ou encontros extras, com anos (letivos) de transição.
IDOETA, P.A. 8 lições após um ano de ensino remoto na pandemia. Disponível em: <https://educacao.uol.
com.br/noticias/bbc/2021/04/24/8-licoes-apos-um-ano-de-ensino-remoto-apandemia. htm>. Acesso
em: 21 jul. 2021. Adaptado.
No trecho “A importância de cultivar interações entre os estudantes, mesmo que eles não
estejam no mesmo ambiente físico” (parágrafo 4), a expressão destacada estabelece com
a oração principal a relação de
a) condição.
b) concessão.
c) comparação.
d) conformidade.
e) proporcionalidade.
O pronome oblíquo átono em destaque está colocado de acordo com a norma-padrão em:
a) No processo ensino-aprendizagem, o objetivo deve ser desenvolver aptidões para que
os alunos sempre mantenham-se em dia com os avanços da ciência.
b) Se reclama muito das dificuldades do ensino remoto devido a problemas de conexão.
c) Os profissionais da educação nunca cansam-se de estudar os conteúdos que possam
interessar os alunos nas aulas.
fazê-la durar mais. E eis-me com aquela coisa cor-de-rosa, de aparência tão inocente,
tornando possível o mundo impossível do qual eu já começara a me dar conta.
Com delicadeza, terminei afinal pondo o chicle na boca.
— E agora que é que eu faço? — Perguntei para não errar no ritual que certamente
20 deveria haver.
— Agora chupe o chicle para ir gostando do docinho dele, e só depois que passar o
gosto você começa a mastigar. E aí mastiga a vida inteira. A menos que você perca, eu
já perdi vários.
Perder a eternidade? Nunca.
25 O adocicado do chicle era bonzinho, não podia dizer que era ótimo. E, ainda perplexa,
encaminhávamo-nos para a escola.
— Acabou-se o docinho. E agora?
— Agora mastigue para sempre.
Assustei-me, não sabia dizer por quê Comecei a mastigar e em breve tinha na boca
30 aquele puxa-puxa cinzento de borracha que não tinha gosto de nada. Mastigava, masti-
gava. Mas me sentia contrafeita. Na verdade eu não estava gostando do gosto. E a van-
tagem de ser bala eterna me enchia de uma espécie de medo, como se tem diante da
ideia de eternidade ou de infinito.
Eu não quis confessar que não estava à altura da eternidade. Que só me dava afli-
fazê-la durar mais. E eis-me com aquela coisa cor-de-rosa, de aparência tão inocente,
tornando possível o mundo impossível do qual eu já começara a me dar conta.
Com delicadeza, terminei afinal pondo o chicle na boca.
— E agora que é que eu faço? — Perguntei para não errar no ritual que certamente
20 deveria haver.
— Agora chupe o chicle para ir gostando do docinho dele, e só depois que passar o
gosto você começa a mastigar. E aí mastiga a vida inteira. A menos que você perca, eu
já perdi vários.
Perder a eternidade? Nunca.
25 O adocicado do chicle era bonzinho, não podia dizer que era ótimo. E, ainda perplexa,
encaminhávamo-nos para a escola.
— Acabou-se o docinho. E agora?
— Agora mastigue para sempre.
Assustei-me, não sabia dizer por quê Comecei a mastigar e em breve tinha na boca
30 aquele puxa-puxa cinzento de borracha que não tinha gosto de nada. Mastigava, masti-
gava. Mas me sentia contrafeita. Na verdade eu não estava gostando do gosto. E a van-
tagem de ser bala eterna me enchia de uma espécie de medo, como se tem diante da
ideia de eternidade ou de infinito.
Eu não quis confessar que não estava à altura da eternidade. Que só me dava afli-
35 ção. Enquanto isso, eu mastigava obedientemente, sem parar.
Até que não suportei mais, e, atravessando o portão da escola, dei um jeito de o
chicle mastigado cair no chão de areia.
— Olha só o que me aconteceu! — Disse eu em fingidos espanto e tristeza. — Agora
não posso mastigar mais! A bala acabou!
40 — Já lhe disse, repetiu minha irmã, que ele não acaba nunca. Mas a gente às vezes
perde. Até de noite a gente pode ir mastigando, mas para não engolir no sono a gente
prega o chicle na cama. Não fique triste, um dia lhe dou outro, e esse você não perderá.
Eu estava envergonhada diante da bondade de minha irmã, envergonhada da men-
tira que pregara dizendo que o chicle caíra da boca por acaso.
45 Mas aliviada. Sem o peso da eternidade sobre mim.
LISPECTOR, Clarice. Medo da eternidade. Jornal do Brasil, Rio de Janeiro, Caderno B, p.2, 6 jun. 1970.
fazê-la durar mais. E eis-me com aquela coisa cor-de-rosa, de aparência tão inocente,
tornando possível o mundo impossível do qual eu já começara a me dar conta.
Com delicadeza, terminei afinal pondo o chicle na boca.
— E agora que é que eu faço? — Perguntei para não errar no ritual que certamente
20 deveria haver.
— Agora chupe o chicle para ir gostando do docinho dele, e só depois que passar o
gosto você começa a mastigar. E aí mastiga a vida inteira. A menos que você perca, eu
já perdi vários.
Perder a eternidade? Nunca.
25 O adocicado do chicle era bonzinho, não podia dizer que era ótimo. E, ainda perplexa,
encaminhávamo-nos para a escola.
— Acabou-se o docinho. E agora?
— Agora mastigue para sempre.
Assustei-me, não sabia dizer por quê Comecei a mastigar e em breve tinha na boca
30 aquele puxa-puxa cinzento de borracha que não tinha gosto de nada. Mastigava, masti-
gava. Mas me sentia contrafeita. Na verdade eu não estava gostando do gosto. E a van-
tagem de ser bala eterna me enchia de uma espécie de medo, como se tem diante da
ideia de eternidade ou de infinito.
Eu não quis confessar que não estava à altura da eternidade. Que só me dava afli-
35 ção. Enquanto isso, eu mastigava obedientemente, sem parar.
Até que não suportei mais, e, atravessando o portão da escola, dei um jeito de o
chicle mastigado cair no chão de areia.
— Olha só o que me aconteceu! — Disse eu em fingidos espanto e tristeza. — Agora
não posso mastigar mais! A bala acabou!
40 — Já lhe disse, repetiu minha irmã, que ele não acaba nunca. Mas a gente às vezes
perde. Até de noite a gente pode ir mastigando, mas para não engolir no sono a gente
prega o chicle na cama. Não fique triste, um dia lhe dou outro, e esse você não perderá.
Eu estava envergonhada diante da bondade de minha irmã, envergonhada da men-
tira que pregara dizendo que o chicle caíra da boca por acaso.
45 Mas aliviada. Sem o peso da eternidade sobre mim.
LISPECTOR, Clarice. Medo da eternidade. Jornal do Brasil, Rio de Janeiro, Caderno B, p.2, 6 jun. 1970.
Assim como no trecho “E, ainda perplexa, encaminhávamo-nos para a escola.” (l. 25-26),
a colocação do pronome destacado respeita a norma-padrão da língua portuguesa, em:
a) Pediria-lhes para considerar a possibilidade da eternidade.
b) A curiosidade não leva-nos a atitudes bobas e despropositadas.
c) O prazer que experimenta-se com o sabor dos doces é enorme.
d) Poucos se impressionam com a descoberta da possibilidade da eternidade.
e) Nos perguntamos até quando vamos sonhar com uma vida eterna de prazer.
No texto, foram empregadas as palavras aí (l. 22) e ótimo (l. 25), ambas acentuadas
graficamente.
Duas outras palavras corretamente acentuadas pelos mesmos motivos que aí e ótimo são,
respectivamente,
a) juíz e ébano.
b) Icaraí e ritmo.
c) caquís e incrédulo.
d) país e sonâmbulo.
e) abacaxí e economia.
fazê-la durar mais. E eis-me com aquela coisa cor-de-rosa, de aparência tão inocente,
tornando possível o mundo impossível do qual eu já começara a me dar conta.
Com delicadeza, terminei afinal pondo o chicle na boca.
— E agora que é que eu faço? — Perguntei para não errar no ritual que certamente
20 deveria haver.
— Agora chupe o chicle para ir gostando do docinho dele, e só depois que passar o
gosto você começa a mastigar. E aí mastiga a vida inteira. A menos que você perca, eu
já perdi vários.
Perder a eternidade? Nunca.
25 O adocicado do chicle era bonzinho, não podia dizer que era ótimo. E, ainda perplexa,
encaminhávamo-nos para a escola.
— Acabou-se o docinho. E agora?
— Agora mastigue para sempre.
Assustei-me, não sabia dizer por quê Comecei a mastigar e em breve tinha na boca
30 aquele puxa-puxa cinzento de borracha que não tinha gosto de nada. Mastigava, masti-
gava. Mas me sentia contrafeita. Na verdade eu não estava gostando do gosto. E a van-
tagem de ser bala eterna me enchia de uma espécie de medo, como se tem diante da
ideia de eternidade ou de infinito.
Eu não quis confessar que não estava à altura da eternidade. Que só me dava afli-
35 ção. Enquanto isso, eu mastigava obedientemente, sem parar.
Até que não suportei mais, e, atravessando o portão da escola, dei um jeito de o
chicle mastigado cair no chão de areia.
— Olha só o que me aconteceu! — Disse eu em fingidos espanto e tristeza. — Agora
não posso mastigar mais! A bala acabou!
40 — Já lhe disse, repetiu minha irmã, que ele não acaba nunca. Mas a gente às vezes
perde. Até de noite a gente pode ir mastigando, mas para não engolir no sono a gente
prega o chicle na cama. Não fique triste, um dia lhe dou outro, e esse você não perderá.
Eu estava envergonhada diante da bondade de minha irmã, envergonhada da men-
tira que pregara dizendo que o chicle caíra da boca por acaso.
45 Mas aliviada. Sem o peso da eternidade sobre mim.
LISPECTOR, Clarice. Medo da eternidade. Jornal do Brasil, Rio de Janeiro, Caderno B, p.2, 6 jun. 1970.
A frase que guarda o mesmo sentido do trecho “Até que não suportei mais, e, atravessando
o portão da escola, dei um jeito de o chicle mastigado cair no chão de areia.” (l. 36-37) é:
a) Até que não suportei mais, e, como atravessei o portão da escola, dei um jeito de o chicle
mastigado cair no chão de areia.
b) Até que não suportei mais, e, já que atravessei o portão da escola, dei um jeito de o chicle
mastigado cair no chão de areia.
c) Até que não suportei mais, e, para que atravessasse o portão da escola, dei um jeito de
o chicle mastigado cair no chão de areia.
d) Até que não suportei mais, e, embora atravessasse o portão da escola, dei um jeito de
o chicle mastigado cair no chão de areia.
e) Até que não suportei mais, e, quando atravessei o portão da escola, dei um jeito de o
chicle mastigado cair no chão de areia.
fazê-la durar mais. E eis-me com aquela coisa cor-de-rosa, de aparência tão inocente,
tornando possível o mundo impossível do qual eu já começara a me dar conta.
Com delicadeza, terminei afinal pondo o chicle na boca.
— E agora que é que eu faço? — Perguntei para não errar no ritual que certamente
20 deveria haver.
— Agora chupe o chicle para ir gostando do docinho dele, e só depois que passar o
gosto você começa a mastigar. E aí mastiga a vida inteira. A menos que você perca, eu
já perdi vários.
Perder a eternidade? Nunca.
25 O adocicado do chicle era bonzinho, não podia dizer que era ótimo. E, ainda perplexa,
encaminhávamo-nos para a escola.
— Acabou-se o docinho. E agora?
— Agora mastigue para sempre.
Assustei-me, não sabia dizer por quê Comecei a mastigar e em breve tinha na boca
30 aquele puxa-puxa cinzento de borracha que não tinha gosto de nada. Mastigava, masti-
gava. Mas me sentia contrafeita. Na verdade eu não estava gostando do gosto. E a van-
tagem de ser bala eterna me enchia de uma espécie de medo, como se tem diante da
ideia de eternidade ou de infinito.
Eu não quis confessar que não estava à altura da eternidade. Que só me dava afli-
No trecho “Agora não posso mastigar mais! A bala acabou!” (l. 38-39), o segundo período
apresenta, em relação à informação explicitada no primeiro, uma noção de
a) causa.
b) condição.
c) consequência.
d) modo.
e) tempo.
MATEMÁTICA
1248. (CESGRANRIO/2021/BANCO DO BRASIL S.A./ESCRITURÁRIO/ÁREA: AGENTE DE
TECNOLOGIA/QUESTÃO 30) A relação do cliente com o sistema bancário tradicional vem
passando por transformações nos últimos cincos anos com o crescimento dos bancos
digitais. Analisar o perfil dos clientes dos bancos digitais, considerando idade, classe social,
renda e motivação, é uma tarefa importante para os bancos tradicionais com o objetivo de
preservar a posição de principal Banco na relação com o Cliente.
Para tal fim, uma agência bancária analisou os seguintes dados de uma pesquisa amostral
sobre bancos digitais:
b)
c)
d)
e)
Suponha que, em 1994, um artigo custasse R$ 13,91 e, exatos 28 anos depois (336 meses),
ele passasse a custar R$ 100,00. Suponha, também, que, para esse período, a taxa mensal
de aumento no preço desse artigo tenha sido igual a k%, ou seja, a cada mês o preço do
artigo sofreu um aumento de k% em relação ao preço do mês anterior. O valor de k pode
ser dado por
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
b)
c)
d)
e)
Sabe-se, também, que o número de vezes em que esse jogador empatou de brancas foi
duas vezes maior que de pretas.
O valor de é igual a
a) 4,8
b) 5,0
c) 5,4
d) 6,0
e) 6,4
c) 320
d) 270
e) 240
Com base apenas na matriz A, no último triênio, o banco 2 teve um aumento de quantas
empresas clientes?
a) 11
b) 10
c) 8
d) 6
e) 5
Em cada uma das latas da Figura acima há apenas lápis e borrachas. O número escrito em
cada uma dessas latas indica a quantidade total desses objetos nela contidos. Uma dessas
latas foi retirada e, considerando-se apenas as quatro latas restantes, o número total de
lápis passou a ser o triplo do número total de borrachas.
Considerando-se apenas as quatro latas restantes, o número total de lápis existente nelas
é igual a
a) 51
b) 48
c) 45
d) 42
e) 39
a) 14.400
b) 120
c) 45
d) 25
e) 10
Uma pessoa decidiu ir de A1 para A3, sem passar por A2, depois ir de A3 para A2, sem passar
por A1 e, finalmente, ir de A2 para A1, sem passar por A3.
Com base na Figura e nas informações do mapa, essa pessoa percorreu, ao todo, uma
distância, em km, igual a
a) 29
b) 16,8
c) 15
d) 14,5
e) 12,7
c) 15.300,00
d) 13.600,00
e) 12.400,00
Supondo-se que o aluno esteja certo, dividindo-se o número de alunos presentes por 5,
encontra-se resto
a) 0
b) 1
c) 2
d) 3
e) 4
Tomando-se como base o valor total dos depósitos, a diferença percentual entre os totais
de retirada e de depósitos, no mês de outubro de 2021,
a) foi de menos de 2%.
b) ficou entre 2% e 8%.
c) ficou entre 8% e 14%.
d) ficou entre 14% e 20%.
e) foi superior a 20%.
c) 20%
d) 25%
e) 30%
c) 3
d) 4
e) 5
De acordo com esses dados, verifica-se que a contribuição de um dado segmento que atinge
exatamente a meta de sua região é de
a) R$ 160.000,00 no segmento seguros, na região Sul.
b) R$ 400.000,00 no segmento previdência, na região Sudeste.
a) 2h 10min
b) 2h 15min
c) 2h 20min
d) 2h 30min
e) 2h 50min
A empresa precisa programar-se para que sua produção possa atender às demandas futuras,
caso essa tendência se mantenha.
Assim, considerando-se 2,5 como aproximação para 1,25, e mantida a taxa de crescimento
observada, o número mais próximo para a previsão de vendas de todo o período de 2014 a
2023, em milhares de equipamentos, contando, inclusive, com as vendas de 2014 e 2023,
é igual a
a) 156,2
b) 162,5
c) 190,0
d) 262,5
e) 285,2
Se o maior desses quadrados tem área igual a 100 cm2, então o perímetro do retângulo
ABCD, em centímetros, é igual a
a) 44
b) 45
c) 52
d) 55
e) 60
Um jogador só é vencedor se, em duas jogadas consecutivas, a seta apontar para letras
iguais.
A probabilidade de um jogador ser vencedor, fazendo apenas duas jogadas, é igual a
a) 4/64
b) 8/64
c) 10/64
d) 14/64
e) 16/64
A equação da reta do plano cartesiano que é uma assíntota oblíqua ao gráfico y = f(x) é
a) y = x -
b) y = x – 1
c) y = 2x – 2
d) y = 2x
e) y = x
Numa análise fatorial, a decisão do número de fatores pode ser pelo percentual de variação
explicada obtido a partir dos autovalores. Para se obter, neste caso, um percentual de
variação explicada acima de 90%, qual a quantidade mínima de fatores?
a) 2
b) 3
c) 4
d) 5
e) 6
c) 490
d) 4.900
e) 5.000
Considerando esse modelo, o valor mais próximo do número de décadas, contadas a partir
do início do estudo, necessário para que essa população atinja a metade de sua capacidade
de suporte é igual a
Dado: ln 2 = 0,693
a) 3,1
b) 3,4
c) 3,9
d) 4,2
e) 4,8
Sobre os dados, sabe-se que: (i) mk é a massa conjunta do tubo k com os materiais nele
contidos, para 1 ≤ k ≤ 4; (ii) cada tubo vazio tem massa igual a m0; (iii) as densidades dos
materiais X, Y, W, e Z são, respectivamente, dx, dy, dw e dz; (iv) os volumes de cada material,
em cada um dos quatro tubos, estão representados pelo quadro a seguir.
Considere que esses dados foram organizados nas matrizes M, D e V, assim definidas:
d) 150
e) 200
O valor da variável x2 é:
a) 1
b) 2
c) 3
d) 4
e) 5
Supondo-se que esse padrão se mantenha, a previsão para a quantidade total de passageiros
transportados por essa empresa, no período de 2014 a 2025, contando-se com os anos
2014 e 2025, será igual a
a) 86.400
b) 93.600
c) 103.800
d) 172.800
e) 187.200
a) 9,5
b) 10,5
c) 11,5
d) 12,5
e) 13,5
b) 36,4%
c) 66,4%
d) 68,6%
e) 72,1%
d) 1440
e) 252
Assim, o número total de distribuições diferentes dos cincos serviços entre as três empresas,
nas condições apresentadas, é igual a
a) 15
b) 30
c) 120
d) 150
e) 180
Considere que João foi um dos 24 consumidores contemplados, e que seus vizinhos,
Sebastião e Isabel, receberam um ano de supermercado cada um.
João, Sebastião e Isabel receberam, juntos, de prêmio, o seguinte valor, em reais:
a) 4,8 mil
b) 6,3 mil
c) 12,6 mil
d) 17,4 mil
e) 19,8 mil
Considere que João foi um dos 24 consumidores contemplados, e que seus vizinhos,
Sebastião e Isabel, receberam um ano de supermercado cada um.
João recebeu um cartão de débito carregado com o valor total de seu prêmio e logo realizou
sua primeira compra: uma geladeira que custou R$ 1.139,40. Qual foi o saldo restante no
cartão de João após essa compra?
a) R$ 13.606,00
b) R$ 13.860,60
c) R$ 13.871,60
d) R$ 14.860,40
e) R$ 14.971,40
b) 72
c) 75
d) 78
e) 85
Sabe-se que os custos anuais com tal produto foram de aproximadamente 60% da receita
bruta, de modo que os 40% restantes podem ser considerados lucro bruto. Suponha que
esses percentuais se mantenham, e que a taxa de crescimento anual da receita bruta com
esse produto também continue a mesma até 2020, inclusive.
Mantidas essas premissas, e considerando 6,19 como aproximação para 1,210, temos que
o lucro bruto total estimado para essa empresa, nesses dez anos, de 2011 a 2020, em
milhares de reais, é igual a
a) 38.000
b) 51.900
c) 95.000
d) 102.250
e) 129.750
b) 320
c) 480
d) 520
e) 580
a) 18
b) 20
c) 35
d) 40
e) 45
a) 12
b) 30
c) 36
d) 48
e) 60
c) 0,97
d) 1,13
e) 1,32
RACIOCÍNIO LÓGICO
1448. (CESGRANRIO/2021/BANCO DO BRASIL S.A./ESCRITURÁRIO/ÁREA: AGENTE DE
TECNOLOGIA/QUESTÃO 19) Um casal está muito apaixonado, mas devido à distância de suas
casas e ao regime de trabalho dos dois, eles não conseguem se encontrar com a frequência
de que gostariam. A moça só tem folga aos sábados, e o rapaz trabalha três dias seguidos,
folgando no quarto dia.
Se hoje é terça-feira e é dia de folga do rapaz, quantas folgas dele cairão no sábado nos
próximos 365 dias?
a) 4
b) 8
c) 12
d) 13
e) 15
c) Q, N, P.
d) P, Q, N.
e) P, N, Q.
Sendo assim, os números 1808 e 2023 estão escritos, respectivamente, nas seguintes colunas:
a) 6 e 4.
b) 3 e 3.
c) 6 e 3.
d) 6 e 2.
e) 3 e 2.
Na etapa 5, no local indicado pelo ponto, a folha dobrada foi atravessada perpendicularmente
por um lápis, sendo feito um furo de lado a lado.
Se a folha for desdobrada e retornar à forma disposta na etapa 1, então qual a representação
correta da disposição dos furos obtidos?
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
Se três lápis forem retirados do pote B e colocados no pote A, qual passará a ser a diferença
entre as quantidades de lápis nos dois potes?
a) 2
b) 3
c) 6
d) 7
e) 8
d) João.
e) Pedro.
De acordo com os critérios adotados nessa competição, cada medalha dá a equipe uma
pontuação diferente: 4 pontos por cada medalha de ouro, 3 pontos por cada medalha de
prata e 1 ponto por cada medalha de bronze. A classificação final das equipes é dada pela
ordem decrescente da soma dos pontos de cada equipe, e a equipe que somar mais pontos
ocupa o primeiro lugar.
Qual foi a diferença entre as pontuações obtidas pelas equipes que ficaram em segundo
e em terceiro lugares?
a) 1
b) 2
c) 4
d) 5
e) 6
a) 3
b) 5
c) 10
d) 11
e) 12
Dado que pelo menos quatro contratos novos foram fechados, a probabilidade de que três
contratos sejam cancelados no mesmo dia é:
a) 2/3
b) 1/3
c) 1/10
d) 1/8
e) 1/4
d) 7
e) 8
a) 3
b) 4
c) 5
d) 6
e) 7
c) 0,4
d) 0,52
e) 0,6
c) 1/3
d) 1/2
e) 3/4
b) 0,20
c) 0,25
d) 0,30
e) 0,35
c) 1/15
d) 2/15
e) 1/30
Da análise da tabela verdade associada às fórmulas Fi, 1 ≤ i ≤ 14, formadas a partir das
proposições p e q, onde V significa interpretação verdadeira e F interpretação falsa, conclui-
se que
a) F4 ∩ F13 é uma tautologia.
b) F9 implica F3.
c) F3 e F12 são equivalentes.
d) F1 é uma contradição.
e) {F2, F5, F10, F14} é um conjunto de fórmulas satisfatível.
Se a senha secreta for MNMMP e o oponente tentar uma senha usando essas mesmas 5
letras, mas não necessariamente na mesma ordem, qual será o maior número de pinos
brancos que ele poderá receber na informação (resposta)?
a) 5
b) 4
c) 3
d) 2
e) 1
d)
e)
A figura acima ilustra um tabuleiro com 12 casas, sendo 3 linhas e 4 colunas. Três peças serão
colocadas nesse tabuleiro, de modo que 3 casas serão escolhidas entre as 12 existentes e
cada uma das peças será colocada sobre uma casa diferente.
Essas três peças devem ser colocadas no tabuleiro de forma que não haja mais de uma peça
por linha e que também não haja mais de uma peça por coluna.
De acordo com a regra explicitada acima, após a 2ª peça ser colocada, quantas casas estarão
disponíveis para a colocação da 3ª peça?
a) 6
b) 5
c) 4
d) 3
e) 2
c) 6! ⋅ 5!
d)
e) 10!
Considere que
• 19 ônibus passaram pelas cidades x, y e z
• 25 ônibus passaram pelas cidades x e z
• 30 ônibus passaram pelas cidades y e z
O número mínimo de ônibus que saíram do terminal B é
a) 6
b) 11
c) 19
d) 24
e) 30
Suponha que os países asiáticos (Japão e Coreia) contribuam juntos com 1,8 milhão de
barris a mais do que a contribuição total dos países da Oceania (Austrália e Nova Zelândia).
Desse modo, quantos milhões de barris serão disponibilizados pelos países asiáticos?
a) 5,2
b) 5,6
c) 6,9
d) 7,4
e) 8,2
b)
c)
d)
e)
c) ~p ˅ q
d) ~p ˅ ~q
e) ~p ↔ ~q
b) 7 de copas.
c) Ás de espadas.
d) Rei de espadas.
e) 2 de espadas.
b) 197
c) 2.500
d) 2.550
e) 3.725
b) 1/20 e 2/3.
c) 1/10 e 1/3.
d) 1/10 e 2/3.
e) 1/5 e 2/3.
b)
c)
d)
e)
Um feirante utiliza uma balança de dois pratos para fazer as suas vendas. Entretanto, ele
possui apenas um peso de 1 kg, um peso de 3 kg e um peso de 5 kg. O feirante pode usar
um ou mais pesos em cada pesagem. Neste último caso, ele pode colocar os pesos em um
único prato ou distribuí-los pelos dois pratos. Quantos valores inteiros positivos pode ter
a massa de uma mercadoria a ser pesada, para que o feirante consiga determiná-la com
uma única pesagem?
a) 3
b) 4
c) 6
d) 7
e) 9
c) 48
d) 90
e) 120
( ) Pretendendo acabar com as baratas que havia em sua casa, comprou remédio para
insetos.
( ) De acordo com o calendário de datas festivas do Brasil, em novembro há um feriado.
( ) Sua vida mudou radicalmente; pode-se dizer que deu um giro de 360º.
Utilizando uma balança de dois pratos, semelhante à da figura acima, o número mínimo de
pesagens que deverão ser feitas para que se possa garantir que a bola que destoa quanto
ao peso será identificada é
a) 2
b) 3
c) 4
d) 5
e) 6
Utilizando uma balança de dois pratos, semelhante à da figura acima, o número mínimo de
pesagens, com que é possível identificar a bola que destoa quanto ao peso, é
a) 5
b) 4
c) 3
d) 2
e) 1
Os jogos vão sendo disputados na ordem: primeiro, o jogo 1, a seguir, o jogo 2, depois, o jogo
3 e assim por diante. A cada recreio, é possível realizar, no máximo, 5 jogos. Cada participante
joga uma única vez a cada recreio. Quantos recreios, no mínimo, são necessários para se
chegar ao campeão do torneio?
a) 3
b) 4
c) 5
d) 6
e) 7
GABARITO
1. A 35. E 69. B
2. C 36. B 70. C
3. C 37. A 71. A
4. B 38. C 72. E
5. E 39. A 73. D
6. D 40. C 74. A
7. B 41. A 75. B
8. B 42. E 76. A
9. C 43. B 77. D
10. D 44. E 78. C
11. D 45. C 79. B
12. C 46. C 80. D
13. C 47. C 81. E
14. A 48. B 82. A
15. A 49. A 83. E
16. D 50. E 84. A
17. A 51. B 85. B
18. D 52. E 86. D
19. E 53. B 87. E
20. D 54. C 88. B
21. C 55. D 89. A
22. A 56. A 90. D
23. D 57. B 91. C
24. D 58. A 92. D
25. C 59. B 93. A
26. D 60. C 94. B
27. D 61. A 95. E
28. E 62. D 96. C
29. B 63. A 97. A
30. A 64. B 98. E
31. A 65. B 99. C
32. D 66. C 100. D
33. E 67. D 101. D
34. A 68. C 102. E